3900 Series Base Station Cables (V100R009C00 - 04) (PDF) - en

3900 Series Base Station
V100R009C00
Cables
Issue
04
Date
2015-08-30
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address:
Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website:
http://www.huawei.com
Email:
support@huawei.com
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Cables
About This Document
About This Document
Overview
This document provides information about cables used in cabinets for 3900 series base stations,
which includes the cable list and descriptions of cable connections and each cable. For
information about cables for RRUs and AAUs, see the corresponding hardware description.
The exteriors of components or cables in this document are for reference only. The actual
exteriors may be different.
NOTE
Unless otherwise specified, LTE refers to either LTE FDD or LTE TDD, and eNodeB refers to either an LTE
FDD eNodeB or an LTE TDD eNodeB in this document. The "L" and "T" in RAT acronyms refer to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD, respectively.
For details about the LampSite solution, see LampSite Hardware Description.
Product Version
The following table lists the product versions related to this document.
Product Name
Solution Version
Product Version
BTS3900
l SRAN9.0
V100R009C00
BTS3900A
BTS3900L
l GBSS16.0
l RAN16.0
l eRAN7.0
BTS3900AL
DBS3900
l SRAN9.0
l GBSS16.0
l RAN16.0
l eRAN7.0
l eRAN TDD 7.0
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

ii

Cables
About This Document
Product Name
Solution Version
BTS3900C
l SRAN9.0
Product Version
l RAN16.0
Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
l
System engineer
Base station installation personnel
Site maintenance personnel
Organization
1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables
This chapter describes changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables.
2 Cable List
This chapter describes cable lists for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, and
BTS3900C base stations.
3 Cable Connections
This chapter describes cable connections for 3900 series base station, including power cable
connections, transmission cable connections, monitoring signal cable connections, BBU
interconnection signal cable connections, CPRI cable connections, and RF cable connections.
4 PGND Cable
PGND cables include PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules, which ensure
grounding of cabinets and modules in the cabinets as well as safe operation of the base station
5 Equipotential Cable
Equipotential cables connect the PGND terminals of two cabinets. They ensure equipotential
bonding between cabinets and safe operation of base stations.
6 Power Cables
This section describes the exteriors, functions, and pin assignment of power cables in BTS3900A
cabinets.
7 Transmission Cables
This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of the transmission cables in a
cabinet.
8 Signal Cables
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

iii

Cables
About This Document
This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of all signal cables in BTS3900A
cabinets.
9 CPRI Cables
This section describes CPRI cables, including CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.
10 RF Cables
This chapter describes the RF cables, including RF jumpers and inter-RFU RF signal cables.
Conventions
Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Symbol
Description
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.
avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,
performance deterioration, or unanticipated results.
NOTICE is used to address practices not related to personal
injury.
Calls attention to important information, best practices and
tips.
NOTE is used to address information not related to personal
injury, equipment damage, and environment deterioration.
General Conventions
The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Convention
Description
Times New Roman
Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.
Boldface
Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in

boldface. For example, log in as user root.
Italic
Book titles are in italics.

iv

Cables
About This Document
Convention
Description
Courier New
Examples of information displayed on the screen are in

Courier New.
Command Conventions
The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention
Description
Boldface
The keywords of a command line are in boldface.
Italic
Command arguments are in italics.
[]
Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.
{ x | y | ... }
Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

vertical bars. One item is selected.
[ x | y | ... ]
Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.
{ x | y | ... }*
Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all
items can be selected.
[ x | y | ... ]*
Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.
GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention
Description
Boldface
Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles

are in boldface. For example, click OK.
>
Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"

signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.
Keyboard Operations
The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Format
Description
Key
Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.

Cables
About This Document
Format
Description
Key 1+Key 2
Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt

+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.
Key 1, Key 2
Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means

the two keys should be pressed in turn.
Mouse Operations
The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Action
Description
Click
Select and release the primary mouse button without moving

the pointer.
Double-click
Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and

quickly without moving the pointer.
Drag
Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the
pointer to a certain position.

vi

Cables
Contents
Contents
About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii
1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables............................................................................1
2 Cable List.........................................................................................................................................7
2.1 BTS3900 Cable List.......................................................................................................................................................8
2.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Cable List.......................................................................................................................................8
2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List.....................................................................................................................................15
2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List.....................................................................................................................................22
2.2 BTS3900L Cable List...................................................................................................................................................32
2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Cable List...................................................................................................................................32
2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List...................................................................................................................................39
2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List..................................................................................................................................47
2.3 BTS3900A Cable List..................................................................................................................................................55
2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List..................................................................................................................................55
2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List..................................................................................................................................66
2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List..................................................................................................................................78
2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List..................................................................................................................................91
2.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Cable List..........................................................................................................................104
2.3.6 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Cable List..........................................................................................................................109
2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List..............................................................................................................................................115
2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List.............................................................................................................................115
2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists.................................................................................................................................................129
2.6 BTS3900C Cable List.................................................................................................................................................133
2.6.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Cable List.............................................................................................................................133
2.6.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Cable List................................................................................................................................140
3 Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................148
3.1 Power Cable Connections...........................................................................................................................................149
3.1.1 BTS3900 Power Cable Connections.......................................................................................................................149
3.1.2 BTS3900L Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................160
3.1.3 BTS3900A Power Cable Connections....................................................................................................................165
3.1.4 BTS3900AL Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................................203
3.1.5 Power Cable Connections in the DBS3900.............................................................................................................209
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

vii

Cables
Contents
3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910A..............................................................260

3.1.7 BTS3900C Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................263
3.2 Transmission Cable Connections...............................................................................................................................267
3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base Station..........................................................................267
3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Co-Transmission......................................278
3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate Transmission.............................294
3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station.........................................................................303
3.2.5 Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station..................................................................307
3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.......................................................................................................................308
3.3.1 BTS3900 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections....................................................................................................309
3.3.2 BTS3900L Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................................321
3.3.3 BTS3900A Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................................327
3.3.4 BTS3900AL Monitoring Signal Cable Connections...............................................................................................360
3.3.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the DBS3900..........................................................................................368
3.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using a BBU3910A...........................................................406
3.3.7 BTS3900C Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................................408
3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections.........................................................................................................................412
3.5 CPRI Cable Connections............................................................................................................................................415
3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections in GSM Base Stations.....................................................................................................415
3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections for a UMTS Base Station...............................................................................................420
3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for LTE FDD and LTE TDD Base Stations...................................................................423
3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations.................................................................................426
3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations..................................................................................433
3.5.6 CPRI Cable Connections for a UL and a U*L Base Stations..................................................................................440
3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections in Triple-Mode Base Stations.........................................................................................446
3.5.8 CPRI Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station...............................................................................460
3.6 RF Cable Connections................................................................................................................................................463
3.6.1 RF Cable Connection Description...........................................................................................................................464
3.6.2 RF Cable Connections for the DRFU......................................................................................................................466
3.6.3 RF Cable Connections for the GRFU......................................................................................................................467
3.6.4 RF Cable Connections for the WRFU.....................................................................................................................468
3.6.5 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUa...................................................................................................................469
3.6.6 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUd...................................................................................................................470
3.6.7 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUe...................................................................................................................471
3.6.8 RF Cable Connections for the LRFU......................................................................................................................472
3.6.9 RF Cable Connections for the LRFUe....................................................................................................................473
3.6.10 RF Cable Connections for the MRFU...................................................................................................................474
3.6.11 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUd.................................................................................................................475
3.6.12 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUe.................................................................................................................476
3.6.13 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUd..................................................................................................................477
3.6.14 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUe..................................................................................................................478
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

viii

Cables
Contents
3.6.15 RF Cable Connections for Mixed RFU Configuration..........................................................................................479
4 PGND Cable...............................................................................................................................482
5 Equipotential Cable.................................................................................................................. 486
6 Power Cables..............................................................................................................................489
6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices...................................................................................................................490
6.1.1 DCDU Power Cables...............................................................................................................................................490
6.1.2 EPU/EPS/ETP Power Cables..................................................................................................................................509
6.1.3 PDU Power Cables..................................................................................................................................................531
6.1.4 Power Cables for Other Power Supply Devices......................................................................................................536
6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices.......................................................................................................................551
6.2.1 CMUEA Power Cable.............................................................................................................................................551
6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable................................................................................................................................................552
6.2.3 CMUG Power Cable................................................................................................................................................553
6.2.4 CCU Power Cable...................................................................................................................................................554
6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................555
6.2.6 HEUA Power Cable.................................................................................................................................................556
6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable.................................................................................................................................................556
6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices........................................................................................................557
6.3.1 Power Cables for Fan Assemblies...........................................................................................................................557
6.3.2 FAU03D-02 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................567
6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................568
6.3.4 Power Cable for an AC Heater................................................................................................................................569
6.3.5 Power Cable for a Heating Film..............................................................................................................................571
6.3.6 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System................................................................................................572
6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................573
6.3.8 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D........................................................................................................................573
6.3.9 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D........................................................................................................................576
6.3.10 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T.....................................................................................................................577
6.3.11 TEC Power Cables in the IBBS300T....................................................................................................................580
6.3.12 Power Cable for a Heat Exchanger in the Front Door...........................................................................................581
6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices................................................................................................................................582
6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable...............................................................................................................................582
6.4.2 BBU Power Cable...................................................................................................................................................584
6.4.3 RFU Power Cables..................................................................................................................................................587
6.4.4 RRU Power Cables..................................................................................................................................................589
6.4.5 SOU Power Cable....................................................................................................................................................592
6.4.6 SPD Power Cable....................................................................................................................................................592
6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge Protection Box........................................................................................................593
6.4.8 GATM Power Cable................................................................................................................................................594
6.4.9 ODM06D Power Cable...........................................................................................................................................597
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

ix

Cables
Contents
7 Transmission Cables.................................................................................................................598
7.1 E1/T1 Cable................................................................................................................................................................600
7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable......................................................................................................................603
7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable...........................................................................................................................................604
7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports............................................................................................605
7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports................................................................................................605
7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable................................................................................................................................................606
7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable....................................................................................................................607
8 Signal Cables..............................................................................................................................609
8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices...............................................................................................................................610
8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable......................................................................................................................610
8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................611
8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable...............................................................................................................611
8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................612
8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable............................................................................................................613
8.1.6 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................614
8.1.7 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A.................................................................................................615
8.1.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B..........................................................................................................616
8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable...................................................................................................616
8.1.10 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) In-Position Signal Cable.................................................................................................617
8.1.11 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box in an IBBS20D...........................................................618
8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices.......................................................................................................................620
8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable...................................................................................................................620
8.2.2 APMI-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.....................................................................................................................621
8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................621
8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs........................................................................................................622
8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.......................................................................................................................623
8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs............................................................................................624
8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs............................................................................................625
8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs............................................................................................626
8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs.........................................................................................627
8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s.................................................................................628
8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s.........................................................................................629
8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................630
8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................631
8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................632
8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................633
8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG...............................................................................................................634
8.2.17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs..........................................................................................636
8.2.18 CMUH-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................637
8.2.19 CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................638
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


Cables
Contents
8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs...........................................................................................639

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................640
8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................641
8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................642
8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable...............................................................................................................643
8.2.25 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.....................................................................................................644
8.2.26 BBU Alarm Cable.................................................................................................................................................645
8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices........................................................................................................646
8.3.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded Fan Assemblies................................................................................646
8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................648
8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................649
8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs................................................................................................649
8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................650
8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units................................................................................651
8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units................................................................................652
8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly............................................................................................653
8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors...............................................................................................653
8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................655
8.3.11 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for Fans in Front Doors..................................................................................657
8.3.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Heat Exchanger.................................................................................................659
8.3.13 TEC Alarm Transfer Cable for the IBBS2.2.........................................................................................................660
8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices................................................................................................................................661
8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.................................................................................................661
8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable....................................................................................................................................................666
8.4.3 Monitoring Signal Cables for the IBBS Door Control and Temperature Sensor....................................................668
8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................669
8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................................670
8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module..............................................................................671
8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box............................................................................................672
8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box..........................................................................................672
8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable.................................................................................................................................673
8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable.................................................................................................................................674
8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable........................................................................................................................................675
8.4.12 GPS Jumper...........................................................................................................................................................675
8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables......................................................................................................................676
8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations......................................................................................................678
8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance....................................................................................................................680
8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable...........................................................................................................................681
8.4.17 CMUA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................682
8.4.18 CMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................682
8.4.19 CMUEA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable...........................................................................................................683
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

xi

Cables
Contents
8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................684

8.4.21 FMUC-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................685
8.4.22 FMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................686
8.4.23 RET Control Signal Cable.....................................................................................................................................687
8.4.24 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable..............................................................................................................688
9 CPRI Cables................................................................................................................................689
9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable.................................................................................................................................................690
9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable..............................................................................................................................................690
10 RF Cables...................................................................................................................................696
10.1 RF Jumpers...............................................................................................................................................................697
10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable......................................................................................................................................698
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

xii

Cables
Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables

This chapter describes changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables.
04 (2015-08-30)
This is the fourth commercial release.
Compared with the issue 03 (2015-01-30), this issue includes the following new topics:
l
2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List
BTS3900A (Ver.E) Power Cable Connections
BTS3900A (Ver.E) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)
Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)
EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 Power Cable
8.2.19 CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable
8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs
8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable
FAN 01D Power Cable
FAN 02E Power Cable
8.1.6 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable
Compared with issue 03 (2015-01-30), this issue includes the following changes.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


Cables
Topic
Change Description
l 3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections

in a Single-Mode Base Station
Added scenarios in which the GSM mode

supports GTMUc boards.

in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using CoTransmission
in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using
Separate Transmission
for a Triple-Mode Base Station
l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists
Added Ver.E cabinet-related information.
l 4 PGND Cable
l 5 Equipotential Cable
l 6 Power Cables and its child topics
Compared with the issue 03 (2015-01-30), this issue does not exclude any topics.
03 (2015-01-30)
This is the third commercial release.
Compared with Issue 02 (2014-08-30), this issue does not include any new topics or exclude
any topics.
Compared with Issue 02 (2014-08-30), this issue includes the following changes.
Topic
Change Description
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900

Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03
Added power cable connections and

monitoring signal cable connections for an
IBBS20D configured with an OMB (Ver.C).
Monitoring Cable Connections in a

DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or
IMB03
02 (2014-08-30)
Compared with Issue 01 (2014-04-30), this issue includes the following new topics:
l
Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/

IBBS300Ts
6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable
6.3.9 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D
6.3.11 TEC Power Cables in the IBBS300T
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


Cables
8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s
Compared with Issue 01 (2014-04-30), this issue includes the following changes.
Topic
Change Description
l 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List
Added cable lists, power cable connections,

and monitoring signal cable connections in a
BTS3900A configured with an IBBS300D or
IBBS300T.
l BTS3900A (Ver.D) Power Cable

Connections
l BTS3900A (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal
Cable Connections
l 2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List
l BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Power Cable
Connections
l BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Monitoring
Signal Cable Connections
l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists
l Power Cable Connections in a
DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D)
l Monitoring Signal Cable Connections
in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H
(Ver.D)
l Power Cable for an AC Junction Box
l 6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable

BTS3900AL configured with an IBBS300D
or IBBS300T.

DBS3900 configured with an IBBS300D or
IBBS300T.
Added information about cables used in an

IBBS300D or IBBS300T.
l HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

l 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for
Temperature Sensors
l 4 PGND Cable
l 5 Equipotential Cable
Added information about cables used in an

IBBS300D or IBBS300T.
l Storage Battery Power Cable

l 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for
Door Status Sensors
l 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable
Compared with Issue 01 (2014-04-30), this issue does not exclude any topics.
01 (2014-04-30)
This is the first commercial release.
Compared with Draft C (2014-03-26), this issue does not include any new topics or exclude any
topics.
Compared with Draft C (2014-03-26), this issue includes the following changes.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


Cables
Topic
Change Description
3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a

Single-Mode Base Station
Added descriptions of transmission cable

connections when the BBU3910 is
configured with a GTMUb.

Dual-Mode Base Station Using CoTransmission
Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate
Transmission
3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections in GSM
Base Stations
3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU
and a G*U Base Stations
Added descriptions of CPRI cable

connections when the BBU3910 is
configured with a GTMUb.
3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL

and a G*L Base Stations
3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections in TripleMode Base Stations
Draft C (2014-03-26)
This is a draft.
Compared with Draft B (2014-02-28), this issue includes the following new topics:
l
Power Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900
6.3.2 FAU03D-02 Power Cable
8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable
Compared with Draft B (2014-02-28), this issue includes the following changes.
Topic
Change Description
DCDU-12C Power Cables
Added descriptions of the IBC10.
4 PGND Cable
8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for
Temperature Sensors
Compared with Draft B (2014-02-28), this issue does not exclude any topics.
Draft B (2014-02-28)
This is a draft.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


Cables
Compared with Draft A (2014-01-20), this issue does not include any new topics or exclude any
topics.
Compared with Draft A (2014-01-20), this issue includes the following changes.
Topic
Change Description
About This Document
Added descriptions of the LampSite solution.
Draft A (2014-01-20)
This is a draft.
Compared with the issues for MBTS V100R008C00, WCDMA-NodeB V200R015C00, GSMBTS V100R015C00, and eNodeB V100R006C00, this issue includes the following new topics:
l
2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists
Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL
6.4.9 ODM06D Power Cable
8.4.24 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable
Compared with the issues for MBTS V100R008C00, WCDMA-NodeB V200R015C00, GSMBTS V100R015C00, and eNodeB V100R006C00, this issue includes the following changes.
Topic
Change Description
l 3.2 Transmission Cable Connections

and its child topics
Added descriptions of cable connections

when a BBU3910 is configured.
l 3.5 CPRI Cable Connections and its

child topics
l 2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List
l 2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List
Added descriptions of the EMUB power

cable and EMUB monitoring signal cable.
l 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List

l 2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List
l 6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable
l 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal
Cable
All sections
Changed the names of all EPC6 connectors

into EPC4 connectors.
l 2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List
Added descriptions of cables in a BTS3900

(Ver.D) or BTS3900L (Ver.D) that uses an
IMS06.
l 2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


Cables
Topic
Change Description
l BTS3900 (Ver.D) Power Cable

Connections
Added descriptions of cable connections in a

BTS3900 (Ver.D) or BTS3900L (Ver.D) that
uses an IMS06.
l BTS3900 (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal

Cable Connections
l BTS3900L (Ver.D) Power Cable
Connections
l BTS3900L (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal
Cable Connections
l 2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List
l 2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List
Deleted descriptions of the DCDU-12B

power cable.
DCDU-11B Power Cable
Deleted the scenario where a DCDU-11B is

installed in a cabinet.
Deleted the scenario where a DCDU-12B is

installed on a wall.
Compared with the issues for MBTS V100R008C00, WCDMA-NodeB V200R015C00, GSMBTS V100R015C00, and eNodeB V100R006C00, this issue excludes the following topics:
l
BusBar power cable
EPU03A-20 power cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


Cables
2 Cable List
Cable List
About This Chapter

This chapter describes cable lists for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, and
BTS3900C base stations.
2.1 BTS3900 Cable List
This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900 is configured with BTS3900 (Ver.B),
BTS3900 (Ver.C), and BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets.
2.2 BTS3900L Cable List
This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900L is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B),
BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.
2.3 BTS3900A Cable List
This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900A is configured with BTS3900A (Ver.B),
BTS3900A (Ver.C), BTS3900A(Ver.D), BTS3900A(Ver.E), and enhanced cabinets.
2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List
This section describes the list of BTS3900AL cables.
The DBS3900 cable lists include the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900, BBU
cable list, and RRU cable list.
2.6 BTS3900C Cable List
This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900C is configured with different types of
cabinets.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


Cables
2 Cable List
2.1 BTS3900 Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900 is configured with BTS3900 (Ver.B),
BTS3900 (Ver.C), and BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets.
2.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Cable List

The BTS3900 cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission
cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.
PGND Cables and Equipotential Cable

The following table describes the PGND cables and equipotential cable.
Table 2-1 PGND cables and equipotential cable
Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cables
installed
before
delivery
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
PGND cable
for the
cabinet
OT terminal
Ground
terminal on
the cabinet
OT terminal
External
ground bar
5
Equipotenti
al Cable
OT terminal
Wiring
terminal for
the
equipotentia
l cable
OT terminal
Wiring
terminal for
the
equipotential
cable
PGND cable
for a module
OT terminal
Ground
terminal on a
module
OT terminal
Ground
terminal for
the PGND
cable in the
cabinet
Power Cables
The following table describes the power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)


Cables
2 Cable List
Table 2-2 Power cables

Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
DCDU-01
Power
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
OT terminal
l Black
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
1
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
1
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
EPS24S481
00DC Power
Cable
OT terminal
Power input
terminal for
the
EPS24S481
00DC
subrack
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment
EPS4890
Power
Cable
OT terminal
Power input
terminal for
the EPS4890
subrack
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment
6.4.4 RRU
Power
Cables
OT terminal
One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD5
ports on the
DCDU-03B
Depending
on the RRU
model
Power port
on an RRU
GATM
Power
Cable
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the GATM
Parallel
terminal
SPARE1 or
SPARE2
port on the
DCDU-01


Cables
Category
2 Cable List
Cable
DCDU-03B
Power
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
OT terminal
l Black
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
3B
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
3B
Cables
installed
before
delivery
6.4.3 RFU
Power
Cables
3V3
connector
PWR port on
an RFU
Parallel
terminal
One of the
RFU0 to
RFU5 ports
on the
DCDU-01
FAN Power
Cables
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the FAN
Parallel
terminal
FAN port on
the
DCDU-01
6.4.2 BBU
Power
Cable
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the UPEU
Parallel
terminal
BBU port on
the
DCDU-01
DCDU-01
Power
Cable
OT terminal
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on
the
DCDU-01
OT terminal
RTN(+) and
LOAD(-)
terminals on
the
EPS24S481
00DC
subrack
OT terminal
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on
the
DCDU-01
OT terminal
LOAD1(-) or
LOAD2(-)
and RTN(+)
terminals on
the EPS4890
subrack
For the
BTS3900
+24V DC
cabinet
DCDU-01
Power
Cable
For the
BTS3900
AC cabinet
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

10

Cables
2 Cable List
Transmission Cables
The following table describes the transmission cables.
Table 2-3 Transmission cables
Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
7.1 E1/T1
Cable
DB26 male
connector
E1/T1 port
on the
GTMU,
WMPT, or
UTRP
Depending
on the
external
equipment
External
transmission
equipment
7.6 FE/GE
Ethernet
Cable
RJ45
connector
FE0 port on
the GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP
RJ45
connector
Routing
device
7.3 FE/GE
Fiber Optic
Cable
LC
connector
SFP0 or
SFP1 port on
the GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT, or
UTRP
l FC
connecto
r
Routing
device
l SC
connecto
r
l LC
connecto
r
Cables
installed
before
delivery
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
7.4
Interconnec
tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Electrical
Ports
RJ45
connector
FE0 port on
the GTMU
RJ45
connector
FE0 port on
the WMPT
7.5
Interconnec
tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Optical
Ports
LC
connector
FE1 port on
the GTMU
LC
connector
FE1 port on
the WMPT

11

Cables
2 Cable List
Signal Cables
The following table describes signal cables.
Table 2-4 Signal cables
Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
8.4.5 EMU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port
on the EMU
RJ45
connector
MON1 port
on the UPEU
or UEIU
8.2.26 BBU
Alarm
Cable
RJ45
connector
EXT-ALM0
port on the
UPEU or
UEIU
RJ45
connector
External
alarm device
8.4.11 GPS
Clock
Signal
Cable
SMA male
connector
GPS port on
the USCU
Type N
female
connector
GPS surge
protector
RET
Control
Signal
Cable
SMA elbow
male
connector
ANT0 to
ANT5 ports
on the
GATM
SMA straight
male
connector
DC/OOK
port on the
DIN BiasTee
GATM
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM1 port
on the
GATM
RJ45
connector
MON1 port
on the UPEU
or MON0
port on the
UEIU
FMUCGATM
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM2 port
on the
GATM
RJ45
connector
COM_IN
port on the
lower-level
FAN
8.4.15
Adapter
Used for
Local
Maintenanc
e
USB
connector
USB(1) port
on the
UMPT in the
BBU
Network
connector
Network
cable

12

Cables
Category
Cables
installed
before
delivery
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
8.1.3 PMU
01B-BBU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM_IN
port on the
PMU 01B
RJ45
connector
MON1 port
on the UPEU
8.1.10 PSU
(EPW25-24
S48D) InPosition
Signal
Cable
Cord end
terminal
ALM
terminal on
the
EPS24S481
00DC
subrack
RJ45
connector
EXT-ALM0
port on the
UPEU
8.1.9 PSU
(EPW25-24
S48D)
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
PRESENT
port on the
EPS24S481
00DC
subrack
RJ45
connector
EXT-ALM1
port on the
UPEU
8.2.22
FMUCBBU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM_IN
port on the
FAN
RJ45
connector
MON0 port
on the UPEU
or UEIU
8.3.4
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
Between
Cascaded
FANs
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT
port on the
upper-level
FAN
RJ45
connector
COM_IN
port on the
lower-level
FAN
8.4.2 ELU
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
NOTE
The upperlevel FAN
communicat
es with the
BBU
directly.
ELU

NOTE
The lowerlevel FAN
communicat
es with the
BBU
through the
upper-level
FAN.
RJ45
connector
SENSOR
port on the
FAN
13

Cables
2 Cable List
NOTE
a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using
commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring
and exporting information of the base station.
CPRI Electrical Cables

The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables.
Table 2-5 CPRI electrical cables
Category
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI port on
the GTMU,
UBRI,
WBBP, or
LBBP
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI port on
an RFU
Cables to be
installed
onsite
9.1 CPRI
Electrical
Cable
Cables
installed
before
delivery
If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900 cabinet before

delivery, CPRI electrical cables are also installed in the cabinet before
delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900
cabinets must be installed onsite.
RF Cables
The following table describes the RF cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

14

Cables
2 Cable List
Table 2-6 RF cables

Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
10.1 RF
Jumpers
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
DIN elbow
male
connector
ANT_TX/
RXA or
ANT_RXB
port on an
RFU
DIN straight
male
connector
l Feeder of
the
antenna
system
(no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
Cables
installed
before
delivery
10.2 InterRFU RF
Signal
Cable
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX OUTA
port on an
RFU
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX INB port
on another
RFU
2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List


Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
PGND cable
for the
cabinet
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
OT terminal
Ground
terminal on
the cabinet
OT terminal
External
ground bar

15

Cables
Category
Cables
installed
before
delivery
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
5
Equipotenti
al Cable
OT terminal
Wiring
terminal for
the
equipotentia
l cable
OT terminal
Wiring
terminal for
the
equipotential
cable
PGND cable
for a module
OT terminal
Ground
terminal on a
module
OT terminal
Ground
terminal for
the PGND
cable in the
cabinet
Power Cables
Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
DCDU-11A
Power
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
OT terminal
l Black
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU
ETP48150A3 Power
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
OT terminal
Power input
terminal for
the
ETP48150A3 subrack

16

Cables
Category
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
6.4.4 RRU
Power
Cables
Tool-less
female
connector
(pressfit
type)
One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD5
ports on the
DCDU-11B
Depending
on the RRU
model
Power port
on an RRU
GATM
Power
Cable
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the GATM
Tool-less
female
connector
(pressfit
type)
LOAD8 or
LOAD9 port
on the
DCDU-11A
DCDU-11B
Power
Cable
OT terminal
l Black
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1B
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1B
Cables
installed
before
delivery
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
6.4.3 RFU
Power
Cables
3V3
connector
PWR port on
the RFU
Tool-less
female
connector
(pressfit
type)
One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD5
ports on the
DCDU-11A
FAN 03B
Power
Cable
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the FAN 03B
Tool-less
female
connector
(pressfit
type)
LOAD6 port
on the
DCDU-11A
6.4.2 BBU
Power
Cable
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the UPEU
Tool-less
female
connector
(pressfit
type)
LOAD7 or
LOAD8 port
on the
DCDU-11A

17

Cables
Category
2 Cable List
Cable
ETP48150A3 Power
Cable
One End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
OT terminal
RTN(+)
terminal on
the
DCDU-11A
OT terminal
RTN(+)
power output
terminal for
the
ETP48150A3 subrack
OT terminal
NEG(-)
terminal on
the
DCDU-11A
OT terminal
NEG(-)
power output
terminal for
the
ETP48150A3 subrack
(Black)
ETP48150A3 Power
Cable
The Other End
(Blue)
Transmission Cables
Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
7.1 E1/T1
Cable
DB26 male
connector
E1/T1 port
on the
GTMU,
WMPT, or
UTRP
Depending
on the
external
equipment
External
transmission
equipment
7.6 FE/GE
Ethernet
Cable
RJ45
connector
FE0 port on
the GTMU,
WMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP
RJ45
connector
External
transmission
equipment

18

Cables
Category
2 Cable List
Cable
7.3 FE/GE
Fiber Optic
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
LC
connector
SFP0 or
SFP1 port on
the GTMU,
WMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP
l FC
connecto
r
External
transmission
equipment
l SC
connecto
r
l LC
connecto
r
Cables
installed
before
delivery
7.4
Interconnec
tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Electrical
Ports
RJ45
connector
FE0 port on
the GTMU
RJ45
connector
FE0 port on
the WMPT
7.5
Interconnec
tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Optical
Ports
LC
connector
FE1 port on
the GTMU
LC
connector
FE1 port on
the WMPT
Signal Cables
The following table describes the signal cables.
Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
8.4.5 EMU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port
on the EMU
RJ45
connector
MON1 port
on the UPEU
or UEIU

19

Cables
Category
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
8.2.26 BBU
Alarm
Cable
RJ45
connector
EXT-ALM0
port on the
UPEU or
UEIU
RJ45
connector
External
alarm device
8.4.11 GPS
Clock
Signal
Cable
SMA male
connector
GPS port on
the USCU
Type N
female
connector
GPS surge
protector
RET
Control
Signal
Cable
SMA elbow
male
connector
ANT0 to
ANT5 ports
on the
GATM
SMA straight
male
connector
DC/OOK
port on the
DIN BiasTee
GATM
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM1 port
on the
GATM
RJ45
connector
MON0 or
MON1 port
on the UPEU
FMUEGATM
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM2 port
on the
GATM
RJ45
connector
COM IN port
on the lowerlevel FAN
03B
8.3.6
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
Between
Cascaded
FAN 03B
Units
RJ45
connector
COM OUT
port on the
upper-level
FAN 03B
RJ45
connector
COM IN port
03B
8.4.15
Adapter
Used for
Local
Maintenanc
e
USB
connector
NOTE
The upperlevel FAN
03B
communicat
es with the
BBU
directly.
USB(1) port
on the
UMPT in the
BBU

NOTE
The lowerlevel FAN
03B
communicat
es with the
BBU
through the
upper-level
FAN 03B.
Network
connector
Network
cable
20

Cables
2 Cable List
Category
Cables
installed
before
delivery
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
8.1.3 PMU
01B-BBU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM_IN
port on the
left side of
the PMU
01B
RJ45
connector
MON1 port
on the UPEU
8.2.23
FMUEBBU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM IN port
on the FAN
03B
RJ45
connector
MON0 port
on the UPEU
or UEIU
8.4.2 ELU
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
NOTE
If no BBU is
installed in
the cabinet,
bind the
cable on the
right side of
the cabinet.
ELU
RJ45
connector
SENSOR
port on the
FAN 03B
NOTE

Category
Cables
installed
before
delivery
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
9.1 CPRI
Electrical
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI port on
the GTMU,
WBBP, or
LBBP
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI port on
an RFU

21

Cables
Category
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
Connector
Cables to be
installed
onsite
The Other End

Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position

RF Cables
Table 2-12 RF cables
Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
10.1 RF
Jumpers
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
DIN elbow
male
connector
ANT_TX/
RXA or
ANT_RXB
port on an
RFU
DIN straight
male
connector
l Feeder of
the
antenna
system
(no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
Cables
installed
before
delivery
10.2 InterRFU RF
Signal
Cable
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX OUTA
port on an
RFU
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX INB port
on another
RFU
2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List


Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

22

Cables
2 Cable List

Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
4 PGND
Cable
One End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
OT terminal
Ground
terminal on
the cabinet
OT terminal
External
ground bar
OT terminal
Wiring
terminal for
the
equipotentia
l cable
OT terminal
Wiring
terminal for
the
equipotential
cable
OT terminal
Ground
terminal on a
module
OT terminal
Ground
terminal for
the PGND
cable in the
cabinet
For the
cabinet
5
Equipotenti
al Cable
Between the
cabinets
Cables
installed
before
delivery
4 PGND
Cable
For a module
The Other End
Power Cables
The following table describes the power cables for an AC-powered BTS3900.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

23

Cables
2 Cable List
Table 2-14 Power cables for an AC-powered BTS3900

Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
DCDU-12A
Power
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
OT terminal
l Black
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
2A
OT terminal
l Black
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
RFC2
terminal
for the
EPU05A
-02
subrack
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
2A
EPU05A-02
Power
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
OT terminal
AC input
terminal for
the
EPU05A-02
subrack

l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
RFC2
terminal
for the
EPU05A
-02
subrack
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment
24

Cables
Category
2 Cable List
Cable
DCDU-12B
Power
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
OT terminal
l Black
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
2B
OT terminal
l Black
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
RFC1 for
the
EPU05A
-02
subrack
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
2B
Cables
installed
before
delivery
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
RFC1 for
the
EPU05A
-02
subrack
GATM
Power
Cable
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the GATM
Parallel
terminal
LOAD8 or
LOAD9 port
on the
DCDU-12A
6.4.4 RRU
Power
Cables
EPC5
connector
One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD5
ports on the
DCDU-12B
Depending
on the RRU
model
Power port
on an RRU
EPC4
connector
One of the
LOAD6 to
LOAD8
ports on the
DCDU-12B
Depending
on the RRU
model
Power port
on an RRU
6.4.3 RFU
Power
Cables
3V3
connector
PWR port on
an RFU
EPC4
connector
One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD5
ports on the
DCDU-12A
FAN 03C
Power
Cable
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the FAN 03C
EPC4
connector
LOAD6 port
on the
DCDU-12A

25

Cables
Category
2 Cable List
Cable
6.4.2 BBU
Power
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the UPEU
EPC4
connector
LOAD7 or
LOAD8 port
on the
DCDU-12A
The following table describes the power cables for a DC-powered BTS3900.
Table 2-15 Power cables for a DC-powered BTS3900
Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
DCDU-12A
Power
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
OT terminal
l Black
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
2A
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
2A
6.4.4 RRU
Power
Cables
GATM
Power
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
EPC5
connector
One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD5
ports on the
DCDU-12B
Depending
on the RRU
model
Power port
on an RRU
EPC4
connector
One of the
LOAD6 to
LOAD8
ports on the
DCDU-12B
Depending
on the RRU
model
Power port
on an RRU
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the GATM
Parallel
terminal
LOAD8 or
LOAD9 port
on the
DCDU-12A

26

Cables
Category
2 Cable List
Cable
DCDU-12B
Power
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
OT terminal
l Black
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
2B
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
2B
Cables
installed
before
delivery
4 PGND
Cable
OT terminal
Ground
terminal on a
module
OT terminal
Ground
terminal for
the PGND
cable in the
cabinet
6.4.3 RFU
Power
Cables
3V3
connector
PWR port on
an RFU
EPC4
connector
One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD5
ports on the
DCDU-12A
FAN 03C
Power
Cable
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the FAN 03C
EPC4
connector
LOAD6 port
on the
DCDU-12A
6.4.2 BBU
Power
Cable
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the UPEU
EPC4
connector
LOAD7 or
LOAD8 port
on the
DCDU-12A
For a module
Transmission Cables
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

27

Cables
2 Cable List

Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
7.1 E1/T1
Cable
DB26 male
connector
E1/T1 port
on the
GTMU,
WMPT, or
UTRP
Depending
on the
external
equipment
External
transmission
equipment
7.6 FE/GE
Ethernet
Cable
RJ45
connector
FE0 port on
the GTMU,
WMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP
RJ45
connector
External
transmission
equipment
7.3 FE/GE
Fiber Optic
Cable
LC
connector
SFP0 or
SFP1 port on
the GTMU,
WMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP
l FC
connecto
r
External
transmission
equipment
l SC
connecto
r
l LC
connecto
r
Cables
installed
before
delivery
7.4
Interconnec
tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Electrical
Ports
RJ45
connector
FE0 port on
the GTMU
RJ45
connector
FE0 port on
the WMPT
7.5
Interconnec
tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Optical
Ports
LC
connector
FE1 port on
the GTMU
LC
connector
FE1 port on
the WMPT
Signal Cables
The following table describes the signal cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

28

Cables
2 Cable List

Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
8.4.5 EMU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port
on the EMU
RJ45
connector
MON1 port
on the UPEU
or UEIU
8.2.26 BBU
Alarm
Cable
RJ45
connector
EXT-ALM0
port on the
UPEU or
UEIU
RJ45
connector
External
alarm device
8.4.11 GPS
Clock
Signal
Cable
SMA male
connector
GPS port on
the USCU
Type N
female
connector
GPS surge
protector
RET
Control
Signal
Cable
SMA elbow
male
connector
ANT0 to
ANT5 ports
on the
GATM
SMA straight
male
connector
DC/OOK
port on the
DIN BiasTee
GATM
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM1 port
on the
GATM
RJ45
connector
MON0 or
MON1 port
on the UPEU
CMUEAGATM
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM2 port
on the
GATM
RJ45
connector
COM IN port
03C
8.3.7
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
Between
Cascaded
FAN 03C
Units
RJ45
connector
COM OUT
port on the
upper-level
FAN 03C
RJ45
connector
COM IN port
03C
NOTE
The upperlevel FAN
03C
communicat
es with the
BBU
directly.

NOTE
The lowerlevel FAN
03C
communicat
es with the
BBU
through the
upper-level
FAN 03C.
29

Cables
Category
2 Cable List
Cable
8.4.13 BBU
Interconnec
tion Signal
Cables
Cables
installed
before
delivery
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
DLC
connector
One of the
M0 to M4
ports on the
UCIU in the
BBU
DLC
connector
l CI port on
the
UMPT in
the BBU
l S0 port
on the
UCIU in
the BBU
8.4.14 Cable
Between
Two
Combined
Base
Stations
DB15 male
connector
GCK port on
the UCIU in
the BBU
MD36 male
connector
CKB1 or
CKB2 port
on the DCTB
8.4.15
Adapter
Used for
Local
Maintenanc
e
USB
connector
USB(1) port
on the
UMPT in the
BBU
Network
connector
Network
cable
8.1.4 PMU
11A-BBU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM_IN
port on the
left side of
the PMU
11A
RJ45
connector
MON1 port
on the UPEU
8.2.24
FMUEABBU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM IN port
on the FAN
03C
RJ45
connector
MON0 port
on the UPEU
or UEIU
8.4.2 ELU
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
NOTE
If no BBU is
installed in
the cabinet,
bind the
cable on the
right side of
the cabinet.
ELU

RJ45
connector
SENSOR
port on the
FAN 03C
30

Cables
2 Cable List
NOTE

Category
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI port on
the GTMU,
WBBP, or
LBBP
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI port on
an RFU
Cables
installed
before
delivery
9.1 CPRI
Electrical
Cable
Cables to be
installed
onsite

RF Cables
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

31

Cables
2 Cable List

Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
10.1 RF
Jumpers
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
DIN elbow
male
connector
ANT_TX/
RXA or
ANT_RXB
port on an
RFU
DIN straight
male
connector
l Feeder of
the
antenna
system
(no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
Cables
installed
before
delivery
10.2 InterRFU RF
Signal
Cable
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX OUTA
port on an
RFU
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX INB port
on another
RFU
2.2 BTS3900L Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900L is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B),
BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.
2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Cable List

The BTS3900L cables are the PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables, CPRI cables,
signal cables, and RF cables.
PGND Cables
The following table describes the PGND cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

32

Cables
2 Cable List
Table 2-20 PGND cables

Category
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Cables to be
installed
onsite
PGND cable
for the
cabinet
OT terminal
(M8)
Ground
terminal on
the cabinet
OT terminal
(M8)
External
ground bar
Cables
installed
before
delivery
PGND cable
for a module
OT terminal
(M4)
Ground
terminal on a
module
OT terminal
(M4)
Ground
terminal on
the cabinet
Power Cables
Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
DCDU-01
Power
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
OT terminal
(M6)
l Black
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
1
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment
Depending
on the RRU
model
Power port
on an RRU
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
1
6.4.4 RRU
Power
Cables
(optional)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
OT terminal
(M4)
One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD5
ports on the
DCDU-03B

33

Cables
Category
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
6.4.8 GATM
Power
Cable
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the GATM
Parallel
terminal
SPARE1 or
SPARE2
port on the
DCDU-01
DCDU-03B
Power
Cable
(optional)
OT terminal
(M6)
l Black
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
3B
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
3B
Cables
installed
before
delivery
6.4.3 RFU
Power
Cables
3V3
connector
PWR port on
the RFU
Parallel
terminal
One of the
RFU0 to
RFU5 ports
on the
DCDU-01
FAN Power
Cables
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the fan
assembly
Parallel
terminal
FAN port on
the
DCDU-01
6.4.2 BBU
Power
Cable
3V3
connector
PWR port on
the UPEU
Parallel
terminal
BBU port on
the
DCDU-01
Transmission Cables
The following table shows the transmission cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

34

Cables
2 Cable List

Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
7.1 E1/T1
Cable
DB26 male
connector
E1/T1 port
on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT, or
UTRP
Depending
on the
external
transmission
equipment
External
transmission
equipment
7.6 FE/GE
Ethernet
Cable
RJ45
connector
FE or FE/GE
electrical
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP
RJ45
connector
External
transmission
equipment
7.3 FE/GE
Fiber Optic
Cable
LC
connector
l FE or FE/
GE
optical
port on
the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT,
or UTRP
l FC
connecto
r
External
transmission
equipment
l SFP0 or
SFP1
port on
the
LMPT
Cables
installed
before
delivery
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
l SC
connecto
r
l LC
connecto
r
7.4
Interconnec
tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Electrical
Ports
RJ45
connector
FE electrical
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT, or
LMPT
RJ45
connector
FE0 port on
the WMPT
7.5
Interconnec
tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Optical
Ports
LC
connector
FE optical
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT, or
LMPT
LC
connector
FE1 port on
the WMPT

35

Cables
2 Cable List
Signal Cables
Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
8.4.5 EMU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port
on the EMU
RJ45
connector
MON1 port
on the UPEU
or UEIU
8.2.26 BBU
Alarm
Cable
RJ45
connector
EXT-ALM0
port on the
UPEU or
UEIU
RJ45
connector
External
alarm device
Inter-BBU
Signal
Cables
DLC
connector
l M0 or M1
port on
the UCIU
DLC
connector
CI port on
the UMPT
l CI port on
the
UMPT
HEI port on
the WBBPf
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
HEI port on
the WBBPf
8.4.11 GPS
Clock
Signal
Cable
SMA male
connector
GPS port on
the USCU,
LMPT, or
UMPT
Type N
female
connector
GPS surge
protector
8.3.4
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
Between
Cascaded
FANs
RJ45
connector
COM OUT
port on the
upper-level
fan assembly
RJ45
connector
COM IN port
on the lowerlevel fan
assembly
NOTE
The upperlevel fan
assembly
communicat
es with the
BBU
directly.

NOTE
The lowerlevel fan
assembly
communicat
es with the
BBU
through the
upper-level
fan
assembly.
36

Cables
2 Cable List
Category
Cables
installed
before
delivery
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
RET
Control
Signal
Cable
SMA elbow
male
connector
ANT0 to
ANT5 ports
on the
GATM
SMA straight
male
connector
DC/OOK
port on the
DIN BiasTee
8.4.16
GATM
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM1 port
on the
GATM
RJ45
connector
MON1 port
on the UPEU
or MON0
port on the
UEIU
FMUCGATM
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM2 port
on the
GATM
RJ45
connector
COM_IN
port on the
lower-level
FAN
8.4.15
Adapter
Used for
Local
Maintenanc
e
USB
connector
USB(1) port
on the
UMPT in the
BBU
Network
connector
Network
cable
8.4.14 Cable
Between
Two
Combined
Base
Stations
DB15 male
connector
GCK port on
the UCIU in
the BBU
MD36 or
DB15 male
connector
DGLUb port
on the DCTB
in the 3012
series base
station
8.2.22
FMUCBBU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM IN port
on the FAN
RJ45
connector
MON0 port
on the UPEU
or UEIU
8.4.2 ELU
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
ELU
RJ45
connector
SENSOR
port on the
FAN
NOTE
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

37

Cables
2 Cable List
CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables

The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.
Table 2-24 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables
Category
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Cables
installed
before
delivery
CPRI
electrical
cables(1)
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI ports
on the
GTMU,
WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI0 or
CPRI1 port
on the RFU
Cables to be
installed
onsite
CPRI fiber
optic cable
(optional)
DLC
connector
CPRI ports
on the
GTMU,
WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP
DLC
connector
CPRI port on
the RRU
NOTE
(1) If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900L cabinet before delivery, CPRI electrical cables
are also installed in the cabinet before delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900
RF Cables
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

38

Cables
2 Cable List

Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
10.1 RF
Jumpers
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
DIN elbow
male
connector
ANT_TX/
RXA or
ANT_RXB
port on an
RFU
DIN straight
male
connector
l Feeder of
the
antenna
system
(no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
Cables
installed
before
delivery
10.2 InterRFU RF
Signal
Cable
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX OUT
port on the
RFU
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX IN port
on another
RFU
2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List

The BTS3900L cables are the PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables, CPRI cables,
signal cables, and RF cables.
PGND Cables
The following table describes the PGND cables.
Category
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
Cables to be
installed
onsite
PGND cable
for the
cabinet
OT
terminal
(M8)
Ground
terminal on
the cabinet
OT terminal
(M8)
External
ground bar
Cables
installed
before
delivery
PGND cable
for a module
OT
terminal
(M4)
Ground
terminal on a
module
OT terminal
(M4)
Ground
terminal on
the cabinet

39

Cables
2 Cable List
Power Cables
Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
DCDU-11A
Power
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
OT
terminal
Global:
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment
Depending
on the RRU
model
Power port
on an RRU
l Black
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1A
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1A
UK:
l Blue
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1A
l Gray
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1A
6.4.4 RRU
Power
Cables
(optional)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Tool-less
female
connector
(pressfit
type)
One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD5
ports on the
DCDU-11B

40

Cables
Category
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
6.4.8 GATM
Power
Cable
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the GATM
Parallel
terminal
LOAD8 or
LOAD9 port
on the
DCDU-11A
DCDU-11B
Power
Cable
(optional)
OT
terminal
Global:
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment
l Black
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1B
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1B
UK:
l Blue
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1B
l Gray
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1B
Cables
installed
before
delivery
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
6.4.3 RFU
Power
Cables
3V3
connector
PWR port on
the RFU
Parallel
terminal
One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD5 ports
on the
DCDU-11A
FAN 03B
Power
Cable
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the FAN 03B
Parallel
terminal
LOAD6 port
on the
DCDU-11A

41

Cables
Category
2 Cable List
Cable
6.4.2 BBU
Power
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
3V3
connector
-48V port on
the UPEU
Parallel
terminal
LOAD7 or
LOAD8 port
on the
DCDU-11A
Transmission Cables
The following table shows the transmission cables.
Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
7.1 E1/T1
Cable
DB26 male
connector
E1/T1 port
on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT, or
UTRP
Depending
on the
external
transmission
equipment
External
transmission
equipment
7.6 FE/GE
Ethernet
Cable
RJ45
connector
FE or FE/GE
electrical
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP
RJ45
connector
External
transmission
equipment

42

Cables
Category
2 Cable List
Cable
7.3 FE/GE
Fiber Optic
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
LC
connector
l FE or FE/
GE
optical
port on
the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT,
or UTRP
l FC
connecto
r
External
transmission
equipment
l SFP0 or
SFP1
port on
the
LMPT
Cables
installed
before
delivery
l SC
connecto
r
l LC
connecto
r
7.4
Interconnec
tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Electrical
Ports
RJ45
connector
FE electrical
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT, or
LMPT
RJ45
connector
FE0 port on
the WMPT
7.5
Interconnec
tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Optical
Ports
LC
connector
FE optical
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT, or
LMPT
LC
connector
FE1 port on
the WMPT
Signal Cables
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

43

Cables
2 Cable List

Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
8.4.5 EMU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port
on the EMU
RJ45
connector
MON1 port
on the UPEU
or UEIU
8.2.26 BBU
Alarm
Cable
RJ45
connector
EXT-ALM0
port on the
UPEU or
UEIU
RJ45
connector
External
alarm device
Inter-BBU
Signal
Cables
DLC
connector
l M0 or M1
port on
the UCIU
DLC
connector
CI port on
the UMPT
l CI port on
the
UMPT
HEI port on
the WBBPf
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
HEI port on
the WBBPf
8.4.11 GPS
Clock
Signal
Cable
SMA male
connector
GPS port on
the USCU,
LMPT, or
UMPT
Type N
female
connector
GPS surge
protector
8.3.6
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
Between
Cascaded
FAN 03B
Units
RJ45
connector
COM OUT
port on the
upper-level
FAN 03B
RJ45
connector
COM IN port
03B
RET
Control
Signal
Cable
SMA elbow
male
connector
NOTE
The upperlevel FAN
03B
communicat
es with the
BBU
directly.
ANT0 to
ANT5 ports
on the
GATM

NOTE
The lowerlevel FAN
03B
communicat
es with the
BBU
through the
upper-level
FAN 03B.
SMA straight
male
connector
DC/OOK
port on the
DIN BiasTee
44

Cables
2 Cable List
Category
Cables
installed
before
delivery
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
8.4.16
GATM
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM1 port
on the
GATM
RJ45
connector
MON0 or
MON1 port
on the UPEU
FMUEGATM
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM2 port
on the
GATM
RJ45
connector
COM IN port
03B
8.4.15
Adapter
Used for
Local
Maintenanc
e
USB
connector
USB(1) port
on the
UMPT in the
BBU
Network
connector
Network
cable
8.4.14 Cable
Between
Two
Combined
Base
Stations
DB15 male
connector
GCK port on
the UCIU in
the BBU
MD36 or
DB15 male
connector
DGLUb port
on the DCTB
in the 3012
series base
station
8.2.23
FMUEBBU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM IN port
on the FAN
03B
RJ45
connector
MON0 port
on the UPEU
or UEIU
8.4.2 ELU
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
ELU
RJ45
connector
SENSOR
port on the
FAN 03B
NOTE

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

45

Cables
2 Cable List
Category
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Cables
installed
before
delivery
CPRI
electrical
cables(1)
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI ports
on the
GTMU,
WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI0 or
CPRI1 port
on the RFU
Cables to be
installed
onsite
CPRI fiber
optic cable
(optional)
DLC
connector
CPRI ports
on the
GTMU,
WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP
DLC
connector
CPRI port on
the RRU
NOTE
RF Cables
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

46

Cables
2 Cable List

Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
10.1 RF
Jumpers
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
DIN elbow
male
connector
ANT_TX/
RXA or
ANT_RXB
port on an
RFU
DIN straight
male
connector
l Feeder of
the
antenna
system
(no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
Cables
installed
before
delivery
10.2 InterRFU RF
Signal
Cable
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX OUT
port on the
RFU
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX IN port
on another
RFU
2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List

The BTS3900L cables are classified into PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables,
transmission cables, CPRI electrical cables, signal cables, and RF cables.
PGND Cables and Equipotential Cables

The following table lists the PGND cables and equipotential cables.
Table 2-32 PGND cables and equipotential Cables
Item
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
PGND cable
for the
cabinet
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
OT terminal
(M8)
Ground
terminal on
the cabinet
OT terminal
(M8)
External
ground bar

47

Cables
Item
Cables
installed
before
delivery
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
5
Equipotenti
al Cable
(between the
BTS3900L
cabinet and
IMS06)
OT terminal
(M6)
Wiring
terminal for
the
equipotentia
l cable on the
cabinet
OT terminal
(M6)
Wiring
terminal for
the
equipotential
cable on the
subrack
5
Equipotenti
al Cable
(between the
IMS06 and
door of the
subrack)
OT terminal
(M6)
Wiring
terminal for
the
equipotentia
l cable on the
subrack
OT terminal
(M6)
Wiring
terminal for
the
equipotential
cable on the
door of the
subrack
PGND cable
for a module
OT terminal
(M4)
Ground
terminal on a
module
OT terminal
(M4)
Ground
terminal for
the PGND
cable in the
cabinet
Power Cables
Item
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
EPU05A-02
Power
Cable (AC
scenario)
One End
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
OT
termina
l (M6)
Port AC INPUT on
the EPU05A-02 in
the IMS06
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment

48

Cables
Item
2 Cable List
Cable
DCDU-12A
Power
Cable
One End
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
OT
termina
l (M6)
Global:
l Dependi
ng on the
external
power
equipme
nt in DC
scenario
s
l External
equipme
nt in DC
scenario
s
l Black wire:
RTN(+)
terminal on the
DCDU-12A
l Blue wire: NEG
(-) terminal on
the DCDU-12A
UK:
l Blue wire: RTN
(+) terminal on
the DCDU-12A
l Gray wire: NEG
(-) terminal on
the DCDU-12A
DCDU-12B
Power
Cable
(optional)
OT
termina
l (M6)
Global:
l Black wire:
RTN(+)
terminal on the
DCDU-12B
l OT
terminal
(M6) in
AC
scenario
s
l RTN(+)
and NEG
(-)
terminal
s near
RFC_1
and
RFC_2
on the
EPU05A
-02 in
AC
scenario
s
Depending
on the
external
power
equipment
External
power
equipment
EPC4
connector
LOAD8 or
LOAD9
port on the
DCDU-12A
l Blue wire: NEG

(-) terminal on
the DCDU-12B
UK:
l Blue wire: RTN
(+) terminal on
the DCDU-12B
l Gray wire: NEG
(-) terminal on
the DCDU-12B
6.4.8 GATM 3V3
Power
connect
Cable
or
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
-48V port on the

GATM

49

Cables
Item
2 Cable List
Cable
6.4.4 RRU
Power
Cables
(optional)
One End
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
EPC4
or
EPC5
connect
or
l EPC4
connector: one
of the LOAD6
to LOAD8 ports
on the
DCDU-12B
Depending
on the RRU
model
PWR port
on the RRU
l EPC5
connector: one
of the LOAD0
to LOAD5 ports
on the
DCDU-12B
Cables
installed
before
delivery
6.4.3 RFU
Power
Cables
3V3
connect
or
PWR port on an
RFU
EPC4
connector
One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD5
ports on the
DCDU-12A
FAN 03C
Power
Cable
3V3
connect
or
-48V port on the

FAN 03C
EPC4
connector
LOAD6
port on the
DCDU-12A
6.4.2 BBU
Power
Cable
3V3
connect
or
-48V port on the

UPEU
EPC4
connector
LOAD7 or
LOAD8
port on the
DCDU-12A
Transmission Cables
Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
7.1 E1/T1
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
DB26 male
connector
E1/T1 port
on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT, or
UTRP
Depending
on the
external
transmission
equipment
External
transmission
equipment

50

Cables
Category
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
7.6 FE/GE
Ethernet
Cable
RJ45
connector
FE or FE/GE
electrical
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP
RJ45
connector
External
transmission
equipment
7.3 FE/GE
Fiber Optic
Cable
LC
connector
l FE or FE/
GE
optical
port on
the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT,
or UTRP
l FC
connecto
r
External
transmission
equipment
l SFP0 or
SFP1
port on
the
LMPT
Cables
installed
before
delivery
l SC
connecto
r
l LC
connecto
r
7.4
Interconnec
tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Electrical
Ports
RJ45
connector
FE electrical
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT, or
LMPT
RJ45
connector
FE0 port on
the WMPT
7.5
Interconnec
tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Optical
Ports
LC
connector
FE optical
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT, or
LMPT
LC
connector
FE1 port on
the WMPT
Signal Cables
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

51

Cables
2 Cable List

Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
8.4.5 EMU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port
on the EMU
RJ45
connector
MON1 port
on the UPEU
or UEIU
8.2.26 BBU
Alarm
Cable
RJ45
connector
EXT-ALM0
port on the
UPEU or
UEIU
RJ45
connector
External
alarm device
Inter-BBU
Signal
Cables
DLC
connector
DLC
connector
CI port on
the UMPT
8.4.11 GPS
Clock
Signal
Cable
SMA male
connector
GPS port on
the USCU,
LMPT, or
UMPT
Type N
female
connector
GPS surge
protector
8.3.7
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
Between
Cascaded
FAN 03C
Units
RJ45
connector
COM OUT
port on the
upper-level
FAN 03C
RJ45
connector
COM IN port
03C
RET
Control
Signal
Cable
SMA elbow
male
connector
ANT0 to
ANT5 ports
on the
GATM
SMA straight
male
connector
DC/OOK
port on the
DIN BiasTee
8.4.16
GATM
Monitoring
Signal
Cable (DC
scenario)
RJ45
connector
COM1 port
on the
GATM
RJ45
connector
MON0 or
MON1 port
on the UPEU
HEI port on
the WBBPf
HEI port on
the WBBPf
NOTE
The upperlevel FAN
03C
communicat
es with the
BBU
directly.

NOTE
The lowerlevel FAN
03C
communicat
es with the
BBU
through the
upper-level
FAN 03C.
52

Cables
2 Cable List
Category
Cables
installed
before
delivery
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
CMUEAGATM
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM2 port
on the
GATM
RJ45
connector
COM IN port
03C
8.4.15
Adapter
Used for
Local
Maintenanc
e
USB
connector
USB(1) port
on the
UMPT in the
BBU
Ethernet
connector
Ethernet
cable
8.4.14 Cable
Between
Two
Combined
Base
Stations
DB15 male
connector
GCK port on
the UCIU in
the BBU
MD36 or
DB15 male
connector
DGLUb port
on the DCTB
in the 3012
series base
station
PMU 11ABBU
Monitoring
Signal Cable
(AC
scenario)
RJ45
connector
COM_IN
port on the
PMU 11A in
the
EPU05A-02
in the IMS06
RJ45
connector
MON1 port
on the UPEU
or UEIU
8.2.24
FMUEABBU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
COM IN port
on the FAN
03C
RJ45
connector
MON0 port
on the UPEU
or UEIU
8.4.2 ELU
Signal
Cable
RJ45
connector
ELU
RJ45
connector
SENSOR
port on the
FAN 03C
NOTE

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

53

Cables
2 Cable List
Category
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Cables
installed
before
delivery
CPRI
electrical
cables(1)
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI ports
on the
GTMU,
WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI0 or
CPRI1 port
on the RFU
Cables to be
installed
onsite
CPRI fiber
optic cable
(optional)
DLC
connector
CPRI ports
on the
GTMU,
WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP
DLC
connector
CPRI port on
the RRU
NOTE
RF Cables
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

54

Cables
2 Cable List

Category
Cables to be
installed
onsite
Cable
10.1 RF
Jumpers
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
DIN elbow
male
connector
ANT_TX/
RXA or
ANT_RXB
port on an
RFU
DIN straight
male
connector
l Feeder of
the
antenna
system
(no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
Cables
installed
before
delivery
10.2 InterRFU RF
Signal
Cable
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX OUT
port on the
RFU
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX IN port
on another
RFU
2.3 BTS3900A Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900A is configured with BTS3900A (Ver.B),
BTS3900A (Ver.C), BTS3900A(Ver.D), BTS3900A(Ver.E), and enhanced cabinets.
2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List

The BTS3900A cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission
PGND Cable and Equipotential Cable

The following table lists the PGND cable and equipotential cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

55

Cables
2 Cable List
Table 2-38 PGND cable and equipotential cable

Class
ificat
ion
Cable
Cable
s to be
install
ed
onsite
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
PGND cable
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground bar in
a cabinet
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground busbar
outside the
cabinet
Equipotential
cable
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground bar in
the upper
cabinet(1)
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground bar in
the lower
cabinet(1)
Ground bar in
a TMC11H,
IBBS200D, or
IBBS200T
Ground bar in
an RFC
NOTE
(1) If an APM30H or TMC11H is stacked on an RFC, the equipotential cable between the cabinets has
been installed before delivery. If an IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D, IBBS200T,
or TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.
Power Cables
The following table lists the power cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-39 Power cables to be installed onsite
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Conne
ctor
Installation Position
EPS 01A or EPS

01C power cable
OT
termina
l (M6)
AC INPUT
terminal on the
EPS in an
APM30H
Depend
ing on
the
externa
l power
equipm
ent
External power equipment
DCDU-01
power cable (in
DC scenarios)
Depend
ing on
the
external
power
equipm
ent
External power
equipment
OT
termina
l (M6)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

terminals near the INPUT
silkscreen on the DCDU-01in
an RFC

56

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Conne
ctor
DCDU-03C
power cable (in
AC scenarios)
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
TMC port on the

EPS in an
APM30H
OT
termina
l (M6)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

terminals on the DCDU-03C
in a TMC11H
Power cable for

a power
distribution box
Power
series
120
connect
or
(gray)
BAT port on the

EPS in an
APM30H
OT
termina
l (M8)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

terminals near the BAT
silkscreen on the power
distribution box in an
IBBS200D or IBBS200T
Power cable for

the fan in an
IBBS200D
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
LOAD3 port on
the EPS in an
APM30H
OT
termina
l (M4)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

terminals near the FAN/
TEC_CON_BOLT
IBBS200D
TEC power
cable
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
LOAD2 or
LOAD3 port on
the EPS in an
APM30H
OT
termina
l (M4)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

terminals near the FAN/
TEC_CON_BOLT
IBBS200T
Power cable for

a heating film
OT
termina
l (M4)
L1 and N1
terminals or L2
and N2 terminals
on the AC junction
box in an
APM30H
OT
termina
l (M4)
L and N terminals in the

junction terminals for the
input power cable for the
heating film in an IBBS200D
Power cable for

an AC junction
box (in AC
scenarios)
OT
termina
l (M4)
L3 and N3
terminals on the
AC junction box in
an APM30H
OT
termina
l (M4)
L and N terminals on the AC

junction box in a TMC11H

57

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Conne
ctor
6.4.1 EMUA or
EMUB Power
Cable (in an
APM30H)
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
LOAD4 port on
the EPS in an
APM30H
Cord
end
termina
l
PWR1 port on the EMUA or

PWR port on the EMUB in an
APM30H or TMC11H
6.4.1 EMUA or
EMUB Power
Cable (in a
TMC11H)
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
LOAD8 port on
the DCDU-03C in
a TMC11H
6.4.8 GATM
Power Cable (in
an APM30H)
Parallel
termina
l
-48V port on the

GATM
3V3
connect
or
l GATM0(1): SPARE1 port

on the DCDU-01 in the
RFC
l GATM1(2): BBU port on
the DCDU-01 in the RFC
6.4.8 GATM
Power Cable (in
a TMC11H)
OT
termina
l (M4)
-48V port on the

GATM
3V3
connect
or
l GATM0: LOAD8 port on

the DCDU-03C in the
TMC11H
the DCDU-03C in the
TMC11H
NOTE
(1) and (2): When two GATM boards need to be configured, install them below the BBU. GATM0 is the upper
GATM and GATM1 is the lower GATM.
The following table lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery.
Table 2-40 Power cables installed before delivery
Cable
One End
DCDU-03C
power cable (in
DC scenarios)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Connec
tor
Parallel
termina
l
SPARE2 terminal
on the DCDU-01in
an RFC
OT
terminal
(M6)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

in a TMC11H

58

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Connec
tor
DCDU-01
power cable (in
AC scenarios)
Power
series
120
connect
or
(blue)
RFC1 port on the

EPS in an
APM30H
OT
terminal
(M6)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

terminals near the INPUT
silkscreen on the
DCDU-01in an RFC
BBU power
cable (in an
APM30H)
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
LOAD1 port on
the EPS in an
APM30H
3V3
connecto
r
-48V port on the UPEU in

the BBU in an APM30H
BBU power
cable (in a
TMC11H)
OT
termina
l
LOAD6 port on
the DCDU-03C in
a TMC11H
3V3
connecto
r

the BBU in a TMC11H
FAN 02A power

cable (in an
APM30H)
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
LOAD0 port on
the EPS in an
APM30H
3V3
connecto
r
PWR port on the FAN 02A

in an APM30H
FAN 02A power

cable (in a
TMC11H)
OT
termina
l (M4)
LOAD8 port on
the DCDU-03C in
a TMC11H
3V3
connecto
r

in a TMC11H
RFU power
cables
Parallel
termina
l
RFU0 to RFU5
ports on the
DCDU-01in an
RFC
3V3
connecto
r
PWR ports on RFU 0to RFU

5in an RFC
FAN 01A power

cable
Parallel
termina
l
FAN terminal on
the DCDU-01in an
RFC
3V3
connecto
r

in an RFC
Power cable for

an AC heater (in
an APM30H)
OT
termina
l (M4)
L0, N0, and PE

terminals on the
AC junction box in
an APM30H
C13
connecto
r
Power input port on the AC

heater in an APM30H
Power cable for

an AC heater (in
a TMC11H)
OT
termina
l (M4)
L0, N0, and PE

terminals on the
AC junction box in
a TMC11H
C13
connecto
r

heater in a TMC11H

59

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Connec
tor
SOU power
cable
OT
termina
l (M4)
M4 ground screw
near the AC
OUTPUT terminal
and L2 and N2
terminals on the
EPS in an
APM30H
C13
connecto
r
AC INPUT port on the SOU

in an APM30H
Power cable for

an AC junction
box (in an
APM30H)
OT
termina
l (M4)
M4 ground screw
near the AC
OUTPUT terminal
and L1 and N1
terminals on the
EPS in an
APM30H
OT
terminal

junction box and the ground
bar in an APM30H
Transmission Cables
The following table lists transmission cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Categ
ory
Cable
Cables
to be
install
ed
onsite
One End
The Other End
Connect
or
Installation
Position
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
E1/T1 cable
DB26
male
connecto
r
OUTSIDE port on
the UELP in the
SLPU
Dependin
g on the
external
power
equipment
External
transmission
equipment
FE/GE
Ethernet
cable
RJ45
connecto
r
FE/GE electrical
port near the
OUTSIDE port on
the UFLP in an
SLPU
RJ45
connector
External
transmission
equipment

60

Cables
Categ
ory
2 Cable List
Cable
FE/GE
fiber optic
cable
One End
The Other End
Connect
or
Installation
Position
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
LC
connecto
r
l FE/GE optical
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT, or
UTRP in the
BBU
l FC
connec
tor
External
transmission
equipment
l FE/GE optical
port on the
LMPT or
UMPT in the
BBU
Cables
install
ed
before
deliver
y
l SC
connec
tor
l LC
connec
tor
E1/T1
surge
protection
transfer
cable
DB25
connecto
r
INSIDE port on the

UELP in the SLPU
DB26
connector
E1/T1 port on the

GTMU, WMPT,
UMPT, or UTRP in
the BBU
FE/GE
surge
protection
transfer
cable
RJ45
connecto
r
l FE electrical
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT, or
UMPT in the
BBU
RJ45
connector
FE electrical port
near the INSIDE
silkscreen on the
UFLP in the SLPU
l FE electrical
port on the
LMPT or
UMPT in the
BBU
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Interconne
ction cable
between
FE/GE
electrical
ports
RJ45
connecto
r
FE electrical port
on the GTMU,
WMPT, UMPT, or
LMPT in the BBU
RJ45
connector
FE electrical port on
the GTMU,
WMPT, UMPT, or
LMPT in the BBU
Interconne
ction cable
between
FE/GE
optical
ports
LC
connecto
r
FE optical port on
the GTMU,
WMPT, UMPT, or
LMPT in the BBU
LC
connector
FE optical port on
the GTMU,
WMPT, UMPT, or
LMPT in the BBU

61

Cables
2 Cable List
Signal Cables
The following table lists the signal cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-42 Signal cables to be installed onsite
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
Monitoring
signal cable
between
cascaded
CMUAs
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on
the upper-level
CMUA
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port on the

lower-level CMUA
Monitoring
signal cable
between
cascaded fan
assemblies
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on
the upper-level fan
assembly
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port on the

lower-level fan
assembly
Monitoring
signal cable
for the
battery
cabinet
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port on the

CMUA in an
IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
RJ45
connector
COM_485port on the
PMU in an APM30H
GPS clock
signal cable
SMA male
connector
GPS port on the

USCU in the BBU
Type N
female
connector
GPS surge protector
8.4.4 EMUA/
EMUB
Monitoring
Signal Cable
(in an
APM30H)
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port on the

EMUA or
COM_485port on
the EMUB in an
APM30H
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on
the PMU in an
APM30H
8.4.4 EMUA/
EMUB
Monitoring
Signal Cable
(in a
TMC11H)
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port on the

EMUA or
COM_485port on
the EMUB in a
TMC11H
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on
the FAN 02A in a
TMC11H
BBU alarm
cable
RJ45
connector
EXT_ALM0 or
EXT_ALM1 port on
the UPEU or UEIU
in the BBU
RJ45
connector
External alarm device

62

Cables
2 Cable List
8.4.23 RET
Control
Signal Cable
SMA elbow
male
connector
ANT0 to ANT5 ports

on the GATM
SMA
straight
male
connector
DC/OOK port on the

Bias-Tee
8.4.19
CMUEAGATM
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
COM2 port on the

GATM
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port on
FAN02A in the
APM30H or
COM_IN port on
FAN01A in the RFC
8.4.16
GATM
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
COM1 port on the

GATM
RJ45
connector
MON0 or MON1 port

on the BBU in the
APM30H
Adapter used
for local
maintenance
USB
connector
USB(1) port on the

UMPT in the BBU
Network
connector
Ethernet cable
Cable
between two
combined
base stations
DB15 male
connector
GCK port on the

UCIU in the BBU
MD36 or
DB15 male
connector
DGLUb port on the

DCTB
NOTE
The following table lists the signal cables that have been installed before delivery.
Table 2-43 Signal cables installed before delivery
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connec
tor
Installation
Position
Connect
or
Monitoring
signal cable
for the
temperature
sensor (in an
RFC)
4-pin
connecto
r
TEM port on the

FAN 01A in an RFC
Temperat
ure sensor
Air intake vent at the bottom

of the RFC
CMUA-BBU
monitoring
signal cable
RJ45
connecto
r
COM_IN port on
the FAN 01A in an
RFC
RJ45
connector
MON0 port on the UPEU in


63

Cables
Cable
2 Cable List
One End
Connec
tor
The Other End

Installation
Position
Connect
or
COM_IN port on
the FAN 02A in an
APM30H
HPMI-PMU
monitoring
signal cable
DB50
male
connecto
r
COM port on the

PMU in an
APM30H
DB50
male
connector
PMU_DB50 port on the

FAN 02A in an APM30H
PMU-CMUA
monitoring
signal cable
RJ45
connecto
r
COM_IN port on
the PMU in an
APM30H
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on the

FAN 02A in an APM30H
ELU signal
cable
RJ45
connecto
r
RJ45 port on the

ELU in each cabinet
RJ45
connector
l ELU port on the FAN

02A in an APM30H or
TMC11H
01A in an RFC
l ELU port on the CMUA
in an IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Monitoring
signal cable
for the door
status sensor
(in an
APM30H)
2-pin
connecto
r
GATE port on the

FAN 02A in an
APM30H
Bare wire
Door status sensor
Monitoring
signal cable
for the door
status sensor
(in a
TMC11H,
RFC,
IBBS200D, or
IBBS200T)
Bare
wire
l GATE port on
the FAN 02A in
a TMC11H
Bare wire
Door status sensor
Monitoring
signal
transfer
cable for the
fan in the
front door
4-pin
connecto
r
4-pin
connector
FAN_EXT port on the FAN

02A in an APM30H
l GATE port on
the FAN 01A in
an RFC
l GATE port on
the CMUA in an
IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
DC junction box in
the front door of an
APM30H

64

Cables
2 Cable List

The following table lists CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.
Categ
ory
Cable
Cable
s
install
ed
before
delive
ry
CPRI
electrical
cables(1)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
SFP20 male
connector
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the GTMU
in the BBU
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI0 or
CPRI1 port on
RFU 0 to RFU
5
DLC
connector
l CPRI_W
port on the
RRU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports or
CPRI0 to
CPRI2
ports on
the WBBP
in the BBU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the LBBP
in the BBU
Cable
s to be
install
ed
onsite
CPRI fiber
optic cables
DLC
connector
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the GTMU
in the BBU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports or
CPRI0 to
CPRI2
ports on
the WBBP
in the BBU
l CPRI_0
port on the
RRU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the LBBP
in the BBU
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

65

Cables
2 Cable List
NOTE
(1) If boards have been installed in cabinets before delivery, CPRI electrical cables have also been installed in
the APM30H+RFC or TMC11H+RFC cabinet combination. CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite in
the following cases:
l
In initial configuration, less than six RFUs are installed in the RFC before delivery. When RFUs are added
for capacity expansion, CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite.
When an RFC is added, RFUs and CPRI electrical cables must be installed in the RFC onsite.
RF Cables
The following table lists the RF cables.
Categ
ory
Cable
Cable
s to be
install
ed
onsite
Cable
s
install
ed
before
delive
ry
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
RF jumpers
DIN straight
male
connector
Antenna
feeder
DIN elbow
male
connector
ANT_TX/
RXA and
ANT_RXB
ports on the
RFU
Inter-RFU RF
signal cable
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX_OUTA
port on the
RFU
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX_INB port
on the RFU
2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List


The following table lists the PGND cable and equipotential cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

66

Cables
2 Cable List

Class
ificat
ion
Cable
Cable
s to be
install
ed
onsite
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
PGND cable
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground bar in
a cabinet
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground busbar
outside the
cabinet
Equipotential
cable
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground bar in
the upper
cabinet(1)
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground bar in
the lower
cabinet(1)
Ground bar in
a TMC11H,
IBBS200D, or
IBBS200T
Ground bar in
an RFC
NOTE
been installed before delivery. If an IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D, IBBS200T,
or TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.
Power Cables
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Conne
ctor
EPU03A-02or
EPU03A-04pow
er cable
OT
termina
l (M6)
AC INPUT
terminal on the
EPU in an
APM30H
Depend
ing on
the
externa
l power
equipm
ent
DCDU-11C
power cable (in
AC scenarios)
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
TMC port on the

EPU in an
APM30H
OT
termina
l (M6)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

in a TMC11H

67

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Conne
ctor
Power
series
175
connect
or
(gray)
Power series 175

connector (gray) of
the EPU in an
APM30H
OT
termina
l (M8)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

Power cable for OT

the DC junction termina
box in an RFC
l (M6)
(in DC scenarios)
RTN(+) and NEG

(-) terminals on the
DC junction box in
an RFC
Depend
ing on
the
externa
l power
equipm
ent
Power cable for

the fan in an
IBBS200D
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
LOAD3 port on
the EPU in an
APM30H
OT
termina
l (M4)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

terminals near the FAN/TEC
IBBS200D
TEC power
cable
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
LOAD2 or
LOAD3 port on
the EPU in an
APM30H
OT
termina
l (M4)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

terminals near the FAN/TEC
IBBS200T
Power cable for

a heating film
OT
termina
l (M4)
L1 and N1
terminals or L2
and N2 terminals
on the AC junction
box in an
APM30H
OT
termina
l (M4)
L and N terminals in the

junction terminals for the
input power cable for the
heating film in an IBBS200D
Power cable for

an AC junction
box (in AC
scenarios)
OT
termina
l (M4)
L3 and N3
terminals on the
AC junction box in
an APM30H
OT
termina
l (M4)

junction box in a TMC11H
Power cable for

a power
distribution box
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
The Other End

68

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Conne
ctor
6.4.1 EMUA or
EMUB Power
Cable (in an
APM30H)
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
LOAD4 port on
the EPU in an
APM30H
Cord
end
termina
l

PWR port on the EMUB in an
APM30H or TMC11H
6.4.1 EMUA or
EMUB Power
Cable (in a
TMC11H)
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
LOAD8 port on
the DCDU-11C in
a TMC11H
6.4.8 GATM
Power Cable (in
an APM30H)
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
-48V port on the

GATM
3V3
connect
or
l GATM0(1): LOAD7 port

on the DCDU-11A in the
RFC
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
-48V port on the

GATM
6.4.8 GATM
Power Cable (in
a TMC11H)
l GATM1(2): BBU_1 port

on the EPU03A-02/04 in
the APM30H
3V3
connect
or

the DCDU-11C in the
TMC11H
the DCDU-11C in the
TMC11H
NOTE
(1) and (2): When two GATM boards need to be configured, install them below the BBU. GATM0 is the upper
GATM and GATM1 is the lower GATM.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

69

Cables
2 Cable List

Cable
One End
Conne
ctor
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
The Other End

Installation
Position
Connec
tor
Power cable for OT

box in an RFC
l (M6)
(in AC scenarios)
Power series
120connector
(blue) of the EPU
in an APM30H
OT
terminal
(M6)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

terminals on the DC junction
box in an RFC
DCDU-11A
power cable
OT
termina
l (M6)
RTN(+) and NEG

DC junction box in
an RFC
OT
terminal
(M6)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

terminals on the
DCDU-11A in an RFC
DCDU-11C
power cable (in
DC scenarios)
OT
termina
l
RTN(+) and NEG

DC junction box in
an RFC
OT
terminal
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

in a TMC11H
BBU power
cable (in an
APM30H)
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
BBU_0or
BBU_1port on the
EPU in an
APM30H
3V3
connecto
r

BBU power
cable (in a
TMC11H)
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
LOAD6 or
LOAD7 port on
the DCDU-11C in
a TMC11H
FAN 02B power

cable (in an
APM30H)
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
LOAD5 port on
the EPU in an
APM30H
3V3
connecto
r
PWR port on the FAN 02B

in an APM30H
FAN 02B power

cable (in a
TMC11H)
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
LOAD9 port on
the DCDU-11C in
a TMC11H
3V3
connecto
r

in a TMC11H

the BBU in a TMC11H

70

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Connec
tor
RFU power
cables
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
LOAD0 to
LOAD5 ports on
the DCDU-11A in
an RFC
3V3
connecto
r
PWR ports on RFU 0to RFU

5in an RFC
FAN 01B power

cable
Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
LOAD6 port on
the DCDU-11A in
an RFC
3V3
connecto
r

in an RFC
Power cable for

an AC heater (in
an APM30H)
OT
termina
l (M4)
L0, N0, and PE

terminals on the
AC junction box in
an APM30H
C13
connecto
r

heater in an APM30H
Power cable for

an AC heater (in
a TMC11H)
OT
termina
l (M4)
L0, N0, and PE

terminals on the
AC junction box in
a TMC11H
C13
connecto
r

heater in a TMC11H
SOU power
cable
OT
termina
l (M4)
M4 ground screw
near the AC
OUTPUT terminal
and L2 and N2
terminals on the
EPU in an
APM30H
C13
connecto
r

in an APM30H
Power cable for

an AC junction
box (in an
APM30H)
OT
termina
l (M4)
M4 ground screw
near the AC
OUTPUT terminal
and L1 and N1
terminals on the
EPU in an
APM30H
OT
terminal

junction box and the ground
bar in an APM30H
Transmission Cables
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

71

Cables
2 Cable List

Categ
ory
Cable
Cables
to be
install
ed
onsite
One End
The Other End
Connect
or
Installation
Position
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
E1/T1 cable
DB26
male
connecto
r
OUTSIDE port on
the UELP in the
SLPU
Dependin
g on the
external
power
equipment
External
transmission
equipment
FE/GE
Ethernet
cable
RJ45
connecto
r
FE/GE electrical
port near the
OUTSIDE port on
the UFLP in an
SLPU
RJ45
connector
External
transmission
equipment
FE/GE
fiber optic
cable
LC
connecto
r
l FE/GE optical
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT, or
UTRP in the
BBU
l FC
connec
tor
External
transmission
equipment
l FE/GE optical
port on the
LMPT or
UMPT in the
BBU
Cables
install
ed
before
deliver
y
l SC
connec
tor
l LC
connec
tor
E1/T1
surge
protection
transfer
cable
DB25
connecto
r
INSIDE port on the

UELP in the SLPU
DB26
connector
E1/T1 port on the

GTMU, WMPT,
UMPT, or UTRP in
the BBU
FE/GE
surge
protection
transfer
cable
RJ45
connecto
r
l FE electrical
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT, or
UMPT in the
BBU
RJ45
connector
FE electrical port
near the INSIDE
silkscreen on the
UFLP in the SLPU
l FE electrical
port on the
LMPT or
UMPT in the
BBU
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

72

Cables
Categ
ory
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connect
or
Installation
Position
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Interconne
ction cable
between
FE/GE
electrical
ports
RJ45
connecto
r
FE electrical port
on the GTMU,
WMPT, UMPT, or
LMPT in the BBU
RJ45
connector
the GTMU,
WMPT, UMPT, or
LMPT in the BBU
Interconne
ction cable
between
FE/GE
optical
ports
LC
connecto
r
FE optical port on
the GTMU,
WMPT, UMPT, or
LMPT in the BBU
LC
connector
FE optical port on
the GTMU,
WMPT, UMPT, or
LMPT in the BBU
Signal Cables
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
Monitoring
signal cable
between
cascaded
CMUEs
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on
the upper-level
CMUE
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port on the

lower-level CMUE
Monitoring
signal cable
between
cascaded fan
assemblies
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on
the upper-level fan
assembly
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port on the

lower-level fan
assembly
Monitoring
signal cable
for the
battery
cabinet
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port on the

CMUE in an
IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
RJ45
connector
COM_485port on the
PMU in an APM30H
GPS clock
signal cable
SMA male
connector
GPS port on the

USCU in the BBU
Type N
female
connector
GPS surge protector

73

Cables
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
2 Cable List
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
8.4.4 EMUA/
EMUB
Monitoring
Signal Cable
(in an
APM30H)
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port on the

EMUA or
COM_485port on
the EMUB in an
APM30H
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on
the PMU in an
APM30H
8.4.4 EMUA/
EMUB
Monitoring
Signal Cable
(in a
TMC11H)
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port on the

EMUA or
COM_485port on
the EMUB in a
TMC11H
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on
the FAN 02B in a
TMC11H
BBU alarm
cable
RJ45
connector
EXT_ALM0 or
EXT_ALM1 port on
the UPEU or UEIU
in the BBU
RJ45
connector
8.4.23 RET
Control
Signal Cable
SMA elbow
male
connector
ANT0 to ANT5 ports

on the GATM
SMA
straight
male
connector
DC/OOK port on the

Bias-Tee
8.4.19
CMUEAGATM
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
COM2 port on the

GATM
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port on
FAN02B in the
APM30H or
COM_IN port on
FAN01B in the RFC
8.4.16
GATM
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
COM1 port on the

GATM
RJ45
connector
MON0 or MON1 port

on the BBU in the
APM30H
Adapter used
for local
maintenance
USB
connector
USB(1) port on the

UMPT in the BBU
Network
connector
Ethernet cable
Cable
between two
combined
base stations
DB15 male
connector
GCK port on the

UCIU in the BBU
MD36 or
DB15 male
connector
DGLUb port on the

DCTB

74

Cables
2 Cable List
NOTE
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connec
tor
Installation
Position
Connect
or
Monitoring
signal cable
for the
temperature
sensor (in an
RFC)
4-pin
connecto
r
TEM port on the

FAN 01B in an RFC
Temperat
ure sensor

of the RFC
CMUE-BBU
monitoring
signal cable
RJ45
connecto
r
COM_IN port on
the FAN 01B in an
RFC
RJ45
connector

COM_IN port on
the FAN 02B in an
APM30H

HPMI-PMU
monitoring
signal cable
DB50
male
connecto
r
COM port on the

PMU in an
APM30H
DB50
male
connector
PMU_DB50 port on the

FAN 02B in an APM30H
PMU-CMUE
monitoring
signal cable
RJ45
connecto
r
COM_IN port on
the PMU in an
APM30H
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on the

FAN 02B in an APM30H
ELU signal
cable
RJ45
connecto
r
RJ45 port on the

ELU in each cabinet
RJ45
connector

02B in an APM30H or
TMC11H
01B in an RFC
l ELU port on the CMUE
in an IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
Monitoring
signal cable
for the door
status sensor
(in an
APM30H)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
2-pin
connecto
r
GATE port on the

FAN 02B in an
APM30H
Bare wire

Door status sensor
75

Cables
Cable
2 Cable List
One End
The Other End
Connec
tor
Installation
Position
Connect
or
Monitoring
signal cable
for the door
status sensor
(in a
TMC11H,
RFC,
IBBS200D, or
IBBS200T)
Bare
wire
l GATE port on
the FAN 02B in
a TMC11H
Bare wire
Door status sensor
Monitoring
signal
transfer
cable for the
fan in the
front door
4-pin
connecto
r
4-pin
connector

02B in an APM30H
l GATE port on
the FAN 01B in
an RFC
l GATE port on
the CMUE in an
IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
DC junction box in
the front door of an
APM30H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

76

Cables
2 Cable List
Categ
ory
Cable
Cable
s
install
ed
before
delive
ry
CPRI
electrical
cables(1)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
SFP20 male
connector
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the GTMU
in the BBU
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI0 or
CPRI1 port on
RFU 0 to RFU
5
DLC
connector
l CPRI_W
port on the
RRU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports or
CPRI0 to
CPRI2
ports on
the WBBP
in the BBU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the LBBP
in the BBU
Cable
s to be
install
ed
onsite
CPRI fiber
optic cables
DLC
connector
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the GTMU
in the BBU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports or
CPRI0 to
CPRI2
ports on
the WBBP
in the BBU
l CPRI_0
port on the
RRU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the LBBP
in the BBU
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

77

Cables
2 Cable List
NOTE
l
RF Cables
Categ
ory
Cable
Cable
s to be
install
ed
onsite
Cable
s
install
ed
before
delive
ry
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
RF jumpers
DIN straight
male
connector
Antenna
feeder
DIN elbow
male
connector
ANT_TX/
RXA and
ANT_RXB
ports on the
RFU
Inter-RFU RF
signal cable
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX_OUTA
port on the
RFU
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX_INB port
on the RFU
2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List


The following table describes the PGND cables and equipotential cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

78

Cables
2 Cable List
Table 2-54 PGND cables and equipotential cables

Categ
ory
Cable
Cable
s to be
install
ed
onsite
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
PGND cable
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground bar in
a cabinet
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground busbar
outside the
cabinet
Equipotential
cable
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground bar in
the upper
cabinet(1)
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground bar in
the lower
cabinet(1)
Ground bar in
a TMC11H or
battery
cabinet
Ground bar in
an RFC
NOTE
(1) When the APM30H or TMC11H is stacked on the RFC, the equipotential cable between the cabinets
has been installed before delivery. When the IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D,
IBBS200T, or TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.
Power Cables
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Conne
ctor
EPU05A-02 or
EPU05A-04
power cable
OT
termina
l (M6)
AC INPUT port on
the EPU in an
APM30H
Depend
ing on
the
externa
l power
equipm
ent
DCDU-12B
power cable
OT
termina
ls
RTN(+) and NEG

DCDU-12B in an
RFC
Depend
ing on
the
externa
l power
equipm
ent

79

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Conne
ctor
DCDU-12C
power cable (in
AC scenarios)
EPC4
connect
or
LOAD7 port on
the EPU in the
APM30H
OT
termina
l (M6)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

in a TMC11H
Power cable for

a power
distribution box
OT
termina
l (M8)
BAT terminal on
the EPU in the
APM30H
OT
termina
l (M8)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

distribution box in a battery
cabinet(1)
Power cable for OT

box in an RFC
l (M6)
(in DC scenarios)
DC junction box in
an RFC
Depend
ing on
the
externa
l power
equipm
ent
Power cable for

the fan in an
IBBS200D
EPC4
connect
or
LOAD8 port on
the EPU in the
APM30H
EPC4
connect
or
FAN/TEC and INPUT ports

on the power distribution box
in the IBBS200D
Power cable for

the fan in an
IBBS300D
EPC4
connect
or
LOAD8 port on
the EPU in the
APM30H
OT
termina
l (M4)
FAN/TEC wiring terminal on

the DC junction box in the
IBBS300D
Power cable for

the TEC in an
IBBS200T
EPC4
connect
or
LOAD8 port on
the EPU in the
APM30H
EPC4
connect
or
FAN/TEC and INPUT ports

on the power distribution box
in the IBBS200T
Power cable for

the TEC in the
IBBS300T
EPC4
connect
or
LOAD8 port on
the EPU in the
APM30H
OT
termina
l (M4)
FAN/TEC wiring terminal on

the DC junction box in the
IBBS300D
Power cable for

a heating film
OT
termina
l (M4)
L1 and N1
terminals or L2
and N2 terminals
on the AC junction
box in the
APM30H
OT
termina
l (M4)
L and N terminals on the

junction terminal for the
heating film power cable in
the IBBS200D
Power cable for

the AC junction
box (in a
TMC11H)
OT
termina
l (M4)
L3 and N3
terminals on the
AC junction box in
the APM30H
OT
termina
l (M4)

junction box in the TMC11H

80

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Conne
ctor
Power cable for

the AC junction
box (in an
IBBS300D/
IBBS300T)
OT
termina
l (M4)
L3 and N3
terminals on the
AC junction box in
the APM30H
OT
termina
l (M4)

junction box in the
Power cable for

the temperature
control system
EPC4
connect
or
LOAD8 port on
the EPU in the
APM30H
EPC4
connect
or
DC INPUT port on the power

distribution box in the
IBBS700D/IBBS700T
Power cable for

the AC junction
box (in an
IBBS700D/
IBBS700T)
OT
termina
l (M4)
L3 and N3
terminals on the
AC junction box in
the APM30H
OT
termina
l (M4)

junction box in the
Power cables for

storage batteries
OT
termina
l (M8)
BAT(+) and BAT

power distribution
box in the battery
cabinet
OT
termina
l (M6)
Positive and negative poles of

storage batteries in a battery
cabinet
Power cables for

storage
batteries (in an
IBBS300D/
IBBS300T)
OT
termina
l (M8)
Circuit breaker
below the DC
junction box on the
right of battery
cabinet and the
terminal on the DC
junction box with
NEG(-) printed on
the left
OT
termina
l (M6)
Positive and negative poles of

storage batteries in a battery
cabinet
6.4.1 EMUA or
EMUB Power
Cable (in the
APM30H)
EPC4
connect
or
LOAD5 port on
the EPU in the
APM30H
Cord
end
termina
l

PWR port on the EMUB in
the APM30H or TMC11H
6.4.1 EMUA or
EMUB Power
Cable (in the
TMC11H)
EPC4
connect
or
LOAD8 port on
the DCDU-12C in
the TMC11H
6.4.8 GATM
Power Cable (in
the APM30H)
EPC4
connect
or
-48 V port on the

GATM
3V3
connect
or

on the DCDU-12A in the
RFC
on the EPU05A-02/04 in
the APM30H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

81

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
6.4.8 GATM
Power Cable (in
the TMC11H)
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Conne
ctor
EPC4
connect
or
-48 V port on the

GATM
3V3
connect
or

the DCDU-12C in the
TMC11H
the DCDU-12C in a
TMC11H
NOTE
(1) Battery cabinet: IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T

(2) and (3): When two GATMs are installed, they are installed below the BBU in sequence. GATM0 is installed
above GATM1.
Cable
One End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Connec
tor
OT
termina
l (M6)
DC junction box in
an RFC
OT
terminal
(M6)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

in a TMC
Power cable for OT

box in an RFC
l (M6)
(in AC scenarios)
RFC1 or RFC2
terminal on the
EPU in the
APM30H
OT
terminal
(M6)
DC junction box in an RFC
DCDU-12A
power cable
OT
termina
l (M6)
DC junction box in
an RFC
OT
terminal
(M6)
RTN(+) and NEG(-)

terminals on the
DCDU-12A in an RFC
BBU power
cable (in an
APM30H)
EPC4
connect
or
LOAD0 or
LOAD1 port on
the EPU in the
APM30H
3V3
connecto
r

the BBU in the APM30H
BBU power
cable (in a
TMC11H)
EPC4
connect
or
LOAD6 or
LOAD7 port on
the DCDU-12C in
the TMC11H
DCDU-12C
Power Cable (in
DC scenario)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
The Other End


the BBU in the TMC11H
82

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Connec
tor
FAN 02D power

cable (in an
APM30H)
EPC4
connect
or
LOAD2 port on
the EPU in the
APM30H
3V3
connecto
r
PWR port on the FAN 02D

in the APM30H
FAN 02D power

cable (in a
TMC11H)
EPC4
connect
or
LOAD9 port on
the DCDU-12C in
the TMC11H
3V3
connecto
r
PWR port on the FAN 02D

in the TMC11H
RFU power
cable
EPC4
connect
or
LOAD0 to
LOAD5 ports on
the DCDU-12A in
the RFC
3V3
connecto
r
PWR ports on the RFU 0 to

RFU 5 in the RFC
FAN 01C power

cable
EPC4
connect
or
LOAD6 port on
the DCDU-12A in
an RFC
3V3
connecto
r
PWR port on the FAN 01C

in an RFC
Power cable for

an AC heater (in
an APM30H)
OT
termina
l (M4)
L0, N0, and PE

terminals on the
AC junction box in
an APM30H
C13
connecto
r

heater in an APM30H
Power cable for

an AC heater (in
a TMC11H)
OT
termina
l (M4)
L0, N0, and PE

terminals on the
AC junction box in
a TMC11H
C13
connecto
r

heater in a TMC11H
SOU power
cable
OT
termina
l (M4)
M4 ground screw
and L2 and N2
ports near the AC
OUTPUT
silkscreen on the
left side of the EPU
in an APM30H
C13
connecto
r

in an APM30H
Power cable for

an AC junction
box (in an
APM30H)
OT
termina
l (M4)
M4 ground screw
and L1 and N1
ports near the AC
OUTPUT
silkscreen on the
left side of the EPU
in an APM30H
OT
terminal
s

junction box in an APM30H
and the cabinet ground bar
CMUEA power
cable
3V3
connect
or
PWR port on the

CMUEA in an
IBBS700D
Bare
wire
FAN/TEC port on the power

IBBS700D

83

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
CMUF power
cable
The Other End
Conne
ctor
Installation
Position
Connec
tor
3V3
connect
or
PWR port on the

CMUF in an
IBBS700T
Bare
wire
FAN/TEC port on the power

IBBS700D
Transmission Cables
Categ
ory
Cable
Cables
to be
install
ed
onsite
One End
The Other End
Connect
or
Installation
Position
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
E1/T1 cable
DB26
male
connecto
r
OUTSIDE port on
the UELP in the
SLPU
Dependin
g on the
external
power
equipment
External
transmission
equipment
FE/GE
Ethernet
cable
RJ45
connecto
r
FE/GE electrical
port near the
OUTSIDE port on
the UFLP in an
SLPU
RJ45
connector
External
transmission
equipment
FE/GE
fiber optic
cable
LC
connecto
r
l FE/GE optical
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT, or
UTRP in the
BBU
l FC
connec
tor
External
transmission
equipment
l FE/GE optical
port on the
LMPT or
UMPT in the
BBU
Cables
install
ed
before
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
E1/T1
surge
protection
transfer
cable
DB25
connecto
r
INSIDE port on the

UELP in the SLPU

l SC
connec
tor
l LC
connec
tor
DB26
connector
E1/T1 port on the

GTMU, WMPT,
UMPT, or UTRP in
the BBU
84

Cables
2 Cable List
Categ
ory
Cable
One End
deliver
y
FE/GE
surge
protection
transfer
cable
The Other End
Connect
or
Installation
Position
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
RJ45
connecto
r
l FE electrical
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT, or
UMPT in the
BBU
RJ45
connector
FE electrical port
near the INSIDE
silkscreen on the
UFLP in the SLPU
l FE electrical
port on the
LMPT or
UMPT in the
BBU
Interconne
ction cable
between
FE/GE
electrical
ports
RJ45
connecto
r
FE electrical port
on the GTMU,
WMPT, UMPT, or
LMPT in the BBU
RJ45
connector
the GTMU,
WMPT, UMPT, or
LMPT in the BBU
Interconne
ction cable
between
FE/GE
optical
ports
LC
connecto
r
FE optical port on
the GTMU,
WMPT, UMPT, or
LMPT in the BBU
LC
connector
FE optical port on
the GTMU,
WMPT, UMPT, or
LMPT in the BBU
Signal Cables
Cable
Monitoring
signal cable
between
cascaded
CMUEAs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on
the upper-level
CMUEA
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port on the

lower-level CMUEA

85

Cables
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
2 Cable List
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
Monitoring
signal cable
between
cascaded
CCU01D-03
modules
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on
the upper-level
CCU01D-03
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port on the

lower-level
CCU01D-03
Monitoring
signal cable
between
cascaded fan
assemblies
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on
the upper-level fan
assembly
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port on the

lower-level fan
assembly
Monitoring
signal cable
for the
battery
cabinet
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port on the

CMUEA/
CCU01D-03 in the
battery cabinet
RJ45
connector
COM_485 port on the

PMU in the APM30H
GPS clock
signal cable
SMA male
connector
GPS port on the

USCU in the BBU
Type N
female
connector
GPS surge protector
8.4.4 EMUA/
EMUB
Monitoring
Signal Cable
(in the
APM30H)
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port on the

EMUA or COM_485
port on the EMUB in
the APM30H
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on
the PMU in an
APM30H
8.4.4 EMUA/
EMUB
Monitoring
Signal Cable
(in the
TMC11H)
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port on the

EMUA or COM_485
port on the EMUB in
the TMC11H
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on
the FAN 02D in a
TMC11H
BBU alarm
cable
RJ45
connector
EXT_ALM0 or
EXT_ALM1 port on
the UPEU or UEIU
in the BBU
RJ45
connector
8.4.23 RET
Control
Signal Cable
SMA elbow
male
connector
ANT0 to ANT5 ports

on the GATM
SMA
straight
male
connector
DC/OOK port on the

Bias-Tee

86

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
8.4.19
CMUEAGATM
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
COM2 port on the

GATM
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port on the

FAN02D in the
APM30H or
COM_IN port on the
FAN01C in the RFC
8.4.16
GATM
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
COM1 port on the

GATM
RJ45
connector
MON0 or MON1 port

on the UPEU in the
BBU in the APM30H
Adapter used
for local
maintenance
USB
connector
USB(1) port on the

UMPT in the BBU
Network
connector
Ethernet cable
Cable
between two
combined
base stations
DB15 male
connector
GCK port on the

UCIU in the BBU
MD36 or
DB15 male
connector
DGLUb port on the

DCTB
NOTE
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connec
tor
Installation
Position
Connect
or
Monitoring
signal cable
for the
temperature
sensor (in an
RFC)
4-pin
connecto
r
TEM port on the

FAN 01C in an RFC
Temperat
ure sensor

of an RFC
CMUEABBU
monitoring
signal cable
RJ45
connecto
r
COM_IN port on
the FAN 01C in an
RFC
RJ45
connector


87

Cables
Cable
2 Cable List
One End
Connec
tor
The Other End

Installation
Position
Connect
or
COM_IN port on
the FAN 02D in an
APM30H
PMUCMUEA
monitoring
signal cable
RJ45
connecto
r
COM_IN port on
the PMU in an
APM30H
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port on the

FAN 02D in an APM30H
ELU signal
cable
RJ45
connecto
r
l In the APM30H
or TMC11H:
ELU port on the
FAN 02D
RJ45
connector
RJ45 port on the ELU in

each cabinet
Bare wire
Door status sensor
l In the RFC:
ELU port on the
FAN 01C
l In the
IBBS200D or
IBBS200T:
ELU port on the
CMUEA
l In the
IBBS300D or
IBBS300T:
ELU port on the
CCU01D-03
l In the
IBBS700D:
ELU port on the
CMUEA
l In the
IBBS700T:
ELU port on the
CMUF
Monitoring
signal cable
for the door
status sensor
(in an
APM30H)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
2-pin
connecto
r
GATE port on the

PMU in an
APM30H

88

Cables
Cable
Monitoring
signal cable
for the door
status sensor
(in the
TMC11H,
RFC,
IBBS200D,
IBBS200T,
IBBS700D, or
IBBS700T)
2 Cable List
One End
The Other End
Connec
tor
Installation
Position
Connect
or
Bare
wire
l In the TMC11H:
GATE port on
the FAN 02D
Bare wire
Door status sensor
4-pin
connector

02D in an APM30H
l In the RFC:
GATE port on
the FAN 01C
l In the
IBBS200D or
IBBS200T:
GATE port on
the CMUEA
l In the
IBBS300D or
IBBS300T:
GATE port on
the CCU01D-03
l In the
IBBS700D:
GATE port on
the CMUEA
l In the
IBBS700T:
GATE port on
the CMUF
Monitoring
signal
transfer
cable for the
fan in the
front door
Intercon
nection
terminal
Fan power cable

routed out of the
front door of an
APM30H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

89

Cables
2 Cable List
Categ
ory
Cable
Cable
s
install
ed
before
delive
ry
CPRI
electrical
cables(1)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
SFP20 male
connector
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the GTMU
in the BBU
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI0 or
CPRI1 port on
RFU 0 to RFU
5
DLC
connector
l CPRI_W
port on the
RRU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports or
CPRI0 to
CPRI2
ports on
the WBBP
in the BBU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the LBBP
in the BBU
Cable
s to be
install
ed
onsite
CPRI fiber
optic cables
DLC
connector
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the GTMU
in the BBU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports or
CPRI0 to
CPRI2
ports on
the WBBP
in the BBU
l CPRI_0
port on the
RRU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the LBBP
in the BBU
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

90

Cables
2 Cable List
NOTE
l
RF Cables
Categ
ory
Cable
Cable
s to be
install
ed
onsite
Cable
s
install
ed
before
delive
ry
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
RF jumpers
DIN straight
male
connector
Antenna
feeder
DIN elbow
male
connector
ANT_TX/
RXA and
ANT_RXB
ports on the
RFU
Inter-RFU RF
signal cable
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX_OUTA
port on the
RFU
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX_INB port
on the RFU
2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List

BTS3900A cables include PGND cables, equipotential cables, power cables, transmission

The following table describes PGND cables and equipotential cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

91

Cables
2 Cable List
Table 2-62 PGND cables and equipotential cables

Category
Cable
Cables to be
installed
onsite
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installatio
n Position
Connector
Installatio
n Position
4 PGND
Cable
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground bar
in a cabinet
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground bar
of the site
5
Equipotenti
al Cable
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground bar
in an upper
cabinet(1)
OT terminal
(M6)
Ground bar
in a lower
cabinet(1)
Ground bar
in a
TMC11H or
battery
cabinet
Ground bar
in an RFC
NOTE
been installed before delivery. If an IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D or
IBBS200T or a TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.
Power Cables
The following table lists power cables to be installed onsite.
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
EPU05A-06 or
EPU05A-08
power cable
OT terminal
(M6)
AC INPUT port
on the EPU in an
APM30H
Depending on
the external
power
equipment
External power
equipment
DCDU-12B
power cable
OT terminal
(M6)
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on the
DCDU-12B in
an RFC
Depending on
the external
power
equipment
External power
equipment
DCDU-12C
power cable (in
an AC scenario)
EPC4 connector
LOAD7 port on
the EPU in an
APM30H
OT terminal
(M6)
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on the
DCDU-12C in a
TMC11H

92

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
Power cable for

a power
distribution
box
OT terminal
(M8)
BAT terminal
on the EPU in an
APM30H
OT terminal
(M8)
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals near
the BAT
silkscreen on the
power
distribution box
in a battery
cabinet(1)
Power cable for

the DC
junction box in
an RFC (in a
DC scenario)
OT terminal
(M6)
DC junction box
in an RFC
Depending on
the external
power
equipment
External power
equipment
Fan power
cables in an
IBBS200D
EPC4 connector
LOAD8 port on
the EPU in an
APM30H
EPC4 connector
FAN/TEC and
INPUT port on
the power
distribution box
in an IBBS200D
TEC power
cables in an
IBBS200T
EPC4 connector
LOAD8 port on
the EPU in an
APM30H
EPC4 connector
FAN/TEC and
INPUT port on
the power
distribution box
in an IBBS200T
Power cable for

a heating film
OT terminal
(M4)
L1 and N1
terminals or L2
and N2
terminals on the
AC junction box
in an APM30H
OT terminal
(M4)
L and N
terminals on the
AC junction box
for the heating
film in an
IBBS200D
Power cable for

an AC junction
box (in a
TMC11H)
OT terminal
(M4)
L3 and N3
terminals on the
AC junction box
in an APM30H
OT terminal
(M4)
L and N
terminals on the
AC junction box
in a TMC11H
Storage
battery power
cable (in an
IBBS200D or
IBBS200T)
OT terminal
(M8)
Power
distribution
boxes on the top
and inner right
wall of a battery
cabinet
OT terminal
(M6)
Positive and
negative poles
of storage
batteries in a
battery cabinet

93

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
EMUA or
EMUB power
cable (in an
APM30H)
EPC4 connector
LOAD5 port on
the EPU in an
APM30H
Cord end
terminal
EMUA or
EMUB power
cable (in a
TMC11H)
EPC4 connector
LOAD8 port on
the DCDU-12C
in a TMC11H
PWR1 port on
the EMUA or
PWR port on the
EMUB in an
APM30H or
TMC11H
GATM power
cable (in an
APM30H)
EPC4 connector
-48V port on a
GATM
3V3 connector
l GATM0(2):
LOAD7 port
on the
DCDU-12A
in an RFC
l GATM1(3):
LOAD5 port
on the
EPU05A-06
or
EPU05A-08
in an
APM30H
GATM power
cable (in a
TMC11H)
EPC4 connector
-48V port on a
GATM
3V3 connector
l GATM0:
LOAD8 port
on the
DCDU-12C
in a
TMC11H
l GATM1:
LOAD7 port
on the
DCDU-12C
in a
TMC11H
NOTE
(1) Battery cabinet: IBBS200D or IBBS200T

(2) and (3): If two GATMs are installed, they are installed below the BBU in sequence. GATM0 is installed
above GATM1.
The following table lists power cables that have been installed before delivery.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

94

Cables
2 Cable List

Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
DCDU-12C
power cable (in
a DC scenario)
OT terminal
(M6)
DC junction box
in an RFC
OT terminal
(M6)
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on the
DCDU-12C in a
TMC
Power cable for

the DC
junction box in
an RFC (in an
AC scenario)
OT terminal
(M6)
RFC1 or RFC2
terminal on the
EPU in an
APM30H
OT terminal
(M6)
DC junction box
in an RFC
DCDU-12A
power cable
OT terminal
(M6)
DC junction box
in an RFC
OT terminal
(M6)
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on the
DCDU-12A in
an RFC
BBU power
cable (in an
APM30H)
EPC4 connector
LOAD0 or
LOAD1 port on
the EPU in an
APM30H
3V3 connector
-48V port on the

UPEU in the
BBU in an
APM30H
BBU power
cable (in a
TMC11H)
EPC4 connector
LOAD6 or
LOAD7 port on
the DCDU-12C
in a TMC11H
FAN 02E
power cable (in
an APM30H)
EPC4 connector
LOAD2 port on
the EPU in an
APM30H
3V3 connector
PWR port on the

FAN 02E in an
APM30H
FAN 02E
power cable (in
a TMC11H)
EPC4 connector
LOAD9 port on
the DCDU-12C
in a TMC11H
3V3 connector
PWR port on the

FAN 02E in a
TMC11H
RFU power
cable
EPC4 connector
LOAD0 to
LOAD5 ports
on the
DCDU-12A in
an RFC
3V3 connector
PWR ports on
RFU 0 to RFU 5
in an RFC
FAN 01D
power cable
EPC4 connector
LOAD6 port on
the DCDU-12A
in an RFC
3V3 connector
PWR port on the

FAN 01D in an
RFC
-48V port on the

UPEU in the
BBU in a
TMC11H

95

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
Power cable for

an AC heater
(in an
APM30H)
OT terminal
(M4)
L0, N0, and PE

terminals on the
AC junction box
in an APM30H
C13 connector
Power input port

on the AC heater
in an APM30H
Power cable for

an AC heater
(in a TMC11H)
OT terminal
(M4)
L0, N0, and PE

terminals on the
AC junction box
in a TMC11H
C13 connector
Power input port

on the AC heater
in a TMC11H
SOU power
cable
OT terminal
(M4)
M4 ground
screw, L2
terminal, and
N2 terminal
near the AC
OUTPUT
silkscreen on the
left side of the
EPU in an
APM30H
C13 connector
AC INPUT port
on the SOU in
an APM30H
Power cable for

an AC junction
box (in an
APM30H)
OT terminal
(M4)
M4 ground
screw, L1
terminal, and
N1 terminal
near the AC
OUTPUT
silkscreen on the
left side of the
EPU in an
APM30H
OT terminal
L and N
terminals on the
AC junction box
and ground bar
in an APM30H
Transmission Cable
The following table describes transmission cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

96

Cables
2 Cable List

Categ
ory
Cable
One End
Cables
to be
install
ed
onsite
7.3 FE/GE
Fiber Optic
Cable
The Other End
Connect
or
Installation
Position
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
LC
connecto
r
l FE/GE optical
port on the
UMPT or
UTRP in a BBU
l FC
connec
tor
External
transmission
equipment
l SC
connec
tor
l FE/GE optical
port on the
LMPT or
UMPT in a
BBU
l LC
connec
tor
Signal cable
The following table lists signal cables to be installed onsite.
Cable
Monitoring
signal cable
between
cascaded fan
assemblies
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT
port on an
upper-level
FAN 01D
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on a lower-level
FAN 01D
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT/
U_COM1 port
on an upperlevel FAN 02E
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on a lower-level
FAN 01D
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT
port on an
upper-level
FAN 01D
RJ45 connector
COM_IN/
U_COM0 port
on a lower-level
FAN 02E
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT/
U_COM1 port
on an upperlevel FAN 02E
RJ45 connector
COM_IN/
U_COM0 port
on a lower-level
FAN 02E

97

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
Monitoring
signal cable
between
cascaded
CMUHs
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT
port on the
CMUH in an
upper-level
IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the CMUH in
a lower-level
IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
CMUH-CCUB
monitoring
signal cable
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT/
U_COM1 port
on an upperlevel CCUB
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on a lower-level
CMUH
CCUB-CMUH
monitoring
signal cable
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT
port on an
upper-level
CMUH
RJ45 connector
COM_IN/
U_COM0 port
on a lower-level
CCUB
Monitoring
signal cable
between
cascaded
CCU01D-03s
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT
port on an
upper-level
CCU01D-03
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on a lower-level
CCU01D-03
Monitoring
signal cable for
a battery
cabinet
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the CMUH or
CCU01D-03 in
a battery cabinet
RJ45 connector
COM_485 port
on the FAN 02E
in an APM30H
GPS clock
signal cable
SMA male
connector
GPS port on the

USCU in a BBU
Type N female
connector
GPS surge
protector
EMUA or
EMUB
monitoring
signal cable (in
an APM30H)
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port on
the EMUA or
COM_485 port
on the EMUB in
an APM30H
RJ45 connector
MON1-1/
D_COM1-1
port on the FAN
02E in an
APM30H
EMUA or
EMUB
monitoring
signal cable (in
a TMC11H)
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port on
the EMUA or
COM_485 port
on the EMUB in
a TMC11H
RJ45 connector
MON1-1/
D_COM1-1
port on the FAN
02E in a
TMC11H
BBU alarm
cable
RJ45 connector
EXT_ALM0 or
EXT_ALM1
port on the
UPEU or UEIU
in a BBU
RJ45 connector
External alarm
device

98

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
RET control
signal cable
SMA elbow
male connector
ANT0 to ANT5
ports on a
GATM
SMA straight
male connector
DC/OOK port
on a Bias-Tee
CMUHGATM
monitoring
signal cable
RJ45 connector
COM2 port on
GATM0
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the CMUH in
an RFC
GATM
monitoring
signal cable
RJ45 connector
COM1 port on a
GATM
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT/
U_COM1 or
MON1-1/
D_COM1-1
port on the FAN
02E in an
APM30H
Adapter used
for local
maintenance
USB connector
USBa port on
the UMPT in a
BBU
Network
connector
Ethernet cable
Cable between
two combined
base stations
DB15 male
connector
GCK port on the

UCIU in a BBU
MD36 or DB15
male connector
DGLUb port on
a DCTB
WIUA
monitoring
signal cable
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on a WIUA
RJ45 connector
l D_COM1
port on the
CMUH in an
IBBS200D
or
IBBS200T
l D_COM1
port on the
CCU01D-03
in an
IBBS300D
or
IBBS300T
NOTE
a: The security of a USB port is ensured by encryption, and a USB port can be shut down using a command.
A USB commission port is used for commissioning a base station rather than configuring and exporting
information of the base station.
The following table lists signal cables that have been installed before delivery.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

99

Cables
2 Cable List

Cable
One End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
Monitoring
signal cable for
a temperature
sensor (in an
RFC)
4-pin connector
TEM port on the

FAN 01D in an
RFC
Temperature
sensor
Air intake vent

at the bottom of
an RFC
CMUH-CCUB
monitoring
signal cable
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the FAN 01D
in an RFC
RJ45 connector
MON0-0/
D_COM0-0
port on the
FAN02E in an
APM30H
CCUB-BBU
monitoring
signal cable
RJ45 connector
COM_IN/
U_COM0 port
on the FAN 02E
in an APM30H
or TMC11H
RJ45 connector
MON0 port on
the UPEU in the
BBU in an
APM30H or
TMC11H
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT/
U_COM1 port
on the FAN 02E
in an APM30H
or TMC11H
RJ45 connector
MON1 port on
the UPEU in the
BBU in an
APM30H or
TMC11H
RJ45 connector
PMI port on the

PMIU in an
APM30H
RJ45 connector
PMI port on the

FAN 02E in an
APM30H
PMIU-CCUB
monitoring
signal cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
The Other End

100

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
ELU signal
cable
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
RJ45 connector
l ELU port on
the FAN 02E
in a an
APM30H or
TMC11H
RJ45 connector
RJ45 port on the

ELU in a cabinet
Bare wire or
cord end
terminal
Door status
sensor
l ELU port on
the FAN
01D in an
RFC
l ELU port on
the CMUH
in an
IBBS200D
or
IBBS200T
l ELU port on
the
CCU01D-03
in an
IBBS300D
or
IBBS300T
Monitoring
signal cable for
a door status
sensor (in an
APM30H)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Bare wire
GATE port on
the FAN 02E in
an APM30H

101

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
Monitoring
signal cable for
a door status
sensor (in a
TMC11H, RFC,
IBBS200D, or
IBBS200T)
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
Bare wire
l GATE port
on the FAN
02E in a
TMC11H
Bare wire
Door status
sensor
4-pin connector
FAN_EXT port
on the FAN 02E
in an APM30H
or TMC11H
l GATE port
on the FAN
01D in an
RFC
l GATE port
on the
CMUH in an
IBBS200D
or
IBBS200T
l GATE port
on the
CCU01D-03
in an
IBBS300D
or
IBBS300T
Monitoring
signal transfer
cable for the
fan in a front
door
Interconnection
terminal
Fan power cable

routed out of the
front door of an
APM30H or
TMC11H
CPRI Electrical Cable and CPRI Fiber Optic Cable

The following table describes CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

102

Cables
2 Cable List
Table 2-68 CPRI electrical cable and CPRI fiber optic cable
Categ
ory
Cable
Cable
s
install
ed
before
delive
ry
CPRI
electrical
cable(1)
Cable
s to be
install
ed
onsite
CPRI fiber
optic cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
SFP20 male
connector
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the LBBP
in a BBU
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI0 or
CPRI1 ports
on RFU 0 to
RFU 5
DLC
connector
l CPRI_W
port on the
RRU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the UBBP
in a BBU
DLC
connector
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the LBBP
in a BBU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the UBBP
in a BBU
l CPRI_0
port on the
RRU
NOTE
(1) If boards have been installed in cabinets before delivery, CPRI electrical cables also have been installed in
l
In initial configuration, fewer than six RFUs are installed in an RFC before delivery. If RFUs are added
If an RFC is added, RFUs and CPRI electrical cables must be installed in the RFC onsite.
RF cables
The following table describes RF cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

103

Cables
2 Cable List

Categ
ory
Cable
Cable
s to be
install
ed
onsite
Cable
s
install
ed
before
delive
ry
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
RF jumper
DIN straight
male
connector
Antenna
feeder
DIN elbow
male
connector
ANT_TX/
RXA and
ANT_RXB
port on an
RFU
RFU
interconnectio
n RF signal
cable
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX_OUTA
port on an
RFU
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX_INB port
on an RFU
2.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Cable List

BTS3900A cables consist of the PGND cables, power cables, signal cables, and RF cables.
Power Cables and PGND Cables

NOTE
Transmission cables in the BTS3900A need to be reused and the reused transmission cables are connected
to the original positions. For details about transmission cable connections in the BTS3900A, see BTS3900A
(Ver.A) GSM Hardware Description (with a Heat Exchanger).
The following table describes the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade.
Cable
Equipotential
Cable for the
Front Door
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
OT terminal
l Ground
point on an
inner wall of
the
APM30H
OT terminal
l Front door of
the
APM30H
l Ground
point on an
inner wall of
the
TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

l Front door of
the
TMC11H
104

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
Input Power
Cables for the
APM30H
OT terminal
AC INPUT
terminal on the
EPU in the
APM30H
Depending on
the external
power
equipment
External power
equipment
Input Power
Cable for the
TMC11H (in
AC Scenarios)
EPC4 connector
LOAD7 port on
the EPU in the
APM30H
OT terminal
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on the
DCDU-12C in
the TMC11H
Input Power
Cable for the
TMC11H (in
DC Scenarios)
Depending on
the external
power
equipment
External power
equipment
OT terminal
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on the
DCDU-12C in
the TMC11H
Input Power
Cable for the
RFC (in AC
Scenarios)
OT terminal
RFC1 terminal
on the EPU in
the APM30H
OT terminal
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on the
left DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Input Power
Cable for the
RFC (in DC
Scenarios)
OT terminal
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on the
left DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Depending on
the external
power
equipment
External power
equipment
RFU Power
Cables
EPC4 connector
LOAD0 to
LOAD2 ports
on the left
DCDU-13A in
the RFC
3V3 connector
PWR port on
any of RFU0 to
RFU2 in the
RFC
LOAD0 to
LOAD2 ports
on the right
DCDU-13A in
the RFC
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

PWR port on
any of RFU3 to
RFU5 in the
RFC
105

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
Power cables
between
cascaded
DCDU-13As
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
OT terminal
l NEG(-)
terminal on
the left
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
OT terminal
l NEG(-)
terminal on
the right
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
l RTN(+)
terminal on
the left
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
l RTN(+)
terminal on
the right
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Power Cables
for the Battery
Cabinet
OT terminal
BAT terminal
on the EPU in
the APM30H
OT terminal
(M8)
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals near
the BAT
silkscreen on the
power
distribution box
in the
IBBS200T
TEC Power
Cable
EPC4 connector
LOAD8 port on
the EPU in the
APM30H
EPC4 connector
FAN/
TEC_INPUT
port on the
power
distribution box
in the
IBBS200T
BBU Power
Cable (in AC
Scenarios)
EPC4 connector
LOAD0 and
LOAD1 ports
on the EPU in
the APM30H
3V3 connector
-48V port on the

UPEU in the
BBU in the
APM30H or
TMC11H
BBU Power
Cable (in DC
Scenarios)
EPC4 connector
LOAD6 and
LOAD7 ports
on the
DCDU-12C in
the TMC11H
3V3 connector
-48V port on the

UPEU in the
BBU in the
TMC11H
CMUEA Power
Cable
EPC4 connector
LOAD2 port on
the EPU in the
APM30H
3V3 connector
PWR port on the

CMUEA in the
APM30H
LOAD9 port on
the DCDU-12C
in the TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

PWR port on the

CMUEA in the
TMC11H
106

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
Connector
The Other End

Installation
Position
Connector
LOAD3 port on
the left
DCDU-13A in
the RFC
EMUA Power
Cable
(Optional)
EPC4 connector
LOAD5 port on
the EPU in the
APM30H
Installation
Position
PWR port on the
CMUEA in the
RFC
Cord end
terminal
PWR1 terminal
on the EMUA
LOAD8 port on
the DCDU-12C
in the TMC11H
Signal Cables
The following table describes the signal cables after the hardware upgrade.
Cable
One End
CMUEA-BBU
Monitoring
Signal Cable
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the CMUEA
in the APM30H
RJ45 connector
MON1 port on
the UPEU in the
BBU in the
APM30H
COM_IN port
on the CMUEA
in the RFC
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
MON0 port on
the UPEU in the
BBU in the
APM30H
Monitoring
Signal Cable for
the Door Status
Sensor in the
APM30H
Bare wire
Door status
sensor
2-pin connector
GATE port on
the PMU in the
APM30H
Monitoring
Signal Cable for
the IBBS200T
OT terminal
Signal cable
transfer
terminal in the
IBBS200T
RJ45 connector
COM_485 port
on the CMUEA
or PMU
ELU Signal
Cable
RJ45 connector
ELU port on the

CMUEA
RJ45 connector
ELU

107

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
Monitoring
Signal Cable for
the Door Status
Sensor
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
Bare wire
l GATE port
on the
CMUEA in
the
TMC11H
Bare wire
Door status
sensor
4-pin connector
l FAN_EXT
port on the
fan assembly
in the
APM30H
l GATE port
on the
CMUEA in
the RFC
Monitoring
Signal Transfer
Cable for the
Fan in the Front
Door
Interconnection
terminal
l Power cable
for the fan in
the front
door of the
APM30H
l Power cable
for the fan in
the front
door of the
TMC11H
Surge
Protection
Alarm Cable
for the
DCDU-13A
Bare wire
l DC_SPD
port on the
left
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
l FAN_EXT
port on the
fan assembly
in the
TMC11H
Bare wire
l IN1 port on
the CMUEA
in the RFC
l DC_SPD
port on the
right
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
l IN0 port on
the CMUEA
in the RFC
Monitoring
Signal Cable for
the Temperature
Sensor
4-pin connector
TEMP1 port on
the CMUEA in
the RFC
5-pin connector
Port on the
environmental
temperature
sensor in the
RFC
PMU-CMUEA
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the PMU
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT
port on the
CMUEA
Monitoring
Signal Cable
Between
Cascaded
CMUEAs
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT
port on the
upper-level
CMUEA
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the lowerlevel CMUEA

108

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
EMUA
Monitoring
Signal Cable
(Optional)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port on
the EMUA in
the APM30H
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT
port on the PMU
in the APM30H
RS485 port on
the EMUA in
the TMC11H
COM_OUT
port on the
CMUEA in the
TMC11H
RF Cables
The following table describes the RF cables after the hardware upgrade.
NOTE
l When a Bias Tee is configured, the jumpers use DIN straight male connectors. After the cabinet is
upgraded, the Bias Tee needs to be removed, and therefore the DIN straight male connectors need to
be replaced by DIN elbow male connectors.
l When a Bias Tee is not configured before the upgrade, the original jumpers can be reused during the
upgrade.
Cable
10.1 RF
Jumpers
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
DIN straight
male connector
Antenna feeder
DIN elbow male

connector
ANT_RXA and
ANT_RXB
ports on RFUs
2.3.6 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Cable List

BTS3900A cables consist of the PGND cables, power cables, and signal cables.
NOTE
Transmission cables in the BTS3900A need to be reused and the reused transmission cables are connected
to the original positions. For details about transmission cable connections in the BTS3900A, see BTS3900A
GSM Hardware Description (with Breathable Film).
Power Cables and PGND Cables

The following table describes the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

109

Cables
Cable
Equipotential
Cable for the
Front Door
2 Cable List
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
OT terminal
l Ground
point on an
inner wall of
the APM30
OT terminal
l Front door of
the APM30
l Front door of
the TMC
l Ground
point on an
inner wall of
the TMC
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Input Power
Cables for the
APM30
OT terminal
AC INPUT
terminal on the
EPU in the
APM30
Depending on
the external
power
equipment
External power
equipment
Input Power
Cable for the
TMC (in AC
Scenarios)
EPC4 connector
LOAD7 port on
the EPU in the
APM30
OT terminal
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on the
DCDU-12C in
the TMC
Input Power
Cable for the
TMC (in DC
Scenarios)
Depending on
the external
power
equipment
External power
equipment
OT terminal
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on the
DCDU-12C in
the TMC
Input Power
Cable for the
RFC (in AC
Scenarios)
OT terminal
RFC1 terminal
on the EPU in
the APM30
OT terminal
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on the
left DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Input Power
Cable for the
RFC (in DC
Scenarios)
OT terminal
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on the
left DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Depending on
the external
power
equipment
External power
equipment
RFU Power
Cables
EPC4 connector
LOAD0 to
LOAD2 ports
on the left
DCDU-13A in
the RFC
3V3 connector
PWR port on
any of RFU0 to
RFU2 in the
RFC

110

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
Connector
The Other End

Installation
Position
Connector
LOAD0 to
LOAD2 ports
on the right
DCDU-13A in
the RFC
Power Cables
Between
Cascaded
DCDU-13As
OT terminal
l NEG(-)
terminal on
the left
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
PWR port on
any of RFU3 to
RFU5 in the
RFC
OT terminal
l RTN(+)
terminal on
the left
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Installation
Position
l NEG(-)
terminal on
the right
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
l RTN(+)
terminal on
the right
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Storage Battery
Power Cable
OT terminal
BAT terminal
on the EPU in
the APM30
OT terminal
Wiring copper
bar for the
positive and
negative poles
of storage
batteries
BBU Power
Cable (in AC
Scenarios)
EPC4 connector
LOAD0 and
LOAD1 ports
on the EPU in
the APM30
3V3 connector
-48V port on the

UPEU in the
BBU in the
APM30 or TMC
BBU Power
Cable (in DC
Scenarios)
EPC4 connector
LOAD6 and
LOAD7 ports
on the
DCDU-12C in
the TMC
3V3 connector
-48V port on the

UPEU in the
BBU in the
TMC
Input Power
Cable for the
Heater
OT terminal
8-pin transfer
terminal on the
EPU in the
APM30
Cord end
terminal
Transfer
terminal on the
heater
Power Cable for

the Heating
Film
OT terminal
8-pin transfer
terminal on the
EPU in the
APM30
OT terminal
Wiring terminal
for the input
power cable for
the heating film
in the BBC

111

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
CMUEA Power
Cable
EMUA Power
Cable
(Optional)
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
EPC4 connector
LOAD2 port on
the EPU in the
APM30
3V3 connector
PWR port on the

CMUEA in the
APM30
EPC4 connector
LOAD9 port on
the DCDU-12C
in the TMC
PWR port on the

CMUEA in the
TMC
LOAD3 port on
the left
DCDU-13A in
the RFC
PWR port on the

CMUEA in the
RFC
LOAD5 port on
the EPU in the
APM30
Cord end
terminal
PWR1 terminal
on the EMUA
LOAD8 port on
the DCDU-12C
in the TMC
Signal Cables
The following table describes the signal cables after the hardware upgrade.
Cable
One End
CMUEA-BBU
Monitoring
Signal Cable
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the CMUEA
in the APM30
RJ45 connector
MON1 port on
the UPEU in the
BBU in the
APM30
COM_IN port
on the CMUEA
in the RFC
Monitoring
Signal Cable for
the Door Status
Sensor in the
APM30
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Bare wire
Door status
sensor
MON0 port on
the UPEU in the
BBU in the
APM30
2-pin connector

GATE port on
the PMU in the
APM30
112

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
Monitoring
Signal Cable for
the Temperature
Sensor in the
Battery Cabinet
OT terminal
When an
external battery
cabinet is used,
this cable is
bound to the
cable bridge on
the left side of
the upper
compartment in
the battery
cabinet.
2-pin connector
TEM_BAT port
on the PMU in
the APM30
Monitoring
Signal Cable for
the Temperature
Sensor
4-pin connector
l TEMP1 port
on the
CMUEA in
the APM30
5-pin connector
l Port on the
environment
al
temperature
sensor in the
APM30
l TEMP2 port
on the
CMUEA in
the APM30
l Port on the
temperature
sensor near
the air
exhaust vent
in the
APM30
l TEMP1 port
on the
CMUEA in
the RFC
l Port on the
environment
al
temperature
sensor in the
RFC
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Monitoring
Signal Transfer
Cable for the
Fan on the Top
of the Cabinet
Interior
4-pin connector
IFAN1 and
IFAN2 ports on
the CMUEA
4-pin connector
J01 and J02

ports on the fan
interface board
ELU Signal
Cable
RJ45 connector
ELU on the
CMUEA
RJ45 connector
ELU

113

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
Monitoring
Signal Cable for
the Door Status
Sensor
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
Bare wire
l GATE port
on the
CMUEA in
the TMC
Bare wire
Door status
sensor
4-pin connector
l EFAN1 and
EFAN2
ports on the
CMUEA in
the APM30
l GATE port
on the
CMUEA in
the RFC
Monitoring
Signal Transfer
Cable for the
Fan in the Front
Door
Interconnection
terminal
l Power cable
for the fan in
the front
door of the
APM30
l Power cable
for the fan in
the front
door of the
TMC
Surge
Protection
Alarm Cable
for the
DCDU-13A
Bare wire
l DC_SPD
port on the
left
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
l EFAN1 and
EFAN2
ports on the
CMUEA in
the TMC
Bare wire
l IN1 port on
the CMUEA
in the RFC
l DC_SPD
port on the
right
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
l IN0 port on
the CMUEA
in the RFC
PMU-CMUEA
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the PMU
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT
port on the
CMUEA
Monitoring
Signal Cable
Between
Cascaded
CMUEAs
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT
port on the
upper-level
CMUEA
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the lowerlevel CMUEA
EMUA
Monitoring
Signal Cable
(Optional)
DB9 male
connector
RS485 port on
the EMUA in
the APM30
RJ45 connector
COM_OUT
port on the PMU
in the APM30

114

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
Connector
The Other End

Installation
Position
Connector
RS485 port on
the EMUA in
the TMC
Installation
Position
COM_OUT
port on the
CMUEA in the
TMC
RF Cables
The following table describes the RF cables after the hardware upgrade.
NOTE
l When a Bias Tee is configured, the jumpers use DIN straight male connectors. After the cabinet is
upgraded, the Bias Tee needs to be removed, and therefore the DIN straight male connectors need to
be replaced by DIN elbow male connectors.
l When a Bias Tee is not configured before the upgrade, the original jumpers can be reused during the
upgrade.
Cable
10.1 RF
Jumpers
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
DIN straight
male connector
Antenna feeder
DIN elbow male

connector
ANT_TX/RXA
and ANT_RXB
ports on an RFU
2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List

This section describes the list of BTS3900AL cables.
2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List

The BTS3900AL cables consist of the PGND cable, equipotential cable, power cables,
transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

The PGND cable and equipotential cable need to be installed onsite. The following table lists
the cable connections.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

115

Cables
2 Cable List

No.
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connect
or
Installation
Position
Connect
or
Installation
Position
4 PGND
Cable
OT
terminal
(M6)
Ground bar in a
cabinet
OT
terminals
Ground busbar
outside the cabinet
5
Equipotentia
l Cable
OT
terminal
(M6)
Ground bar in a
cabinet
OT
terminal
(M6)
Ground bar in a
cabinet
Power Cables
Table 2-71 lists the power cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-72 lists the power cables that
have been installed before delivery.
No.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
PDU05A-01
Power Cable
Cord end
terminal
L1, L2, L3, N,

and PE
terminals on
the
PDU05A-01
Depending
on the
external
equipment
External power
equipment
6.4.2 BBU
Power Cable
EPC4
connector
LOAD7 or
LOAD8 port
on the
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
3V3
connector
-48 V port on the

UPEU or UEIU
DCDU-12C
Power Cable
EPC4
connector
LOAD1 port
on the
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
OT
terminal
(M6)
RTN(+) and NEG

(-) terminals near
the INPUT
silkscreen on the
DCDU-12C in the
TMC11H (Ver.D)

116

Cables
No.
2 Cable List
Cable
PDU03D-01
Power Cable
(obtaining power
from the
BTS3900AL
AC)
PDU03D-01
Power Cable
(obtaining power
from external
power
equipment)
One End
The Other End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Power
series 120
connector
LOAD1 port
for connecting
the ETP48400
that provides
power supply
for the
BTS3900AL
DC cabinet
OT
terminal
(M6)
RTN(+)_2 and
NEG(-)_2
terminals near the
Input2 silkscreen
on the
PDU03D-01 in
the BTS3900AL
DC cabinet
OT
terminal
(M8)
DCDU:RTN+
and
DCDU0:NEG
- terminals on
the BusBar in
the
BTS3900AL
AC cabinet
OT
terminal
(M6)
RTN(+)_0 and
NEG(-)_0
terminals near the
Input0 silkscreen
on the
PDU03D-01 in
the BTS3900AL
DC cabinet
Depending
on the
external
equipment
External
power
equipment
OT
terminal
(M6)
l RTN(+)_2 and
NEG(-)_2
terminals near
the Input2
silkscreen on
the
PDU03D-01
in the
BTS3900AL
DC cabinet
l RTN(+)_0 and
NEG(-)_0
terminals near
the Input0
silkscreen on
the
PDU03D-01
in the
BTS3900AL
DC cabinet
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

117

Cables
No.
2 Cable List
Cable
Storage Battery
Power Cable (in
an IBBS700D/
IBBS700T)
One End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
OT
terminal
(M8)
RTN0+,
BAT0-, RTN1
+, and BAT1terminals on
the BusBar in
the
BTS3900AL
AC cabinet
OT
terminal
(M8)
RTN(+)_0, NEG
(-)_0, RTN(+)_1,
and NEG(-)_1
terminals near the
INPUT silkscreen
on the power
distribution box in
the IBBS700D or
IBBS700T
OT
terminal
(M8)
RTN1+ and
BAT1terminals on
the BusBar in
the
BTS3900AL
AC cabinet
OT
terminal
(M6)
Battery pack in
the BTS3900AL
AC cabinet
6.4.1 EMUA or
EMUB Power
Cable
EPC4
connector
LOAD1 port
on the
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
Cord end
terminal
PWR1 terminal
on the EMUA or
EMUB
Power Cable for

an AC Junction
Box
OT
terminal
(M4)
L2 and N2
terminals on
the AC
junction box
OT
terminal
(M4)
L and N terminals
on the AC
junction box
OT
terminal
(M4)
L3 and N3
terminals on
the AC
junction box
OT
terminal
(M4)
L and N terminals
on the AC
junction box
EPC4
connector
DC INPUT
port on the
power
distribution
box in the
battery cabinet
EPC4
connector
LOAD4 port on
the DCDU-12C
(in the
BTS3900AL DC
cabinet)
Power Cable for
an AC Junction
Box
(in an
IBBS700D,
IBBS700T, or
TMC11H
(Ver.D))
8
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
The Other End
6.3.6 Power
Cables for the
Temperature
Control System

118

Cables
No.
2 Cable List
Cable
6.4.4 RRU
Power Cables
One End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
l OT
terminal
s
l One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD5
ports on the
DCDU-03
B
Depending
on the RRU
model
Power port on the

RRU
l Toolless
female
connect
or
(pressfit
type)
l EPC5 or
EPC4
connect
or
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
The Other End
l One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD5
ports on the
DCDU-11
B
l One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD8
ports on the
DCDU-12
B
10
Power cables
for the battery
cabinet
(IBBS300D/
IBBS300T)
OT
terminal
(M8)
RTN0+,
BAT0-, RTN1
+, and BAT1terminals on
the BusBar in
the
BTS3900AL
AC cabinet
OT
terminal
(M8)
Wiring terminal
labeled NEG(-) on
the junction box
on the inner left
wall of the
IBBS300D or
IBBS300T and
wiring terminal
labeled RTN(+)
on the AC
junction box on
the inner right
wall of the
IBBS300D
11
Fan power
cables in an
IBBS300D
EPC4
connector
LOAD4
terminal on the
DCDU-12C in
the
BTS3900AL
AC cabinet
OT
terminal
(M4)
Copper bars
labeled NEG- and
RTN+ on the
inner left and right
walls of the
IBBS300D

119

Cables
No.
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
12
TEC power
cables in the
IBBS300T
EPC4
connector
LOAD4
terminal on the
DCDU-12C in
the
BTS3900AL
AC cabinet
OT
terminal
(M4)
Copper bars
labeled NEG- and
RTN+ on the
inner left and right
walls of the
IBBS300T
13
Storage Battery
Power Cable
NEG(-)
OT
terminal
(M6)
Storage
battery
OT
terminal
(M8)
Junction box on
the inner left wall
of the cabinet
14
Storage Battery
Power Cable
RTN(+)
OT
terminal
(M6)
Storage
battery
OT
terminal
(M8)
Junction box on
the inner right
wall of the cabinet
15
HAU01A-01
power cable
(between
cabinets)
(optional)
OT
terminal
(M4)
L3 and N3
terminals in
the AC
junction box of
the
BTS3900AL
AC cabinet
OT
terminal
(M4)
L and N terminals
in the heater's
junction box on
the inner left wall
of the IBBS300D

No.
Cable
One End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
ETP48400
Power Cable
Cord end
terminal
L11, N11,
L12, N12,
L13, and N13
terminals on
the
PDU05A-01
OT terminal
(M6)
L1, N1, L2,

N2, L3, and N3
terminals on
the ETP48400
DCDU-12C
Power Cable
OT
terminal
(M6)
LOAD0
terminal on the
ETP48400,
which
provides
power supply
for the
DCDU-12C
OT terminal
(M6)
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals near
the INPUT
silkscreen on
the
DCDU-12C
(in the
BTS3900AL AC
cabinet)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
The Other End

120

Cables
No.
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
DCDU-12C
Power Cable
(in the
BTS3900AL DC
cabinet)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
OT
terminal
(M8)
RTN(+)_2 and
NEG(-)_2
terminals near
the Output or
Output2
silkscreen on
the
PDU03D-01 in
the
BTS3900AL
DC cabinet
OT terminal
(M6)
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals near
the INPUT
silkscreen on
the
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
OT
terminal
(M8)
RTN(+)_0 and
NEG(-)_0
terminals near
the Output0
silkscreen in
the Output area
of the
PDU03D-01 in
the
BTS3900AL
DC cabinet
OT terminal
(M6)
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals near
the INPUT
silkscreen on
the
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
6.2.2 CMUF
Power Cable
EPC4
connector
LOAD9 port
on the
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
3V3 connector
PWR port on
the CMUF
6.2.4 CCU
Power Cable
EPC4
connector
LOAD0 port
on the
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
EPC4
connector
RTN(+) and
NEG(-) ports
near the
INPUT
silkscreen on
the CCU
6.3.3
FAU03D-01
Power Cable
EPC4
connector
LOAD9 port
on the
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
3V3 connector
PWR port on
the
FAU03D-01

121

Cables
No.
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
6.4.3 RFU
Power Cables
EPC4
connector
One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD8 ports
on the
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
3V3 connector
PWR port on
an RFU
6.3.7
HAU01A-01
Power Cable
OT
terminal
(M4)
L1, N1, and PE

terminals on
the AC
junction box
C13 straight
female
connector
AC-IN port on
the
HAU01A-01
Power Cable for

an AC Junction
Box
Cord end
terminal
L21 and N21

terminals on
the
PDU05A-01
OT terminal
(M4)
L and N
terminals on
the AC
junction box
(in the
BTS3900AL AC
cabinet)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
The Other End
10
8.3.11
Monitoring
Signal Transfer
Cable for Fans
in Front Doors
4-pin male
connector
FAN_IN0 and
FAN_IN1
ports on the
CMUF
4-pin female
connector
Signal cable
delivered with
an inner air
circulation fan
11
6.4.2 BBU
Power Cable
EPC4
connector
LOAD5 or
LOAD6 port
on the
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
3V3 connector
-48 V port on
the UPEU or
UEIU
12
Power Cable for

the DC Junction
Box in a
BTS3900AL
OT
terminals
Two NEG(-)
_1 terminals
and one RTN
(+)_1
terminals near
the Output1
silkscreen on
the
PDU03D-01
OT terminals
Two NEG(-)
terminals and
one RTN(+)
terminal on the
DC junction
box
13
6.2.5
CCU01D-03
Power Cable
OT
terminal
(M4)
Junction boxes
on the inner
left and right
walls of the
cabinet
3V3 connector
PWR port on
the
CCU01D-03

122

Cables
No.
14
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
HAU01A-01
power cable (in
the cabinet)
(optional)
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
OT
terminal
(M4)
AC junction
box on the
inner left wall
of the cabinet
C13 connector
AC_IN port on
the heater
Transmission Cables
Table 2-73 lists the transmission cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-74 lists the transmission
cables that have been installed before delivery.
Table 2-73 Transmission cables and CPRI electrical cables to be installed onsite
No.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
7.1 E1/T1 Cable
DB26 male
connector
OUTSIDE
port on the
UELP in the
surge
protection
subrack for
transmission
signals
Depending on
the external
equipment
External
transmission
equipment
7.6 FE/GE
Ethernet Cable
RJ45
connector
FE0 and FE1

ports near the
OUTSIDE
silkscreen on
the UFLP in
the surge
protection
subrack for
transmission
signals
RJ45
connector
Routing
device
7.3 FE/GE Fiber

Optic Cable
LC
connector
l FE1 port on
the GTMU,
WMPT, or
UTRP
l FC
connector
Routing
device
l SFP0 or
SFP1 port
on the
LMPT
l LC
connector

l SC
connector
123

Cables
2 Cable List
Table 2-74 Transmission cables installed before delivery

No.
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
7.2 E1/T1 Surge

Protection
Transfer Cable
DB25
connector
INSIDE port
on the UELP in
the surge
protection
subrack for
transmission
signals
DB26
connector
E1/T1 port on
the GTMU,
WMPT, or
UTRP
7.7 FE/GE
Surge
Protection
Transfer Cable
RJ45
connector
l FE0 port on
the GTMU
or WMPT
RJ45
connector
FE0 port near

the INSIDE
silkscreen on
the UFLP in
the surge
protection
subrack for
transmission
signals
7.4
Interconnection
Cable Between
FE/GE
Electrical Ports
RJ45
connector
FE0 port on the

GTMU
RJ45
connector
FE0 port on the

WMPT
7.5
Interconnection
Cable Between
FE/GE Optical
Ports
LC
connector
FE1 port on the

GTMU
LC connector
FE1 port on the

WMPT
l FE0 or FE1
port on the
LMPT
Signal Cables
Table 2-75 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-76 lists the signal cables that
have been installed before delivery.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

124

Cables
2 Cable List

No.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
8.4.13 BBU
Interconnection
Signal Cables
DLC
connector
M0 or M1 port
on the UCIU
DLC
connector
CI port on the
UMPT
8.2.26 BBU
Alarm Cable
RJ45
connector
EXT_ALM0
or
EXT_ALM1
port on the
UPEU or
UEIU
RJ45
connector
External alarm
device
8.2.4 Signal
Cables for
connecting
Cascaded CCUs
RJ45
connector
FE_L port on
the CCU
RJ45
connector
FE_R port on
the CCU
8.2.14 CMUEACCU
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
D_COM7 port
on the CCU
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port
on the
CMUEA in the
TMC11H
(Ver.D)
8.2.5 CCU-BBU
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
U_COM1 port
on the CCU
RJ45
connector
MON0 port on
the UPEU or
UEIU
8.4.4 EMUA/
EMUB
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
COM
RS-485 port on
the EMUA or
COM-485 port
on the EMUB
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT
port on the
HAU01A-01
8.4.11 GPS
Clock Signal
Cable
SMA male
connector
GPS port on
the USCU
Type N female
connector
Protect port on
the GPS surge
protector
8.4.12 GPS
Jumper
Type N
male
connector
Surge port on
the GPS surge
protector
Type N male
connector
GPS antenna
Adapter used
for local
maintenance
USB
connector
USB(1) port on
the UMPT in
the BBU
Network
connector
Ethernet cable

125

Cables
2 Cable List
NOTE

No.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
8.1.1 PMUCCU
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port
on the PMU
RJ45
connector
D_COM2 port
on the CCU
8.2.15 CMUFCCU
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port
on the CMUF
RJ45
connector
D_COM0 port
on the CCU
8.2.11 Signal
Cables for
connecting
Cascaded
HAU01A-01s
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port
on the
HAU01A-01
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT
port on the
HAU01A-01
HAU01A-01
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port
on the
HAU01A-01
RJ45
connector
D_COM3 port
on the CCU
8.4.1
Monitoring
Signal Cables
for Door Status
Sensors
Bare wire
Door Status
Sensor
Bare wire
GATE port on
the CCU
8.3.2
FAU03D-01
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port
on the
FAU03D-01
RJ45
connector
D_COM1 port
on the CCU
8.4.2 ELU
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
ELU
RJ45
connector
ELU port on
the CCU
8.4.6
Monitoring
Signal Cable for
the AC Surge
Protection
Module
2-pin wire
terminal
block
AC surge
protection port
on the
PDU05A-01
Cord end
terminal
IN1 port on the

CCU

126

Cables
No.
2 Cable List
Cable
l 9.1
Monitoring
signal cable
for the
temperature
sensor in the
device
compartmen
t
One End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
4-pin
connector
l Temperatu
re sensor in
the device
compartme
nt: TEM0
port on the
CMUF
Temperature
sensor
l Temperatu
re sensor in
the device
compartme
nt
l Temperatu
re sensor in
the RF
compartme
nt
l Temperatu
re sensor in
the device
compartme
nt: TEM0
port on the
FAU03D-0
1
l 9.2
Monitoring
signal cable
for the
temperature
sensor in the
RF
compartmen
t
l Temperatu
re sensor
on the front
door
l Temperatu
re sensor in
the device
compartme
nt: TEM1
port on the
CMUF
l 9.3
Monitoring
signal cable
for the
temperature
sensor in the
front door
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
The Other End
10
8.2.5 CCU-BBU
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
U_COM0 port
on the CCU
RJ45
connector
MON0 port on
the UPEU or
UEIU
10
8.4.1
Monitoring
Signal Cables
for Door Status
Sensors (in an
IBBS300D/
IBBS300T)
Bare wire
Door status
sensor
Bare wire
GATE port on
the
CCU01D-03
11
8.3.9
Monitoring
Signal Cables
for
Temperature
Sensors (in an
IBBS300D/
IBBS300T)
Temperatur
e sensor
Temperature
sensor on the
inner left wall
of the cabinet
4-pin
connector
TEM port on
the
CCU01D-03

127

Cables
No.
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
12
8.4.2 ELU
Signal Cable (in
an IBBS300D/
IBBS300T)
RJ45
connector
ELU on the
inner left wall
of the cabinet
RJ45
connector
ELU port on
the
CCU01D-03
13
HAU01A-01
Monitoring
Signal Cable
(optional)
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port
on the heating
box
RJ45
connector
D_COM0 port
on the
CCU01D-03

Inter-cabinet CPRI electrical cables need to be installed onsite. CPRI electrical cables in the
cabinets have been installed before delivery. The following table describes their connections.
No.
Cable
One End
9.1 CPRI
Electrical Cable
(inter-cabinet
CPRI electrical
cables)
9.1 CPRI
Electrical Cable
(CPRI electrical
cables in the
cabinet)
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
SFP20
male
connector
CPRI port on
the GTMU,
UBRI, WBBP,
or LBBP
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI port on
an RFU
SFP20
male
connector
CPRI port on
the GTMU,
WBBP, or
LBBP
SFP20 male
connector
CPRI port on
an RFU
RF Cables
All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table describes the RF cable connections.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

128

Cables
2 Cable List

No.
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
10.1 RF
Jumpers
DIN elbow
male
connector
Antenna
feeder
DIN straight
male
connector
ANT_TX/
RXA or
ANT_RXB
port on an
RFU
10.2 Inter-RFU
RF Signal Cable
QMA
elbow male
connector
RX OUTA
port on an
RFU
QMA elbow
male
connector
RX INB port
on another
RFU

The DBS3900 cable lists include the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900, BBU
cable list, and RRU cable list.
Lists of Cables for the Cabinets Used by the DBS3900

The following table lists the links to the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900.
Table 2-79 Links to the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cabinet Used by a DBS3900
Cable List
APM30H (Ver.B)
APM30H (Ver.B) cable list
TMC11H (Ver.B)
TMC11H (Ver.B) cable list
IBBS200D (Ver.B)
IBBS200D (Ver.B) cable list
IBBS200T (Ver.B)
IBBS200T (Ver.B) cable list
APM30H (Ver.C)
APM30H (Ver.C) cable list
TMC11H (Ver.C)
TMC11H (Ver.C) cable list
IBBS200D (Ver.C)
IBBS200D (Ver.C) cable list
IBBS200T (Ver.C)
IBBS200T (Ver.C) cable list
APM30H (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.D) cable list
TMC11H (Ver.D)
TMC11H (Ver.D) cable list
IBBS200D (Ver.D)
IBBS200D (Ver.D) cable list
IBBS200T (Ver.D)
IBBS200T (Ver.D) cable list

129

Cables
2 Cable List
Cabinet Used by a DBS3900
Cable List
IBBS700D
IBBS700D cable list
IBBS700T
IBBS700T cable list
IBBS300D
IBBS300D cable list
IBBS300T
IBBS300T cable list
IBC10
IBC10 cable list
BBU Cable List

The following table lists BBU cables.
Table 2-80 BBU cable list
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
BBU PGND
Cable
OT terminal
(M4, 6 mm2 or
0.009 in.2)
Ground
terminal on the
BBU
OT terminal
(M8, 6 mm2 or
0.009 in.2)
External
ground bar
6.4.2 BBU Power

Cable
3V3 connector
-48V port on
UPEU in BBU
Depending on
the power
equipment
Depending on
the power
equipment
7.1 E1/T1 Cable
DB26 male
connector
E1/T1 port on
the UMPT,
GTMU, UELP,
WMPT, or
UTRP in the
BBU
Depending on
site
requirements
External
transmission
equipment
7.2 E1/T1 Surge

Protection
Transfer Cable
DB26 male
connector
E1/T1 port on
the UMPT,
GTMU, UELP,
WMPT, or
UTRP in the
BBU
DB25
connector
INSIDE port on
the UELP in the
SLPU

130

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
7.6 FE/GE
Ethernet Cable
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
RJ45 connector
l FE0 port
near
OUTSIDE
on the UFLP
in the BBU
RJ45 connector
External
transmission
equipment
RJ45 connector
FE0 port near

INSIDE on the
UFLP in the
SLPU
l FE0 port on
the UMPT,
GTMU, or
WMPT in
the BBU
l FE/GE port
on the
UTRP in the
BBU
l FE/GE port
on the
LMPT in the
BBU
7.7 FE/GE Surge
Protection
Transfer Cable
RJ45 connector
FE0 port on the

UMPT,
GTMU, or
WMPT in the
BBU
FE/GE port on
the UTRP in the
BBU
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
7.4
Interconnection
Cable Between
FE/GE Electrical
Ports
RJ45 connector
FE0 port on the

WMPT in the
BBU
RJ45 connector
FE0 port on the

GTMU in the
BBU
7.5
Interconnection
Cable Between
FE/GE Optical
Ports
LC connector
FE1 port on the

WMPT in the
BBU
LC connector
FE1 port on the

GTMU in the
BBU
7.3 FE/GE Fiber

Optic Cable
LC connector
FE1 port on the

WMPT,
GTMU, LMPT,
or UMPT in the
BBU
FC, SC, or LC
connector
External
transmission
equipment

131

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
9.2 CPRI Fiber

Optic Cable
DLC connector
CPRI port on
the GTMU,
WBBP, LBBP,
or UBRI in the
BBU
DLC connector
CPRI_W port
on an RRU
8.2.2 APMI-BBU
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45 connector
MON1 port on
the UPEU or
UEIU in the
BBU
Twisted pair
TX+, TX-, RX
+, or RX- port
on the APMI
8.2.13 HEUABBU Monitoring

Signal Cable
RJ45 connector
M0N1 port on
the UPEU or
UEIU in the
BBU
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the HEUA
CMUA-BBU
Monitoring Signal
Cable
RJ45 connector
M0N1 port on
the UPEU or
UEIU in the
BBU
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the CMUA
CMUE-BBU
Monitoring Signal
Cable
RJ45 connector
M0N1 port on
the UPEU or
UEIU in the
BBU
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the CMUE
8.2.21 CMUEABBU Monitoring

Signal Cable
RJ45 connector
M0N1 port on
the UPEU or
UEIU in the
BBU
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the CMUEA
8.4.4 EMUA/
EMUB
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45 connector
M0N1 port on
the UPEU or
UEIU in the
BBU
DB9 male
connector
RS-485 port on
the EMUA
8.1.9 PSU
(EPW25-24S48D
) Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45 connector
EXT_ALM0
port on the
UPEU or UEIU
in the BBU
Cord end
terminal
ALM terminal
on the PSU
(DC/DC)
8.1.10 PSU
(EPW25-24S48D
) In-Position
Signal Cable
RJ45 connector
EXT_ALM0
port on the
UPEU or UEIU
in the BBU
RJ45 connector
RESENT port
on the PSU
(DC/DC)

132

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
8.2.26 BBU
Alarm Cable
RJ45 connector
EXT_ALM0
port on the
UPEU or UEIU
in the BBU
RJ45 connector
External alarm
device
8.4.11 GPS Clock

Signal Cable
SMA male
connector
GPS port on
LMPT, USCU,
or UMPTa6 in
the BBU
Type N female
connector
GPS surge
protector
8.4.13 BBU
Interconnection
Signal Cables
DLC connector
M0 to M4 ports
on the UCIU in
the BBU
DLC connector
CI port on the
UMPT in the
BBU
8.4.14 Cable
Between Two
Combined Base
Stations
DB15 male
connector
GCK port on
the UCIU in the
BBU
MD36 or DB15
male connector
DCTB or
DGLUb
8.4.15 Adapter
Used for Local
Maintenance
USB(1)
connector
USB(1) port on
the UMPT in
the BBU
Network
connector
Ethernet cable
NOTE
RRU Cable List

For the RRU cable list, see the corresponding RRU hardware description, for example, RRU3926
Hardware Description.
2.6 BTS3900C Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900C is configured with different types of
cabinets.
2.6.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Cable List

The cable list includes connector types and installation positions of cables, such as PGND cables,
power cables, transmission cables and signal cables. Some cables need to be installed onsite,
and some cables have been installed before delivery, the cable list provides a reference for onsite
installation of cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

133

Cables
2 Cable List
PGND Cable
PGND cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the PGND cable connections.
Table 2-81 PGND cable
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connecto
r
OMB PGND
cable
OT
terminal
Ground bar at the

bottom of the
OMB
OT
terminal
Ground bar outside the

cabinet
RRU PGND
cable
OT
terminal
Ground bar at the

bottom of the
OMB
OT
terminal
Ground terminal on the

RRU
Power Cables
Table 2-82 and Table 2-83 list power cables for AC cabinets. Table 2-84 and Table 2-85 list
power cables for DC cabinets.
Table 2-82 Power cables installed before delivery (in an AC cabinet)
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
EPS30-4815AF
Power Cable
3-pin male
connector
AC power input
port on the
EPS30-4815AF
Cord end
terminal
SPD ALM
terminals on the
AC surge
protection box
6.2.6 HEUA
Power Cable
H4
connector
DC output port
LOAD1 on the
EPS30-4815AF
3V3 connector
DC INPUT port
on the HEUA

134

Cables
2 Cable List
Table 2-83 Power cables to be installed onsite (in an AC cabinet)

Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
6.4.6 SPD Power

Cable
OT terminal
L, N, and PE
terminals on the
AC surge
protection box
Depending on
the external
power
equipment
External power
equipment
6.4.2 BBU Power

Cable
H4
connector
DC output port
LOAD1 on the
EPS30-4815AF
3V3 connector
-48V port on the

UPEU
6.4.4 RRU Power

Cables
OT terminal
RRU wiring
terminal on the
EPS30-4815AF
Depending on
the RRU type
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on the
RRU
Table 2-84 Power cables installed before delivery (in a DC cabinet)

Cable
One End
6.2.6 HEUA
Power Cable
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
OT terminal
LOAD7
terminal on the
DCDU-03B
3V3 connector
DC INPUT port
on the HEUB
Table 2-85 Power cables to be installed onsite (in a DC cabinet)

Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
6.4.2 BBU Power

Cable
OT terminal
LOAD6
terminal on the
DCDU-03B
3V3 connector
-48V port on the

UPEU
DCDU-03B
Power Cable
OT terminal
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on the
DCDU-03B
Depending on
the external
power
equipment
External power
equipment

135

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
6.4.4 RRU Power

Cables
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
OT terminal
LOAD0
terminal on the
DCDU-03B
Depending on
the RRU type
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals on the
RRU
Transmission Cables
Table 2-86 lists the transmission cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-87
lists the transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite.
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
7.2 E1/T1 Surge

Protection
Transfer Cable
DB25
connector
INSIDE port on
the UELP in the
BBU
DB26 connector
E1/T1 port on
the GTMU,
WMPT, or
UTRP in the
BBU
7.7 FE/GE Surge

Protection
Transfer Cable
RJ45
connector
l FE0 port on
the GTMU
or WMPT in
the BBU
RJ45 connector
FE0 port at the

INSIDE label on
the UFLP in the
BBU
l FE0 or FE1
port on the
LMPT in the
BBU
Table 2-87 Transmission cables to be installed onsite

Cable
One End
7.1 E1/T1 Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
DB26 male
connector
OUTSIDE port
on the UELP in
the BBU
Depending on
the external
transmission
equipment
External
transmission
equipment

136

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
7.6 FE/GE
Ethernet Cable
RJ45
connector
FE0 port at the

OUTSIDE label
on the UFLP in
the BBU
RJ45 connector
Routing device
7.3 FE/GE Fiber

Optic Cable
LC
connector
l FE1 port on
the GTMU,
WMPT, or
UTRP in the
BBU
l FC
connector
Routing device
l SFP0 or
SFP1 port on
the LMPT in
the BBU
9.2 CPRI Fiber
Optic Cable
DLC
connector
l CPRI port on
the GTMU
or UBRI in
the BBU
l SC
connector
l LC
connector
DLC connector
CPRI_W or
CPRI0 port on
the RRU
l CPRI port on
the WBBP in
the BBU
l CPRI port on
the LBBP in
the BBU
Signal Cables
Table 2-88 and Table 2-89 list the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table
2-90 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-88 Signal cables installed before delivery (in an AC cabinet)
Cable
One End
8.4.1 Monitoring
Signal Cables for
Door Status
Sensors
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
Bare wire
Door status
sensor
Bare wire
GATE port on
the HEUA

137

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
8.3.8 Monitoring
Signal Cable for
the OMB Fan
Assembly
4-pin
connector
IntFAN port on
the HEUA
5-pin connector
Power and
monitoring port
for the inner air
circulation fan
8.3.8 Monitoring
Signal Cable for
the OMB Fan
Assembly
4-pin
connector
ExtFAN port on
the HEUA
Round
waterproof
connector
Power and
monitoring port
for the outer air
circulation fan
8.2.1 PMU-HEUA
Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port
on the HEUA
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the PMU in
the
EPS30-4815AF
8.4.15 Adapter
Used for Local
Maintenance
USB 3.0
connector
USB(1) port on
the UMPT in the
BBU
Ethernet
connector
Network cable
Table 2-89 Signal cables installed before delivery (in a DC cabinet)

Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
8.4.1 Monitoring
Signal Cables for
Door Status
Sensors
Bare wire
Door status
sensor
Bare wire
GATE port on
the HEUA
8.3.8 Monitoring
Signal Cable for
the OMB Fan
Assembly
4-pin
connector
IntFAN port on
the HEUA
5-pin connector
Power and
monitoring port
for the inner air
circulation fan
8.3.8 Monitoring
Signal Cable for
the OMB Fan
Assembly
4-pin
connector
ExtFAN port on
the HEUA
Round
waterproof
connector
Power and
monitoring port
for the outer air
circulation fan
8.4.15 Adapter
Used for Local
Maintenance
USB 3.0
connector
USB(1) port on
the UMPT in the
BBU
Ethernet
connector
Network cable

138

Cables
2 Cable List
NOTE

Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
8.4.11 GPS Clock

Signal Cable
SMA male
connector
GPS port on the

USCU in the
BBU
Type N female
connector
Protect port on
the GPS surge
protector
8.2.13 HEUABBU Monitoring

Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port
on the HEUA
RJ45 connector
MON1 port on
the UPEU in the
BBU
8.2.26 BBU
Alarm Cable
RJ45
connector
EXT_ALM0
port on the
UPEU or UEIU
RJ45 connector
External alarm
device
CPRI Cables
The following table lists the CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-91 CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite
Cable
One End
9.2 CPRI Fiber

Optic Cable
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
DLC
connector
l CPRI port on
the GTMU
or UBRI in
the BBU
DLC connector
CPRI_W or
CPRI0 port on
the RRU
l CPRI port on
the WBBP in
the BBU
l CPRI port on
the LBBP in
the BBU
RF Cables
All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the RF cable connections.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

139

Cables
2 Cable List
Table 2-92 RF cables to be installed onsite

Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
10.1 RF Jumpers
DIN male
connector
ANT_TX/RXA
or ANT_TX/
RXB port on the
RRU
DIN male
connector
Antenna system
8.4.9 RRU AISG

Multi-Wire Cable
Waterproofe
d DB9 male
connector
RET port on the

RRU
Standard AISG
female
connector
Standard AISG
male connector
on the RCU or
on the AISG
multi-wire cable
8.4.10 RRU AISG

Extension Cable
Standard
AISG male
connector
Standard AISG
female
connector on the
AISG extension
cable
Standard AISG
female
connector
Standard AISG
male connector
on the RCU
2.6.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Cable List

The cable list includes connector types and installation positions of the cables, such as PGND
cables, power cables, transmission cables and signal cables. Some cables need to be installed
onsite, and some cables have been installed before delivery. The cable list provides reference
for the installation of cables.
PGND Cables
PGND cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the PGND cable connections.
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connecto
r
Installation
Position
Connecto
r
OMB PGND
cable
OT
terminal
Ground bar at the

bottom of the
OMB
OT
terminal

cabinet
RRU PGND
cable
OT
terminal
Ground terminal
on the RRU
OT
terminal

cabinet

140

Cables
2 Cable List
Power Cables
Table 2-94 and Table 2-95 list the power cables for an AC cabinet. Table 2-96 and Table
2-97 list the power cables for a DC cabinet.
Table 2-94 Power cables installed in an AC cabinet before delivery
Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
OT terminal
L/L1 and N/L2

terminals on the
INPUT side of
the ETP48100A1
Cord end
terminal
L/N, N/L, and

PE ports on the
AC surge
protection box
OT terminal
PDU10D-01
6.2.7 HEUB
Power Cable
EPC4
connector
LOAD9 port on
the PDU10D-01
3V3 connector
DC INPUT port
on the HEUB
PDU10D-01
Power Cable
OT terminal
RTN0(+) and
NEG0(-)
terminals near
the OUTPUT
silkscreen on the
ETP48100-A1
OT terminal
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals near
the INTPUT:
-48V silkscreen
on the
PDU10D-01
ETP48100-A1
Power Cable
Table 2-95 Power cables in an AC cabinet to be installed onsite

Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
PDU10D-01
Power Cable
OT terminal
INPUT: AC
silkscreen on the
PDU10D-01
Depending on
the external
power
equipment
External power
equipment
6.4.2 BBU Power

Cable
EPC4
connector
LOAD6 port on
the PDU10D-01
3V3 connector
-48V port on the

UPEU
6.4.4 RRU Power

Cables
EPC4
connector
LOAD0 port on
the PDU10D-01
Depending on
the RRU type
RTN(+) and
NEG(-) ports on
the RRU

141

Cables
2 Cable List
Table 2-96 Power cables in a DC cabinet installed before delivery

Cable
One End
6.2.7 HEUB
Power Cable
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
EPC4
connector
LOAD9 port on
the PDU10D-01
3V3 connector
DC INPUT port
on the HEUB
Table 2-97 Power cables in a DC cabinet to be installed onsite

Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
PDU10D-01
Power Cable
OT terminal
RTN(+) and
NEG(-)
terminals near
the INTPUT:
-48V silkscreen
on the
PDU10D-01
Depending on
the external
power
equipment
External power
equipment
6.4.2 BBU Power

Cable
EPC4
connector
LOAD6 port on
the PDU10D-01
3V3 connector
-48V port on the

UPEU
6.4.4 RRU Power

Cables
EPC4
connector
LOAD0 port on
the PDU10D-01
Depending on
the RRU type
RTN(+) and
NEG(-) ports on
the RRU
Transmission Cables
Table 2-98 lists the transmission cables that have been installed before delivery Table 2-96 lists
the transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite.
Cable
One End
7.2 E1/T1 Surge

Protection
Transfer Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
DB25 male
connector
INSIDE port on
the UELP in the
BBU
DB26 male
connector
E1/T1 port on
the GTMU,
WMPT, or
UTRP in the
BBU

142

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
7.7 FE/GE Surge

Protection
Transfer Cable
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
RJ45
connector
l FE0 port on
the GTMU
or WMPT in
the BBU
RJ45 connector
FE0 port near

the INSIDE
silkscreen on the
UFLP in the
BBU
l FE0 or FE1
port on the
LMPT in the
BBU
7.4
Interconnection
Cable Between
FE/GE Electrical
Ports
RJ45
connector
FE0 port on the

GTMU in the
BBU
RJ45 connector
FE0 port on the

WMPT in the
BBU
7.5
Interconnection
Cable Between
FE/GE Optical
Ports
LC
connector
FE1 port on the

GTMU in the
BBU
LC connector
FE1 port on the

WMPT in the
BBU
Table 2-99 Transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
7.1 E1/T1 Cable
DB26 male
connector
OUTSIDE port
on the UELP in
the BBU
Depending on
the external
transmission
equipment
External
transmission
equipment
7.6 FE/GE
Ethernet Cable
RJ45
connector
FE0 port near

the OUTSIDE
silkscreen on the
UFLP in the
BBU
RJ45 connector
Routing device

143

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
7.3 FE/GE Fiber

Optic Cable
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
LC
connector
l FE1 port on
the GTMU,
WMPT, or
UTRP in the
BBU
l FC
connector
Routing device
l SFP0 or
SFP1 port on
the LMPT in
the BBU
l SC
connector
l LC
connector
Signal Cables
Table 2-100 and Table 2-101 list the signal cables that have been installed before delivery.
Table 2-102 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-100 Signal cables installed in an AC cabinet before delivery
Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
8.4.1 Monitoring
Signal Cables for
Door Status
Sensors
Bare wire
Door status
sensor
Bare wire
GATE port on
the HEUB
Monitoring signal
cable for the inner
air circulation fan
4-pin
connector
IntFAN port on
the HEUB
4-pin connector
Power and
monitoring port
for the inner air
circulation fan
Monitoring signal
cable for the outer
air circulation fan
4-pin
connector
ExtFAN port on
the HEUB
4-pin connector
Power and
monitoring port
for the outer air
circulation fan
8.1.5 PMU 11AHEUB

Monitoring
Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
COM_OUT port
on the HEUB
RJ45 connector
COM_IN port
on the PMU 11A
on the
ETP48100-A1
8.4.2 ELU Signal

Cable
RJ45
connector
RJ45 port on the

ELU
RJ45 connector
ELU port on the

HEUB

144

Cables
2 Cable List
Cable
One End
8.4.15 Adapter
Used for Local
Maintenance
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
USB3.0
connector
USB(1) port on
the UMPT in the
BBU
Network
connector
Ethernet cable
Table 2-101 Signal cables installed in a DC cabinet before delivery

Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
Bare wire
Door status
sensor
Bare wire
GATE port on
the HEUB
Monitoring signal 4-pin

cable for the inner connector
air circulation fan
IntFAN port on
the HEUB
4-pin connector
Power and
monitoring port
for the inner air
circulation fan
Monitoring signal 4-pin

cable for the outer connector
air circulation fan
ExtFAN port on
the HEUB
4-pin connector
Power and
monitoring port
for the outer air
circulation fan
8.4.2 ELU Signal

Cable
RJ45
connector
RJ45 port on the RJ45 connector

ELU
ELU port on the

HEUB
8.4.15 Adapter
Used for Local
Maintenance
USB3.0
connector
USB(1) port on
the UMPT in the
BBU
8.4.1 Monitoring
Signal Cables for
Door Status
Sensors
Network
connector
Ethernet cable
NOTE
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

145

Cables
2 Cable List

Cable
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
8.4.11 GPS Clock

Signal Cable
SMA male
connector
GPS port on the

USCU in the
BBU
Type N female
connector
Protect port on
the GPS surge
protector
8.2.12 HEUBBBU Monitoring

Signal Cable
RJ45
connector
COM_IN port
on the HEUB
RJ45 connector
MON1 port on
the UPEU in the
BBU
8.2.26 BBU
Alarm Cable
RJ45
connector
EXT_ALM0
port on the
UPEU or UEIU
RJ45 connector
External alarm
device
CPRI Cables
The following table lists the CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-103 CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite
Cable
One End
9.2 CPRI Fiber

Optic Cable
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
DLC
connector
l CPRI port on
the GTMU
or UBRI in
the BBU
DLC connector
CPRI_W or
CPRI0 port on
the RRU
l CPRI port on
the WBBP in
the BBU
l CPRI port on
the LBBP in
the BBU
RF Cables
All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the RF cable connections.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

146

Cables
2 Cable List
Table 2-104 RF cables to be installed onsite

Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Connector
Installation
Position
Connector
Installation
Position
10.1 RF Jumpers
DIN male
connector
ANT_TX/RXA
or ANT_TX/
RXB port on the
RRU
DIN male
connector
Antenna system
8.4.10 RRU AISG

Extension Cable
Waterproofe
d DB9 male
connector
RET port on the

RRU
Standard AISG
female
connector
Standard AISG
male connector
on the RCU or
on the AISG
multi-wire cable
8.4.9 RRU AISG

Multi-Wire Cable
Standard
AISG male
connector
Standard AISG
female
connector on the
AISG extension
cable
Standard AISG
female
connector
Standard AISG
male connector
on the RCU

147

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Cable Connections
About This Chapter

This chapter describes cable connections for 3900 series base station, including power cable
connections, transmission cable connections, monitoring signal cable connections, BBU
interconnection signal cable connections, CPRI cable connections, and RF cable connections.
3.1 Power Cable Connections
This section describes power cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A,
BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.
3.2 Transmission Cable Connections
Transmission cable connections vary according to the configuration of main control boards and
transmission boards in base stations of different modes. This section describes transmission cable
connections in single-mode, dual-mode, and triple-mode base stations.
3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections
This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L,
BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.
3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections
This section describes the inter-BBU signal cable connections when two BBUs are configured.
3.5 CPRI Cable Connections
CPRI cable connections include those for a single-mode, dual-mode, triple-mode, and
quadruple-mode base station.
3.6 RF Cable Connections
Configuration of RF modules varies according to the modes of base stations, and therefore RF
cable connections are different. This chapter describes RF cable connections in single-mode,
dual-mode, and multimode base stations.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

148

Cables
3 Cable Connections
3.1 Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A,
BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.
3.1.1 BTS3900 Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900 when it is configured with
different types of cabinets.
BTS3900 (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 cabinet supplied with 110 V
AC or 220 V AC, -48 V DC, and +24 V DC power.
Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios

The power supply to the BTS3900 cabinet (AC) can be 110 V AC three-phase, 220 V AC threephase, and 220 V AC single-phase power. This section uses a cabinet powered by 220 V AC
three-phase power as an example.
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110 V/220
V).
Figure 3-1 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

149

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-1 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

No.
Description
P1 to P6
For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.
P7
For details, see FAN Power Cables.
P8
For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.
P11 and P12
For details, see DCDU-01 Power Cable.
P13
For details, see EPS4890 Power Cable.
Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V).
Figure 3-2 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V).
Table 3-2 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1 to P6
P7
P8

150

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P11 and P12
Power Cable Connections in +24 V DC Input Scenarios

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V).
Figure 3-3 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)
The following table describes the power cables in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V).
Table 3-3 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)
No.
Description
P1 to P6
P7
P8
P11 and P12
P25 to P28
For details, see EPS24S48100DC Power Cable.
Power Cable Connections Between a BTS3900 Cabinet and a PS4890

NOTE
The PS4890 is used for Huawei wireless products in indoor scenarios. It provides DC power and backup
power for distributed base stations or a BTS3900, and provides installation space for indoor BBUs and
transmission equipment. For details, see PS4890 User Guide.
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet
is stacked on a PS4890.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

151

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-4 Power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a
PS4890
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet
and a PS4890 are installed side by side.
Figure 3-5 Power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are
installed side by side
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

152

Cables
3 Cable Connections
The following table describes the power cables between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890.
Table 3-4 Power cable connections between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890
No.
Description
P1 and P2
BTS3900 (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the BTS3900 power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48
V DC input scenarios.

The power supply to the BTS3900 cabinet (AC) can be 220 V AC three-phase, 220 V AC singlephase, and 110 V dual-live-wire power. This section uses a cabinet powered by 220 V AC threephase power as an example.
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110 V/220
V).
Figure 3-6 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

153

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-5 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

No.
Description
P1 to P6
P7
For details, see FAN 03B Power Cable.
P8 and P9
P10 and P11
For details, see DCDU-11A Power Cable.
P12 and P13
For details, see ETP48150-A3 Power Cable.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V).
Figure 3-7 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

154

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-6 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

No.
Description
P1 to P6
P7
P8 and P9
P10 and P11
BTS3900 (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the BTS3900 power cable connections in 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input
scenarios.
Power Cable Connections in 220 V AC Scenarios

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1
BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power.
Figure 3-8 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

155

Cables
3 Cable Connections
The following table describes the power cable connections in an AC BTS3900 configured with
1 BTS3900 AC.
Table 3-7 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC
No.
Description
P1
For details, see EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable.
P2 to P7
P8
For details, see FAN 03C Power Cable.
P9 and P10
P11
P12
For details, see DCDU-12B Power Cable.
P13 to P21
For details, see 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables.
BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

156

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-9 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06
(for power backup)
1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup).
Table 3-8 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06
(for backup power)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1
P2 to P7
P8

157

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P9 and P10
P11
P12
P13 to P21
P22 to P24
For details, see Storage Battery Power Cable.
BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power.
Figure 3-10 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06
(for transmission)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

158

Cables
3 Cable Connections
1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission).
Table 3-9 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06
(for transmission)
No.
Description
P1
P2 to P7
P8
P9 and P10
P11
P12
P13 to P21

BTS3900 DC and supplied with -48 V DC power.
Figure 3-11 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 DC
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

159

Cables
3 Cable Connections
The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1
BTS3900 DC and supplied with -48 V DC power.
Table 3-10 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 DC
No.
Description
P1 to P6
P7
P8 and P9
P10 and P11
P12 and P13
P14 to P22
3.1.2 BTS3900L Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900L when it is configured with
BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.
BTS3900L (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900L.
The BTS3900L can work only in -48 V DC power supply scenario. The following figure shows
the power cable connections in a fully configured BTS3900L.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

160

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-12 Power cable connections in a BTS3900L

No.
Description
P1 to P4
P5 to P10
P11
P12
P13 and P14
For details, see 6.4.8 GATM Power Cable.
BTS3900L (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900L.
The BTS3900L can work only in -48 V DC power supply scenario. The following figure shows
the power cable connections in a fully configured BTS3900L.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

161

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-13 Power cable connections in a BTS3900L

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0 to P5, P10 to P15
P6 to P16
P7 and P8
P9
P17 to P20

162

Cables
3 Cable Connections
BTS3900L (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections of a BTS3900L cabinet.
Power Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario

The following figure shows the power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario, using the
BTS3900L cabinet in full configuration as an example.
Figure 3-14 Power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

163

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-13 Power cable connections

No.
Description
P6 and P16
P7 and P8
P9
For details, see EPU05A-02 Power Cable.
P17
P18 to P21
Power Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario

The following figure shows the power cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario, using the
BTS3900L cabinet in full configuration as an example.
Figure 3-15 Power cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

164

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Table 3-14 Power cable connections
No.
Description
P6 and P16
P7 and P8
P9
P17 to P20
NOTE
When the BTS3900L cabinet is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the BBU is installed below the lower
DCDU-12A, the DCDU-12B is installed below the BBU, and the LOAD0 to LOAD8 ports on the
DCDU-12B supply power to the nine RRUs.
3.1.3 BTS3900A Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900A when it is configured with
enhanced cabinets and cabinets used by the BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), and
BTS3900A (Ver.D).
BTS3900A (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the BTS3900A power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and
-48 V DC input scenarios.
Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A
configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

165

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-16 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1
RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

Table 3-15 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1
RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0
For details, see EPS 01A or EPS 01C Power

Cable.
P1
P2
P3 to P8
P9
For details, see FAN 02A Power Cable.
P10
For details, see FAN 01A Power Cables.
P11
For details, see Power Cables for a Power

Distribution Box.

166

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P15 to P17
For details, see Storage Battery Power

Cable.
P12 and P14
For details, see 6.3.8 Fan Power Cables in

an IBBS200D.
P13
For details, see DCDU-03C Power Cable.
P18
configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds.
RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

167

Cables
3 Cable Connections
RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds
No.
Description
P0

Cable.
P1
P2
P3 to P8
P9
P10
P11, P13

Distribution Box.
P15 to P18

Cable.
P12 and P14

an IBBS200D.
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A
configured with two BBUs and 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

168

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-18 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2
APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds

Table 3-17 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2
APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0

Cable.
P1
P2
P3 to P8
P9
P10
P11, P13

Distribution Box.
P15 to P18

Cable.
169

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P12 and P14

an IBBS200D.
Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario

configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario.
NOTE
When the BTS3900A is expanded to 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H, the power cable connections in the second RFC are
the same as those in the first RFC.
RFC+1 TMC11H

RFC+1 TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0

170

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P1
P2
P3 to P8
P9
P10
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A
configured with two BBUs 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs.
Figure 3-20 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2
TMC11Hs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

171

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-19 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2
TMC11Hs
No.
Description
P0
P1
P2
P3 to P8
P9
P10
BTS3900A (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1
RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

172

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-21 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1
IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

Table 3-20 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1
IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0
For details, see EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04

Power Cable.
P1
P2 and P19
P3 to P8
P9

173

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P10
P11
See Power Cables for a Power Distribution

Box.
P15 to P17

Cable.
P12 and P14

an IBBS200D.
P13
P18
P20
For details, see Power Cable for an AC

Junction Box.
RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds.
Figure 3-22 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs
+2 IBBS200Ds

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

174

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-21 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2
IBBS200Ds
No.
Description
P0

Power Cable.
P1
P2 and P19
P3 to P8
P9
P10
P11, P13

Box.
P12 and P14

an IBBS200D.
P15 to P17

Cable.
P18
It is a power cable between the cascaded fans

in a battery cabinet.
P20

Junction Box.

RFC+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario.
NOTE
When the BTS3900A is expanded to 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H, the power cable connections in the second RFC are
the same as those in the first RFC.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

175

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-23 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H

Table 3-22 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0
P1
P2
P3 to P8
P9
P10
P11
For details, see Power Cable for the DC

Junction Box in an RFC.

176

Cables
3 Cable Connections
BTS3900A (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections


NOTE
If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing
power cable connections.
RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario.
Figure 3-24 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1
IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

177

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-23 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1
IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
No.
Description
P0
See EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power

Cable.
P1
See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.
P2
See Power Cable for the DC Junction Box

in an RFC.
P3 to P8
See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.
P9
See FAN 02D Power Cable.
P10
See FAN 01C Power Cable.
P11

Box.
P15 to P17
See Storage Battery Power Cable.
P12
See 6.3.8 Fan Power Cables in an

IBBS200D.
P13
See DCDU-12C Power Cable.
P14
See Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.
P18
See DCDU-12A Power Cable.
RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H.
NOTE
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a base station with the preceding configurations
when BBU 1 is installed in the APM30H. When BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H, the power cable connections
are the same.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

178

Cables
3 Cable Connections
IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0

Cable.
P1
P2

in an RFC.
P3 to P8
P9
P10

179

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P11

Box.
P15 to P17
P12

IBBS200D.
P13
P14
P18

IBBS200D.
P19
P20
NOTE
are the same.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

180

Cables
3 Cable Connections
IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H

IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0

Cable.
P1
P2

in an RFC.
P3 to P8
P9
P10
P11, P15

181

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P12

IBBS300D.
P13
P14
P16, P17
See Power Cable Between Cascaded DC

Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/
IBBS300Ts.
P18
RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H.
NOTE
are the same.
Figure 3-27 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1
IBBS700D+1 TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

182

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Table 3-26 Power cables in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D
+1 TMC11H
No.
Description
P0

Cable
P1
See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable
P2

in an RFC
P3 to P8
See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables
P9
See FAN 02D Power Cable
P10
See FAN 01C Power Cable
P11

Box.
P15 to P17
See Storage Battery Power Cable
P12
Power cable for the fan in the IBBS700D
P13
See DCDU-12C Power Cable
P14
See Power Cable for an AC Junction Box
P18
See 6.3.6 Power Cables for the

Temperature Control System
P19
See DCDU-12A Power Cable
P20
See CMUEA Power Cable
P21
See 6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable
RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs.
NOTE
are the same.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

183

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-28 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2
IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs

Table 3-27 Power cables in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds
+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0

Cable.
P1
P2

in an RFC.
P3 to P8
P9
P10
P11

Box.
P15 to P17
P12

IBBS200D.
P13

184

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P14
P18
P19
P20

IBBS200D.
P21 to P29
See 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables.
P30
See DCDU-12B Power Cable.

RFCs+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-29 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

185

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-28 Power cables in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H
No.
Description
P0

in an RFC.
P1
P2
P3 to P8
P9
P10
P11
RFC+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-30 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+9
RRUs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

186

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Table 3-29 Power cables in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs
No.
Description
P0

in an RFC.
P1
P2
P3 to P8
P9
P10
P11
P12 to P20
See 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables.
P21
See DCDU-12B Power Cable.
BTS3900A (Ver.E) Power Cable Connections

Power cable connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario

NOTE
l This section describes the power cable connections in a scenario where BBU 1 is installed in an
APM30H. The cable connections to BBU 1 in a TMC11H are the same as those in this scenario.
l If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing
l The power cable connections of an IBBS200D are the same as those of an IBBS200T. This section
uses an IBBS200D as an example.
l The power cable connections of an IBBS300D are the same as those of an IBBS300T. This section
uses an IBBS300D as an example.
2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

187

Cables
3 Cable Connections
IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0

Power Cable.
P1
P2

P3 to P8
P9
For details, see FAN 02E Power Cable.
P10
For details, see FAN 01D Power Cable.

188

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P11

Distribution Box.
P15 to P17

Cable.
P12

an IBBS200D.
P13
P14

Junction Box.
P18
2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

189

Cables
3 Cable Connections

IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H
No.
Description
P0

Power Cable.
P1
P2

P3 to P8
P9
P10
P11

Distribution Box.
P15 to P17

Cable.
P12

an IBBS200D.
P13
P14

Junction Box.
P18
P19
For details, see Power Cable Between

Cascaded Power Distribution Boxes.
2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

190

Cables
3 Cable Connections
IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H

IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0

Power Cable.
P1
P2

P3 to P8
P9
P10

191

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P11 and P15

Cable.
P12

an IBBS300D.
P13
P14

Junction Box.
P16 and P17

Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts.
P18
1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs

RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs.
Figure 3-34 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

192

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Table 3-33 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2
No.
Description
P0

Power Cable.
P1
P2

P3 to P8
P9
P10
P11

Distribution Box.
P15 to P17

Cable.
P12

an IBBS200D.
P13
P14

Junction Box.
P18
P19
P20
For details, see 6.4.9 ODM06D Power

Cable.
P21

2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs

RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

193

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0

Power Cable.
P1
P2

P3 to P8
P9
P10
P11

Distribution Box.
P15 to P17

Cable.
P12

an IBBS200D.

194

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P13
P14

Junction Box.
P18
P19
P20


2 RFCs+1 TMC11H
RFCs+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-36 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

195

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-35 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H
No.
Description
P0

P1
P2
P3 to P8
P9
P10
P11
RFC+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-37 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+15
RRUs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

196

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Table 3-36 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+15
RRUs
No.
Description
P0

P1
P2
P3 to P8
P9
P10
P11
P12
P13
RFCs+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

197

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-38 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 12 RFCs+1 TMC11H
+9 RRUs

Table 3-37 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H+9
RRUs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0

P1
P2
P3 to P8
P9
P10
P11
P12

198

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P13
BTS3900A (Ver.D_A2) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A supplied with 110 V AC,
220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

NOTE
When a BTS3900A is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H

+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
Figure 3-39 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H
+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs
The following table describes the power cable connections.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

199

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-38 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H
+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs
No.
Description
P0
Input power cable for the transfer terminal
P1
Input power cable for the APM30H
P2 and P9
CMUEA power cables
P3 and P16 to P18
Power cables for the battery cabinet
P4
Input power cable for the RFC
P5
BBU power cable
P6
EMUA power cable
P7
Input power cable for the TMC11H
P8
Power cable between cascaded

DCDU-13As
P10 to P15
RFU power cables

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with 1
TMC11H+2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-40 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

200

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Table 3-39 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs
No.
Description
P0
P1 and P5
CMUEA power cables
P2
BBU power cable
P3
EMUA power cable
P4
P6 to P11
RFU power cables
BTS3900A (Ver.D_A1) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A supplied with 110 V AC,
220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

NOTE
When a BTS3900A is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC
+2 RFCs are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

201

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-41 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC+2 RFCs

Table 3-40 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC+2 RFCs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1
Input power cables for the APM30
P2 and P9
CMUEA power cable
P3 and P16 to P18
P4
P5
BBU power cable
P6
EMUA power cable
P7
Input power cable for the TMC
P8
Power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As
P10 to P15
RFU power cables

202

Cables
3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with 1 TMC
+2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-42 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs

Table 3-41 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs
No.
Description
P0
P1 and P5
CMUEA power cable
P2
BBU power cable
P3
EMUA power cable
P4
P6 to P11
RFU power cables
3.1.4 BTS3900AL Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for a BTS3900AL cabinet.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

203

Cables
3 Cable Connections
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL supplied with -48 V DC
power and 110 V AC or 220 V AC power.
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL configured with one
BTS3900AL DC cabinet and supplied with -48 V DC power.
Figure 3-43 Power cable connections (1)

Table 3-42 Power cable connections (1)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0
For details, see 6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable.
P1 to P4
P5
For details, see 6.2.4 CCU Power Cable.

204

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P6 and P7
For details, see 6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power

Cable.
P8 and P9
P10

Junction Box in a BTS3900AL.
P11, P12, and P13(1)
For details, see PDU03D-01 Power Cable.
P14 to P22
P23
For details, see 6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power

Cable.
NOTE
(1) If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, two input power cables are used in the
BTS3900AL DC cabinet. If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, three input power cables
are used in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet.
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL site configured with
1 BTS3900AL AC+1 BTS3900AL DC+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) and supplied with 110 V AC or
220 V AC power.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

205

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-43 Power cables (2)

No.
Description
P0
For details, see PDU05A-01 Power Cable.
P1 to P4
P5
P6
P7, P16, and P17
P8
For details, see ETP48400 Power Cable.
P9 and P11
P10
P12 and P15

Junction Box.
P13 and P14

Cable.
P18 to P26
P27

Cable.
P28 to P30

Cable.
P31

1 BTS3900AL AC+1 BTS3900AL DC+1 IBBS700D and supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC
power. When an IBBS700T instead of an IBBS700D is used, the power cable connections are
the same.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

206

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0
P1 to P4
P5
P6
P7, P9, and P10
P8
P35 and P11
P12, P13, and P16

Junction Box.
P14 and P15

Cable.
P17 to P25
P26

Cable.

207

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P27 to P30

Distribution Box.
P31 to P33

Cable.
P34
For details, see 6.3.6 Power Cables for the

Temperature Control System.
P36

1 BTS3900AL AC+1 BTS3900AL DC+2 IBBS300Ds and supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V
AC power. When an IBBS300T instead of an IBBS300D is used, the power cable connections
are the same.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0

208

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P1 to P4
P5
P6
P7, P9, and P10
P8
P35 and P11
P12, P13, and P16

Junction Box.
P14 and P15

Cable.
P17 to P25
P26

Cable.
P27 to P30
For details, see Power cables for the battery

cabinet.
P31 and P32

Cable.
P33

Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts.
P34

an IBBS300D.
P36

3.1.5 Power Cable Connections in the DBS3900

This section describes power cable connections in the DBS3900 configured with different types
of cabinets.
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H

(Ver.C)
This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.B)
or APM30H (Ver.C).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

209

Cables
3 Cable Connections

When 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D are configured in a single- or
dual-mode base station, the EPS in the APM30H (Ver.B) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power
into -48 V DC power and distribute the power to the BBU, RRUs, and TMC11H (Ver.B). The
following figure shows the power cable connections.
Figure 3-47 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D

Table 3-46 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1 and P10
Power Cable for an AC Junction Box
P2 and P11
FAN 02A power cables
P3
6.4.2 BBU Power Cable
P4
Storage Battery Power Cable
P5
P6
EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable

210

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P7
RRU power cable
P8
DCDU-03C power cable
P9
6.3.5 Power Cable for a Heating Film
When 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D are configured in a single- or

dual-mode base station, the EPU in the APM30H (Ver.C) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC
power into -48 V DC power and distribute power to the BBU, RRUs, and TMC11H (Ver.C).
The following figure shows the power cable connections.
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D

Table 3-47 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1
FAN 02B power cable
P2

211

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P3 and P4
P5
EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable
P6
RRU power cable
P7
P8
P9
P10
P11
FAN 02B power cable
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T.
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

212

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-48 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H
(Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T
No.
Description
P1 and P9
P2 and P10
P3
P4
P5
6.3.10 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T
P6
P7
RRU power cable
P8
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T.
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

213

Cables
3 Cable Connections
(Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T
No.
Description
P1
FAN 02B power cable
P2
P3
6.3.4 Power Cable for an AC Heater
P4
P5
RRU power cable
P6
P7
P8
P9
P10
FAN 02B power cable
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds.
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

214

Cables
3 Cable Connections

(Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds
No.
Description
P1 and P10
P2 and P12
P3
P5 and P13
P7
P8
RRU power cable
P9
P11
P4 and P14
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

215

Cables
3 Cable Connections
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds

(Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1
FAN 02B power cable
P2 and P4
P3
P5
P6
RRU power cable
P7
P9 and P13
P10
P11
FAN 02B power cable
P8 and P12

216

Cables
3 Cable Connections
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts.
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts

(Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1 and P9
P2 and P11
P3
P5 and P12
P7
P8
RRU power cable
P10
P4 and P13

217

Cables
3 Cable Connections
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts.
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts

(Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1
FAN 02B power cable
P2 and P3
P4
P5
RRU power cable
P6
P8 and P11
P9
P10
FAN 02B power cable
P7 and P12

218

Cables
3 Cable Connections
A triple- or quadruple-mode DBS3900 requires two BBUs: BBU 0 and BBU 1. The power cable
connections in the cabinet housing BBU 0 are the same as those in the cabinet housing BBU 1.
Figure 3-55 and Figure 3-56 show the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode
base station, using the scenario of configuring BBUs in the APM30Hs (Ver.B) as an example.
Figure 3-55 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured
with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds

Table 3-54 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1 and P10
P2 and P11
P3
P4
P5
P6

219

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P7
RRU power cable
P8
P9
Figure 3-56 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured
with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds
P2
P2
P12
P11
P1
P1
P9
P9
P10
P7
P9
BBU0
P3
P7
P10
BBU1
P6
P3
P6
P4
P4
P5
P5
P13
P14
P13
P14
P8
P8

Table 3-55 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1 and P10
P2, P6, and P12
P3
P5 and P13
P7
P8
RRU power cable
P9
P11

220

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P4 and P14
Power Cable Connections in +24 V DC Input Scenarios

If a single- or dual-mode base station uses an APM30H (Ver.B, +24 V), the EPS24S48100DC
in the APM30H converts the +24 V DC power into -48 V DC power, which is supplied to the
DCDU-03B. The DCDU-03B distributes the power to the BBU, RRUs, and other components.
The following figure shows the power cable connections.
Figure 3-57 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with an
APM30H (Ver.B, +24 V)

Table 3-56 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with an APM30H
(Ver.B, +24 V)
No.
Description
P1
EPS24S48100DC power cable
P2
P3
P4
RRU power cable
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H

(Ver.C)
This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.B)
or TMC11H (Ver.C).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

221

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Power Cable Connections in -48 V AC Scenarios

When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B), each
TMC11H is configured with a DCDU-03B, which distributes power to the BBU and RRUs or
transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
Figure 3-58 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with
two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)

Table 3-57 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two
TMC11Hs (Ver.B)
No.
Description
P1
DCDU-03B power cable
P2
FAN 02A power cable
P3
P4
6.4.4 RRU Power Cables
When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C), each
TMC11H is configured with a DCDU-11B, which distributes power to the BBU and RRUs or
transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

222

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Table 3-58 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two
TMC11Hs (Ver.C)
No.
Description
P1
P2
FAN 02B power cable
P3
P4
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.D).

NOTE
l When a base station is configured with 7 to 12 RRUs, a DCDU-12B must be installed below the BBU
to provide power for the seventh to twelfth RRUs.
l When a base station is configured with 13 to 15 RRUs, a DCDU-12B must be installed below the BBU
to provide power for the seventh to twelfth RRUs, and an ODM must be configured to obtain power
from the DCDU-12B and provide the power to the remaining RRUs.
This section uses the power cable connections for a DBS3900 configured with 15 RRUs as an example.
When a single- or dual-mode base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1

TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU,
which converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and then provides the power
for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200D (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is configured
below the BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable
connections.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

223

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-60 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

Table 3-59 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1 and P11
P2 and P8
FAN 02D Power Cable
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P9
DCDU-12C Power Cable
P10
P12
P13

224

Cables
3 Cable Connections

TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU,
for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200T (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is configured
connections.
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1 and P11
P2 and P8
FAN 02D Power Cable
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7

225

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P9
P12
P13

TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU,
for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200Ds (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is configured
connections.
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1 and P11

226

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P2 and P8
FAN 02D Power Cable
P3
P4 and P13
P5 and P14
P6
P7
P9
P10
P12
P15

TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds, the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU, which
converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and then provides the power for
the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS300Ds. A DCDU-12B is configured below the
BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

227

Cables
3 Cable Connections

APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds
No.
Description
P1 and P11
P2 and P8
FAN 02D Power Cable
P3
P4
Power Cables for a Power Distribution

Box
P5
P6
P7
P9
P10
P12
P13
Power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds

or IBBS300Ts
P14
Cascading power cable for the fans
P15
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station
with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T.
NOTE
This section describes the power cable connections in the IBBS700D. The power cable connections in the
IBBS700T are the same as those in the IBBS700D.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

228

Cables
3 Cable Connections
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D

APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1, P10, and P11
P2 and P8
FAN 02D Power Cable
P3
P4

Box
P5
6.3.6 Power Cables for the Temperature

Control System
P6
P7
P9
P12

229

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P13
with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D).
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1 and P11
P2 and P8
FAN 02D Power Cable
P3
P4 and P13
P5 and P14

230

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P6
P7
P9
P12
P15
with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds.
NOTE
This section describes the power cable connections in the IBBS300D. The power cable connections in the
IBBS300T are the same as those in the IBBS300D, except for the connection of cable P10.
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

231

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P1 and P11
P2 and P8
FAN 02D Power Cable
P3
P4

Box
P5
P6
P7
P9
P10
6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable (optional in

the IBBS300D)
P12
P13
Power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds

or IBBS300Ts
P14
P15
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple-mode base station with the
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H
(Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D).
NOTE
When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D
(Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, and the BBU power cable connections are the
same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D), as
shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

232

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-67 Power cable connections in a triple-mode base station with the configuration of 1
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200D (Ver.D)

Table 3-66 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of
1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200D (Ver.D)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1 and P11
P2 and P8
FAN 02D Power Cable
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P9
P10
P12

233

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P13
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base
station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D).
NOTE
When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T
same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), as
Figure 3-68 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H
(Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200T (Ver.D)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1 and P11

234

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P2 and P8
FAN 02D Power Cable
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P9
P12
P13
station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D).
NOTE
When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds
same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), as
Figure 3-69 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station with the
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H
(Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

235

Cables
3 Cable Connections

1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
No.
Description
P1 and P11
P2 and P8
FAN 02D Power Cable
P3
P4 and P13
P5 and P14
P6
P7
P9
P10
P12
P15
station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D).
NOTE
When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts
same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D), as
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

236

Cables
3 Cable Connections
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H
(Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1 and P11
P2 and P8
FAN 02D Power Cable
P3
P4 and P13
P5 and P14
P6
P7
P9
P12
P15

237

Cables
3 Cable Connections
station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts or 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts.
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300T

1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1 and P11
P2 and P8
FAN 02D Power Cable
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7

238

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P9
P12
P13 and P14
Power Cable Between Cascaded DC

Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/
IBBS300Ts
P15
In a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T, the power cable connections are the same as those
in a single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration, as shown in Figure
3-64. The power cable connections for the second BBU in this base station are the same as those
for the second BBU in a triple-mode base station with a different cabinet configuration. In a
triple- or quadruple-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H
(Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts, the power cable connections are the same as those in a
single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration, as shown in Figure
3-66. The power cable connections for the second BBU in this base station are the same as those
for the second BBU in a triple-mode base station with a different cabinet configuration.
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.E).
NOTE
l This section uses the power cable connections for a DBS3900 configured with 21 RRUs as an example.
l When a base station is configured with 1 to 6 RRUs, the EPU supplies power to all RRUs.
l When a base station is configured with 7 to 15 RRUs, three PDU03D-02 modules need to be
installed in the EPU to supply power to the seventh to fifteenth RRUs.
l When a base station is configured with 16 to 21 RRUs, one PDU01D-01 needs to be installed in
the EPU to provide power for an ODM, and the ODM then provides the power to the sixteenth to
twenty-first RRUs.
l If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing
l The power cable connections of the IBBS200D are the same as those of the IBBS200T. This section
uses the IBBS200D as an example.
l The power cable connections of the IBBS300D are the same as those of the IBBS300T. This section
uses the IBBS300D as an example.
1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station with the configuration
of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

239

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-72 Power cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1
TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds

Table 3-71 Power cables in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2
IBBS200Ds
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0
P1
P2
FAN 02E Power Cable
P3
BBU Power Cable
P4
Power Cable for a Power Distribution Box

240

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P5
Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D
P6
RRU Power Cables
P7
P8
Power Cable for a Heating Film
P9
ODM Power Cable
P10
Power Cable Between Cascaded Power

Distribution Boxes

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station with the configuration
of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

241

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-73 Power cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1
TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds

Table 3-72 Power cables in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2
IBBS300Ds
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0
P1
P2
FAN 02E Power Cable
P3
BBU Power Cable
P4
Power Cable for a Power Distribution Box

242

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P5
Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D
P6
RRU Power Cables
P7
P8
Power Cable for a Heating Film
P9
ODM Power Cable
P10 and P11
Power Cable Between Cascaded DC

Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D_A2)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 supplied with 110 V AC, 220
V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

NOTE
When a DBS3900 is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30H+1 TM11H+1

IBBS200T are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

243

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-74 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TM11H
+1 IBBS200T

Table 3-73 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TM11H
+1 IBBS200T
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1
Input power cable for the APM30H
P2
CMUEA power cable
P3 and P8 to P11
P4
Input power cable for the transfer terminal
P5
BBU power cable
P6
EMUA power cable
P7

244

Cables
3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2
TMC11Hs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-75 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs

Table 3-74 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs
No.
Description
P0
P1
CMUEA power cable
P2
BBU power cable
P3
EMUA power cable
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30(Ver.D_A1)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 supplied with 110 V AC, 220
V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

NOTE
When a DBS3900 is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC
are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

245

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-76 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC

Table 3-75 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC
No.
Description
P1
Input power cables for the APM30
P2
CMUEA power cable
P3 and P8 to P10
P4
P5
BBU power cable
P6
EMUA power cable
P7

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2 TMCs
in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

246

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-77 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs

Table 3-76 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs
No.
Description
P0
P1
CMUEA power cable
P2
BBU power cable
P3
EMUA power cable
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.D).
Power Cable Connections in -48 V AC Scenarios

When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D), the
TMC11H is configured with two DCDU-12Bs, which distribute power to the BBU and RRUs
or transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
one TMC11H (Ver.D)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

247

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Table 3-77 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H
(Ver.D)
No.
Description
P1
P2
P3
FAN 02D Power Cable
P4
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- quadruple- mode base station
configured with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D).
NOTE
When a base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) and BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space
below BBU 0, the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station configured with
one TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.
Figure 3-79 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station configured
with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)

Table 3-78 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station configured with one or
two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1
P2
P3
FAN 02D Power Cable

248

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P4
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.E).
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with one
or two TMC11Hs.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

249

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-80 Power cable connections in a base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

250

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-79 Power cables in a base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs
No.
Description
P1
P2
BBU Power Cable
P3
FAN 02E Power Cable
P4
RRU Power Cables
P5
P6
ODM Power Cable
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C),
or IMB03.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB.
Figure 3-81 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

251

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-80 Power cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB

No.
Description
P1
Power cable for the inner air circulation

fan
P2
HEUA power cable
P3
P4
DCDU-05 power cable
P5
Power cable for the outer air circulation

fan
P6
EPS30-4815AF power cable
P7
6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge

Protection Box
P8
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB
(Ver.C) for which no backup power is provided.
Figure 3-82 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup
power)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

252

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Table 3-81 Power cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup power)
No.
Description
P1
6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable
P2
P3 and P6
ETP48100-A1 Power Cable
P4
PDU10D-01 Power Cable
P5
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB
(Ver.C) for which backup power is required, one OMB (Ver.C), and two IBBS20Ds.
Figure 3-83 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (with backup
power)

Table 3-82 Power cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (with backup power)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1
P2

253

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P3 and P6
P4
P5
P7
Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D

Cabinets

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB.
Figure 3-84 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB

Table 3-83 Power cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1
Power cable for the inner air circulation

fan
P2
HEUA power cable
P3
Power cable for the outer air circulation

fan
P4

254

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P5
P6
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB
(Ver.C).
Figure 3-85 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)

Table 3-84 Power cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1
P2
P3
P4

255

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TP48600A.
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1
TP48600A+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) and with two BBUs installed in the
TP48600A in 110 V AC or 220 V AC scenarios. This section describes the power cable
connections when the base station uses an IBBS700D. The power cable connections are the same
when the base station uses an IBBS700T.
NOTE
If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, two BBU power cables are required.
Figure 3-86 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1
IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

Table 3-85 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1
IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1
PDU05A-03 power cable
P2 to P5
P6
P7
Power cable for the power distribution box
P8
P9

256

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P10 to P21
The following figure shows the power cable connections in the following scenario: A DBS3900
is in the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C), and two BBUs are
installed in the TP48600A that uses the 110 V AC or 220 V AC power supply. This section
describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with the IBBS300D. When the
IBBS300T is configured, the power cable for the AC junction box is not required. Connections
of other power cables are the same as those when the IBBS300D is configured.
NOTE
If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, two BBU power cables are required.
Figure 3-87 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2
IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

Table 3-86 Power cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds
+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1
PDU05A-03 power cable
P2 to P5
P6
P7

257

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P8
P9

(optional in the IBBS300D)
P10 to P21
P22
Power Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900

This section describes the power cable connections in an IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied
with -48 V DC power.
Power Cable Connections in a DC IBC10

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900
supplied with -48 V DC power.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

258

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-88 Power cable connections in a DC IBC10
The following table describes the power cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900
Table 3-87 Power cable connections in a DC IBC10
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P0
P1, P2, and P15
USU power cables

259

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P3 to P12
BBU power cables
P13 and P14
Power cables for the fan assembly
3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Configured with a

BBU3910A
This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with a BBU3910A.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station that is supplied with
AC power and configured with 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds.
Figure 3-89 Power cable connections in an AC scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6
RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds are configured

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

260

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-88 Power cables in a scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4

IBBS20Ds are configured
No.
Description
P1

Box
P2
P3
Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D

Cabinets
P4
AC power and configured with 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls.
Figure 3-90 Power cable connections in an AC scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6
RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls are configured
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

261

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-89 Power cables in a scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls
are configured
No.
Description
P1
IBBS20L Power Cable
P2
P3
Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20Ls
P4
Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Scenarios

DC power and configured with 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs.
Figure 3-91 Power cable connections in a DC scenario where 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs are
configured

Table 3-90 Power cables in a scenario where 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs are configured
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1

262

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P2
3.1.7 BTS3900C Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900C when it is configured with
BTS3900C WCDMA Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet and BTS3900C
DC cabinet.
l
BTS3900C AC cabinet
Figure 3-92 shows the power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet.
Figure 3-92 Power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet
Table 3-91 describes the power cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet.

Table 3-91 Power cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
SN
Cable
P1
Power cable for the inner air circulation fan
P2
Power cable for the HEUA

263

Cables
3 Cable Connections
SN
Cable
P3
BBU power cable
P4
DCDU-05 power cable
P5
Power cable for the outer air circulation fan
P6
RRU power cable (based on the RRU3804)
P7
AC input power cable for the 4815 power system
P8
Power Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box
BTS3900C DC cabinet
Figure 3-93 shows the power cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet.
Figure 3-93 Power cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet
Table 3-92 describes the power cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet.

Table 3-92 Power cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
SN
Cable
P1
Power cable for the inner air circulation fan
P2
Power cable for the HEUA
P3
Power cable for the outer air circulation fan
P4
BBU power cable

264

Cables
3 Cable Connections
SN
Cable
P5
RRU power cable (based on the RRU3804)
P6
DC input power cable for the cabinet
BTS3900C (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet and a BTS3900C
DC cabinet.
Power Cable Connections in a BTS3900C AC Cabinet

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet.
Figure 3-94 Power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet
Table 3-93 Power cables in a BTS3900C AC cabinet
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1
For details, see 6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable.
P2

265

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P3
For details, see ETP48100-A1 Power Cable.
P4, P6
P5
Power Cable Connections in a BTS3900C DC Cabinet

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900C DC cabinet.
Figure 3-95 Power cable connections in a BTS3900C DC cabinet
Table 3-94 Power cables in a BTS3900C DC cabinet
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
P1
For details, see 6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable.
P2
P3

266

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
P4
3.2 Transmission Cable Connections

Transmission cable connections vary according to the configuration of main control boards and
transmission boards in base stations of different modes. This section describes transmission cable
connections in single-mode, dual-mode, and triple-mode base stations.
3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base

Station
In a GSM, UMTS, or LTE base station, E1/T1 cables, FE/GE Ethernet cables, and FE/GE fiber
optic cables can be used to transmit data. This section describes the transmission configuration
principles and cable connections and also provides illustrations of the cable connections.
Transmission Configuration Principles

The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a single-mode base
station.
Table 3-95 Transmission configuration principles
Principle
Classific
ation
BBU
Transmission Configuration
Principle
Applicable Base Station
Principles
classified
by
transmissi
on modes
BBU3
900
l In a GSM base station, if only the

GTMU/GTMUb/GTMUc/
UMPT has no available
transmission port, the UTRP is
configured to provide extension
transmission ports.
3900 series base stations
l In a UMTS base station, if the

UTRP is configured,
transmission cables must be
connected to the UTRP.
l In an LTE base station, FE/GE
fiber optic cables are
preferentially used for data
transmission.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

267

Cables
Principle
Classific
ation
3 Cable Connections
BBU
Principle
BBU3
910
l In GO mode
In a GBTS using E1/T1

transmission, the GTMUb/
GTMUc provides ports for
FE transmission cables.
In an eGBTS using E1/T1
transmission, the UMPT
provides ports for
transmission cables.
l In a UMTS base station,
transmission cables are
connected to the UMPTb by
default. If more transmission
ports are required, a UTRPc or
UTRPa is required. In this case,
transmission cables are
preferentially connected to the
UTRPc or UTRPa.
l In an LTE base station, the
UMPTb needs to be configured
to provide transmission ports.
Principles
classified
by base
station
types
l E1/T1 cables must be connected

to a UELP that processes signals
for surge protectiona.
l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL
l FE/GE Ethernet cables must be

connected to a UFLP that
processes signals for surge
protection.
l Outdoor DBS3900
E1/T1 cables and FE/GE Ethernet

cables do not need to be connected
to the UELP or UFLP.
l BTS3900 or BTS3900L
FE/GE fiber optic cables do not

need to be connected to the UELP
or UFLP.
l BTS3900 or BTS3900L
l BTS3900C or DBS3900
using the OMB
l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)
l Indoor DBS3900
l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL
l BTS3900C or DBS3900
using the OMB
l DBS3900
l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

268

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Principle
Classific
ation
BBU
Principle
a: Boards are configured for surge protection in different cabinets as follows:

l When an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D) is used for a
BTS3900A or DBS3900, an SLPU equipped with a UELP or UFLP is configured in the
APM30H.
l When an APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A) is used for a DBS3900, the UELP or UFLP is
installed in the BBU in the APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A).
l BTS3900AL cabinets have slots for the UELP or UFLP, which provides the surge
protection function.
l When an OMB is used for a BTS3900C or DBS3900, the UELP or UFLP is installed in
the BBU in the OMB.
Description
Table 3-96 and Table 3-97 describe the transmission cable connections in a single-mode base
station configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different transmission modes.
Table 3-96 Transmission cable connections in a single-mode base station configured with the
BBU3900
Trans
missi
on
Mode
Work
ing
Mode
of a
Base
Statio
n
Cable Connection
Illustration of Cable
Connectionsa
Trans
missio
n over
E1/T1
cables
GSM
The GTMU/GTMUb/GTMUcprovides
E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.
Illustrations 1 in Figure
3-96, Figure 3-97, Figure
3-98, and Figure 3-99 show
the transmission cable
connections in scenario 1.
UMTS
Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with

a UTRP, and the UTRP provides E1/T1
ports for transmission cables.
Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured

with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT
provides E1/T1 ports for transmission
cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

269

Cables
Trans
missi
on
Mode
Trans
missio
n over
FE/GE
cables
3 Cable Connections
Work
ing
Mode
of a
Base
Statio
n
Cable Connection
Connectionsa
LTE
The BBU is configured with a UMPT,

and the UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for
connections in this scenario.
GSM
Scenario 1: If the BBU is not configured

with a UTRP, the GTMU provides FE/
GE optical ports for transmission cables.
Scenario 2: If the BBU is not configured

with a UTRP, the GTMU provides FE/
GE electrical ports for transmission
cables.
UMTS

a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/
GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports
for transmission cables.
a UTRP2, and the UTRP2 provides FE/
GE optical ports for transmission cables.

a UTRP9, and the UTRP9 provides FE/
GE electrical ports for transmission
cables.
with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT
provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE
electrical ports for transmission cables.
LTE

with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT
a: Figure 3-96, Figure 3-97, Figure 3-98, and Figure 3-99 show the transmission cable
connections in different types of base stations.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

270

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-97 Transmission cable connections in a single-mode base station configured with the
BBU3910
Trans
missi
on
Mode
Work
ing
Mode
of a
Base
Statio
n
Cable Connection
Connectionsa
Trans
missio
n over
E1/T1
cables
GSM
The UMPTb or GTMUb/GTMUc

provides E1/T1 ports for transmission
cables.
3-102, and Figure 3-103
show cable connections in
this scenario.
UMTS

with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides
E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.
3-102, and Figure 3-103
scenario 1.

a UTRPa, and the UTRPa provides E1/T1
Trans
missio
n over
FE/GE
cables
GSM
The UMPTb or GTMUb/GTMUc

3-102, and Figure 3-103
this scenario.
UMTS

with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides
FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical
3-102, and Figure 3-103
scenario 1.

LTE
The BBU is not configured with a UTRP,

and the UMPTb provides FE/GE optical
ports or FE/GE electrical ports for
3-102, and Figure 3-103
this scenario.
a:
l Figure 3-100, Figure 3-101, Figure 3-102, and Figure 3-103 show the transmission cable
l In these figures, GSM scenarios use UMPTb boards as examples.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

271

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections in a Base Station Configured with

the BBU3900
Figure 3-96 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30H
(Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D) outdoors, or a BTS3900A
T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

272

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-97 Transmission cable connections in an indoor DBS3900, BTS3900, or BTS3900L
T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable
T2: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable
Figure 3-98 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30,

APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB, or a BTS3900C
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

273

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-99 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900AL
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

274

Cables
3 Cable Connections

the BBU3910
Figure 3-100 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30H
(Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D) outdoors, or a BTS3900A
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

275

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-101 Transmission cable connections in an indoor DBS3900, BTS3900, or BTS3900L
T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

276

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-102 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30,

APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB, or a BTS3900C
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

277

Cables
3 Cable Connections
T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable
T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable
3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station

Using Co-Transmission
In a GU, GL, or UL dual-mode base station, data can be transmitted by using co-transmission.
This section describes the transmission configuration principles and cable connections and also
provides illustrations of the cable connections.

The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a dual-mode base
station when co-transmission is implemented.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

278

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Princi
ple
Classi
ficatio
n
BBU
Transmission Configuration Principle
Applicable
Base Station
Princip
les
classifi
ed by
transmi
ssion
modes
BBU3900
l For a GU dual-mode base station using the

TDM-based co-transmission function, the
UTRP homed on the GSM side or the
GTMU provides transmission ports.
3900 series
base stations
l For a GU dual-mode base station using the

IP-based co-transmission function, the
UTRP homed on the UMTS side, the
WMPT, or the UMPT is preferentially used
to provide transmission ports.
l For a GL dual-mode base station, the UMPT
is preferentially used to provide
transmission ports.
l In a UL dual-mode base station, the UTRP
homed on the LTE side, the LMPT, or the
UMPT is preferentially used to provide
transmission ports.
BBU3910
l Co-transmission is used in co-MPT base

stations by default. In this case, the UMPTb
is configured, and the IP over FE/GE
transmission mode is preferentially used.
l When a separate-MPT base station uses cotransmission, a UMPTb is configured and IP
over FE/GE co-transmission is
preferentially used. If more transmission
ports are required, a UTRPc can be
configured and transmission cables are
preferentially connected to the UTRPc.
l In a separate base station, if the GSM mode
is deployed on a GTMUb or GTMUc,
transmission cables can only be connected
to the UMPT deployed with UMTS mode
rather than the GTMUb or GTMUc to
support co-transmission. If more
transmission ports are required, a UTRPc
can be configured and transmission cables
are preferentially connected to the UTRPc.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

279

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Princi
ple
Classi
ficatio
n
BBU
Applicable
Base Station
Princip
les
classifi
ed by
base
station
types
l E1/T1 cables must be connected to a UELP

that processes signals for surge protectiona.
l BTS3900A
or
BTS3900A
L
l FE/GE Ethernet cables must be connected to

a UFLP that processes signals for surge
protection.
l BTS3900C
or
DBS3900
using the
OMB
l Outdoor
DBS3900
l BTS3012A
E
(Ver.D_Z)
E1/T1 cables and FE/GE Ethernet cables do not

need to be connected to the UELP or UFLP.
l BTS3900
or
BTS3900L
l Indoor
DBS3900
FE/GE fiber optic cables do not need to be

connected to the UELP or UFLP.
l BTS3900
or
BTS3900L
l BTS3900A
or
BTS3900A
L
l BTS3900C
or
DBS3900
using the
OMB
l DBS3900
l BTS3012A
E
(Ver.D_Z)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

280

Cables
Princi
ple
Classi
ficatio
n
3 Cable Connections
BBU
Applicable
Base Station

APM30H.
the BBU in the OMB.
Description
Table 3-99 and Table 3-100 describe the transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base
station (using co-transmission) configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different
transmission modes, respectively.
Table 3-99 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using co-transmission)
configured with the BBU3900
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Trans
missi
on
Mode
Appli
cable
Mode
Cable Connection
Illustration of
Cable
Connectionsa
TDMbased
cotransm
ission
GU
Scenario 1: If the BBU is not configured with a

UTRP, the GTMU or GTMUb provides E1/T1 ports
Illustrations 1 in
Figure 3-104,
Figure 3-105,
Figure 3-106, and
Figure 3-107 show
the transmission
cable connections
in scenario 1.
Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRP,

and the UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for

281

Cables
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
3 Cable Connections
Trans
missi
on
Mode
Appli
cable
Mode
Cable Connection
Illustration of
Cable
Connectionsa
IPbased
cotransm
ission
in IP
over
E1/T1
mode
GU
Scenario 1: The WMPT or UTRP provides E1/T1

ports for transmission cables. The WMPT is
interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports
or optical ports.
Illustrations 2 in
Figure 3-104,
Figure 3-105,
Figure 3-106, and
Figure 3-107 show
the transmission
cable connections
in scenario 1.
Scenario 2: The UMPT deployed with the UMTS

mode provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.
The UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by
electrical ports or optical ports.
Scenario 3: The UMPT deployed with the UMTS
mode provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables
and the UMPT and the GTMUb or GTMUc are
connected through a backplane.
GL
The UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission

cables. The UMPT and the GTMUb or GTMUc are
connected through a backplane.
Illustrations 3 in
Figure 3-104,
Figure 3-105,
Figure 3-106, and
Figure 3-107 show
the transmission
cable connections
in this scenario.
UL
The BBU is configured with a UTRP, and the UTRP

provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. The
LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT
or UMPT by electrical ports or optical ports.
Illustrations 4 in
Figure 3-104,
Figure 3-105,
Figure 3-106, and
Figure 3-107 show
the transmission
cable connections
in this scenario.

282

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Trans
missi
on
Mode
Appli
cable
Mode
Cable Connection
Illustration of
Cable
Connectionsa
IPbased
cotransm
ission
in IP
over
FE/GE
mode
GU
Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc,

and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/
GE electrical ports for transmission cables.
Illustrations 5 in
Figure 3-104,
Figure 3-105,
Figure 3-106, and
Figure 3-107 show
the transmission
cable connections
in scenario 1.
Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRP2,

and the UTRP2 provides FE/GE optical ports for
transmission cables. The GTMU is interconnected
with the UTRP by optical ports.
Scenario 3: The BBU is not configured with a
UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE
optical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT
or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by
electrical ports.
UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE
electrical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT
optical ports.
UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FF/GE
electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for
transmission cables. The WMPT or UMPT and the
GTMUb or GTMUc are connected through a
backplane.
UTRP, and the UMPTb1 provides FE/GE electrical
ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission
cables. The WMPT or UMPT communicates with
the UMPTb1 through the BBU backplane.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

283

Cables
Trans
missi
on
Mode
3 Cable Connections
Appli
cable
Mode
Cable Connection
Illustration of
Cable
Connectionsa
GL

Illustrations 6 in
Figure 3-104,
Figure 3-105,
Figure 3-106, and
Figure 3-107 show
the transmission
cable connections
in scenario 1.

UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE
optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or
UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by
electrical ports.
electrical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT
optical ports.
UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FF/GE
transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT and the
GTMUb or GTMUc are connected through a
backplane.
cables. The LMPT or UMPT communicates with
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

284

Cables
Trans
missi
on
Mode
3 Cable Connections
Appli
cable
Mode
Cable Connection
Illustration of
Cable
Connectionsa
UL

Illustrations 7 in
Figure 3-104,
Figure 3-105,
Figure 3-106, and
Figure 3-107 show
the transmission
cable connections
in scenario 1.

optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or
UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT
by electrical ports.
electrical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT
or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or
UMPT by optical ports.
transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT
communicates with the WMPT or UMPT through
the BBU backplane.
cables. The LMPT or UMPT communicates with
Route
backu
p and
IPbased
cotransm
ission
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
G*U,
G*L,
and
U*L
The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the

UMPTb1 provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE
optical ports for transmission cables.
Illustrations 8 in
Figure 3-104,
Figure 3-105,
Figure 3-106, and
Figure 3-107 show
the transmission
cable connections
in this scenario.
GU
Scenario 1: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the

GTMU provide electrical ports for transmission
cables. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected
with the GTMU by optical ports.
Illustrations 9 in
Figure 3-104,
Figure 3-105,
Figure 3-106, and
Figure 3-107 show
the transmission
cable connections
in scenario 1.

GTMU provide optical ports for transmission
cables. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected
with the GTMU by electrical ports.

285

Cables
Trans
missi
on
Mode
3 Cable Connections
Appli
cable
Mode
Cable Connection
Illustration of
Cable
Connectionsa
GL
Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the

GTMU provide electrical ports for transmission
cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with
the GTMU by optical ports.
Illustrations 10 in
Figure 3-104,
Figure 3-105,
Figure 3-106, and
Figure 3-107 show
the transmission
cable connections
in scenario 1.

GTMU provide optical ports for transmission
cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with
the GTMU by electrical ports.
UL

WMPT or UMPT provide electrical ports for
transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is
interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by
optical ports.
WMPT or UMPT provide optical ports for
electrical ports.
Hybrid
transm
ission
UL
Scenario 1: The WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1

ports for transmission cables, and the LMPT or
UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports for
electrical ports.
Scenario 2: The WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1
ports for transmission cables, and the LMPT or
UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports for
optical ports.
Illustrations 11 in
Figure 3-104,
Figure 3-105,
Figure 3-106, and
Figure 3-107 show
the transmission
cable connections
in scenario 1.
Illustrations 12 in
Figure 3-104,
Figure 3-105,
Figure 3-106, and
Figure 3-107 show
the transmission
cable connections
in scenario 1.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

286

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-100 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using cotransmission) configured with the BBU3910
Trans
missi
on
Mode
Appli
cable
Mode
Cable Connection
Illustration of
Cable
Connectionsa
IPbased
cotransm
ission
in IP
over
FE/GE
mode
GU
Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured

with a UTRP, and the UMPTb(U) provides FE/GE
optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission
cables.
Illustration 1 in
Figure 3-108
shows the
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.
Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and

the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE
GL

with a UTRP, and the UMPTb(L) provides FE/GE
cables.
UL

with a UTRP, and the UMPTb(L) provides FE/GE
cables.
G*U,
G*L,
and
U*L
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides FE/GE optical
ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables.

Illustration 2 in
Figure 3-108
shows the
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.
Illustration 2 in
Figure 3-108
shows the
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.
Illustration 3 in
Figure 3-108
shows the
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.
287

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Trans
missi
on
Mode
Appli
cable
Mode
Cable Connection
Illustration of
Cable
Connectionsa
Hybrid
transm
ission
G*U,
G*L,
and
U*L
Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP,

and the UMPTb provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/
Illustration 4 in
Figure 3-108
shows the
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.
Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc. The

UMPTb provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE
optical ports for transmission cables, and the UTRPc
provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports
Scenario 3: The BBU is configured with a UTRPa, the
UMPTb provides optical ports or electrical ports for
transmission cables, and the UTRPa provides E1/T1
a: The illustrations of transmission cable connections in Figure 3-108 apply to all types of
base stations.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

288

Cables
3 Cable Connections

the BBU3900
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

289

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-104 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900A or a DBS3900 configured with

an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D) outdoors
T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge

Protection Transfer Cable
T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable
T3: 7.4 Interconnection

Cable Between FE/GE
Electrical Ports
T4: 7.3 FE/GE

Fiber Optic Cable

Cable Between FE/GE
Optical Ports
T6: 7.7 FE/GE Surge

Protection Transfer
Cable
T7: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet

Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

290

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-105 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900, BTS3900L, or indoor DBS3900
T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable
T2: 7.4 Interconnection Cable

Between FE/GE Electrical Ports
T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic

Cable
T4: 7.5 Interconnection Cable

Between FE/GE Optical Ports
T5: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

291

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-106 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900C or a DBS3900 configured with

an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB
T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge

T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

Cable Between FE/GE
Electrical Ports
T4: 7.3 FE/GE

Fiber Optic Cable

Cable Between FE/GE
Optical Ports
T6: 7.7 FE/GE Surge

Protection Transfer
Cable

Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

292

Cables
3 Cable Connections
T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge

T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

Cable Between FE/GE
Electrical Ports
T4: 7.3 FE/GE

Fiber Optic Cable

Cable Between FE/GE
Optical Ports
T6: 7.7 FE/GE Surge

Protection Transfer
Cable

Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

293

Cables
3 Cable Connections

the BBU3910
Figure 3-108 Transmission cable connections in a 3900 series base station
3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station

Using Separate Transmission
In a GU, GL, or UL dual-mode base station, data can be transmitted using separate transmission.
This section describes the transmission configuration principles and cable connections and also
provides illustrations of the cable connections.

The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a dual-mode base
station using separate transmission.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Principle
Classifica
tion
BBU
Applicable
Base Station
Principles
classified
by
transmissio
n modes
BBU
3900
or
BBU
3910
l In separate-MPT scenarios, data of different

modes is separately transmitted.
3900 series base

stations
l Data transmission of different modes does not

affect each other.

294

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Principle
Classifica
tion
BBU
Applicable
Base Station
Principles
classified
by base
station
types
l E1/T1 cables must be connected to a UELP that

processes signals for surge protectiona.
l BTS3900A
or
BTS3900AL
l FE/GE Ethernet cables must be connected to a

UFLP that processes signals for surge
protection.
l BTS3900C
or DBS3900
using the
OMB
l Outdoor
DBS3900
l BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z)
E1/T1 cables and FE/GE Ethernet cables do not

need to be connected to the UELP or UFLP.
l BTS3900 or
BTS3900L
l Indoor
DBS3900
FE/GE fiber optic cables do not need to be

connected to the UELP or UFLP.
l BTS3900 or
BTS3900L
l BTS3900A
or
BTS3900AL
l BTS3900C
or DBS3900
using the
OMB
l DBS3900
l BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z)

APM30H.
the BBU in the OMB.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

295

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Description
Table 3-102 and Table 3-103 describe the transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base
station (using separate transmission) configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different
transmission modes, respectively.
Table 3-102 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using separate
transmission) configured with the BBU3900
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Trans
missi
on
Mode
Appli
cable
Mode
Cable Connection
Illustration of
Cable
Connectionsa
GSM
E1/T1
+UMT
S E1/
T1
GU
Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU, GTMUc,

or GTMUb provide E1/T1 ports for transmission
cables.
Illustrations 1 in
Figure 3-109,
Figure 3-110,
Figure 3-111,
and Figure
3-112 show the
transmission
cable
connections in
this scenario.
GSM
FE/GE
+UMT
S FE/
GE
GU

GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb provide FE optical ports
Illustrations 2 in
Figure 3-109,
Figure 3-110,
Figure 3-111,
and Figure
3-112 show the
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.
GSM
E1/T1
+LTE
FE/GE
GL

GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb provide FE electrical
The GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb provides E1/T1

ports and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE electrical
ports or FE optical ports for transmission cables.

Illustrations 3 in
Figure 3-109,
Figure 3-110,
Figure 3-111,
and Figure
3-112 show the
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.
296

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Trans
missi
on
Mode
Appli
cable
Mode
Cable Connection
Illustration of
Cable
Connectionsa
GSM
FE/GE
+LTE
FE/GE
GL

GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb provide FE electrical
Illustrations 4 in
Figure 3-109,
Figure 3-110,
Figure 3-111,
and Figure
3-112 show the
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.
UMTS
E1/T1
+LTE
FE/GE
UL
Scenario 2: The LMPT or UMPT provides FE optical

ports and the GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb provide FE
Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP.

The WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for
transmission cables, and the LMPT or UMPT provides
FE electrical ports or FE optical ports for transmission
cables.
Scenario 2: The UTRP is configured for UMTS. The
UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables,
and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE electrical ports
or FE optical ports for transmission cables.
UMTS
FE/GE
+LTE
FE/GE
UL
Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the WMPT

or UMPT provide FE electrical ports for transmission
cables.
Scenario 2: The LMPT or UMPT provides FE optical
ports for transmission cables, and the WMPT or UMPT
provides FE electrical ports for transmission cables.
Illustrations 5 in
Figure 3-109,
Figure 3-110,
Figure 3-111,
and Figure
3-112 show the
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.
Illustrations 6 in
Figure 3-109,
Figure 3-110,
Figure 3-111,
and Figure
3-112 show the
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

297

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-103 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using separate
transmission) configured with the BBU3910
Transmission
Mode
Appl
icabl
e
Mod
e
Cable Connection
Illustration
of Cable
Connection
sa
l GSM E1/T1
+UMTS E1/
T1
GU
l For the GSM mode, transmission cables can

be connected to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE
electrical ports, or FE/GE optical ports on the
UMPT(G), GTMUc, or GTMUb.
Illustration 1
in Figure
3-113 shows
the
transmission
cable
connections
in this
scenario.
l GSM E1/T1
+UMTS FE/
GE
l For the UMTS mode, transmission cables can

UMPT(U). A UTRPa can be configured for
UMTS to provide E1/T1 ports for
l GSM FE/GE
+UMTS FE/
GE
l GSM FE/GE
+UMTS E1/
T1
l GSM E1/T1
+LTE FE/
GE
GL
l GSM FE/GE
+LTE FE/
GE
l UMTS E1/
T1+LTE FE/
GE
l UMTS FE/
GE+LTE
FE/GE
l For the GSM mode, transmission cables can

UMPT(G), GTMUc, or GTMUb.
l For the LTE mode, transmission cables can
be connected to FE/GE electrical ports or FE/
GE optical ports on the UMPT(L).
UL
l For the UMTS mode, transmission cables can

UMPT(U).
l For the LTE mode, transmission cables can
be connected to FE/GE electrical ports or FE/
GE optical ports on the UMPT(L).
Illustration 2
in Figure
3-113 shows
the
transmission
cable
connections
in this
scenario.
Illustration 3
in Figure
3-113 shows
the
transmission
cable
connections
in this
scenario.
a:
l The transmission cable connections in Figure 3-113 apply to different types of base
stations.
l In this figure, GSM scenarios use UMPTb boards as examples.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

298

Cables
3 Cable Connections

the BBU3900
Figure 3-109 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900A or a DBS3900 configured with
an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D) outdoors
T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge

T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber

Optic Cable
T4: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge


Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

299

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-110 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900, BTS3900L, or indoor DBS3900
T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

300

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-111 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900C or a DBS3900 configured with

an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB
T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge


Optic Cable
T4: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge


Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

301

Cables
3 Cable Connections
T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge


Optic Cable
T4: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge


Cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

302

Cables
3 Cable Connections

the BBU3910
Figure 3-113 Transmission cable connections in a 3900 series base station
3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base

Station
This section describes the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station in typical
scenarios.
Description
In this document, BBU 0 and BBU 1 are used to differentiate the two BBUs in a triple-mode
base station.
l
In an expanded base station, BBU 0 is the one installed during the initial site deployment,
and BBU 1 is the one added during the capacity expansion.
In a new base station, BBU 0 is the one working in GU or GL mode, and BBU 1 is the one
working in LO or UO mode.
The difference between the GL+U configuration and U+GL configuration is as follows:
The GL+U configuration applies to both a new base station and an expanded base station,
whereas the U+GL configuration applies only to an expanded base station.
The following table describes the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station
in typical scenarios.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

303

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-104 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station

BBU
Triple-Mode
Scenario
Working Mode of the BBU
Connections
BBU
3900
GU+L (BBUs
not
interconnected)
BBU 0 works in GU modes, and

BBU 1 works in LO mode.
GL+U (BBUs
not
interconnected)
BBU 0 works in GL modes, and

BBU 1 works in UO mode.
U+GL (BBUs
not
interconnected)
BBU 0 works in UO mode, and

BBU 1 works in GL modes.
G+UL (BBUs
not
interconnected)
BBU 0 works in GO mode, and

BBU 1 works in UL modes.
l Transmission cable
connections in GU modes
are different for cotransmission and separatetransmission. For details,
see 3.2.2 Transmission
Cable Connections in a
Dual-Mode Base Station
and 3.2.3 Transmission
Using Separate
Transmission.
l For transmission cable
connections in LO mode,
Single-Mode Base Station.
GU+L (UCIU
+UMPT)

BBU 1 works in LO mode. BBU
0 and BBU 1 are interconnected
using the UCIU and UMPT.
For details, see illustration 1 or

2 in Figure 3-114.
GL+U (UCIU
+UMPT)

BBU 0 and BBU 1 are
interconnected using the UCIU
and UMPT.
For details, see illustration 3 or

4 in Figure 3-114.
GU+UL (UCIU
+UMPT)

BBU 1 works in UL modes.
BBU 0 and BBU 1 are
and UMPT.
For details, see illustration 5 in

Figure 3-114.
l G*U*L
The BBU is configured with a

UMPTb1 and works in triplemode co-MPT scenarios.

Figure 3-114.

UMPTb1 and works in triplemode separate-MPT scenarios.
The main control boards of
different modes communicate
with each other through the
BBU backplane.

Figure 3-114.
l G*L*T
l G[L*T]
l U[L*T]
l G[U*T]
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

304

Cables
BBU
BBU
3910
3 Cable Connections
Triple-Mode
Scenario
Connections
G*U*L
+G*U*L
(UCIU
+UMPT)
Each BBU is configured with a

UMPTb1 and works in GUL
modes. The two BBUs are
and UMPT.
BBU 0 supports the cotransmission function for GUL

modes. Transmission cables are
not connected to BBU 1. For
transmission cable connections
of BBU 0, see illustration 6 in
Figure 3-114.
GU+L (BBUs
not
interconnected)

BBU 1 works in LO mode.
GL+U (BBUs
not
interconnected)

l Transmission cable
connections in GU modes
are different for cotransmission and separatetransmission. For details,
and 3.2.3 Transmission
Using Separate
Transmission.
l For transmission cable
connections in LO mode,
Single-Mode Base Station.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
GU+L (UMPT
+UMPT)

BBU 1 works in LO mode. BBU
0 and BBU 1 are interconnected
using the UMPT boards.
The UMPTb(L) is
preferentially used to provide
an FE/GE optical port or FE/GE
electrical port. For details about
connections, see illustration 1 in
Figure 3-115.
GL+U (UMPT
+UMPT)

BBU 0 and BBU 1 are
interconnected using the UMPT
boards.
The UMPTb(L) is
preferentially used to provide
an FE/GE optical port or FE/GE
electrical port. For details about
connections, see illustration 2 in
Figure 3-115.
G*U*L

UMPTb and works in GUL coMPT mode.

Figure 3-115.

305

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station

Configured with the BBU3900
The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station
configured with the BBU3900.
Figure 3-114 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station (applying to all
types of triple-mode base stations)
Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station

Configured with the BBU3910
The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station
configured with the BBU3910.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

306

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-115 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station (applying to all
types of triple-mode base stations)
3.2.5 Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base

Station
This section describes the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station in
typical scenarios.
Description
The following table describes the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base
station in typical scenarios.
Table 3-105 Transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
BBU
Base
Stati
on
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
BBU
3900
G*U*
L*T
base
statio
n
A single BBU is configured with a UMPTb1 and works

in quadruple modes.
For details, see

Figure 3-116.

307

Cables
3 Cable Connections
BBU
Base
Stati
on
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
BBU
3910
G*U*
L*T
base
statio
n
l In a newly deployed base station, a single BBU is

configured with a UMPTb and works in quadruple
modes. If active/standby backup of main control
boards or signaling extension is required, a second
UMPTb needs to be configured.
For details, see

Figure 3-116.
l If a co-MPT single-, dual-, or triple-mode base

station configured with one BBU requires capacity
expansion, the original main control board needs to
be reserved. If the base station requires signaling
extension, a second UMPTb needs to be configured.
l If a base station needs to be expanded to a co-MPT
base station configured with two BBUs, both BBU
0 and BBU 1 need to be configured with a UMPTb.
Illustration of Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base

Station Configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910
The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base
station.
Figure 3-116 Transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station (applying to
all types of quadruple-mode base stations)
3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L,
BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

308

Cables
3 Cable Connections
3.3.1 BTS3900 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900 when it is
configured with different types of cabinets.
BTS3900 (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station.
NOTE
When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are
connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station
configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 AC Cabinet (110 V or 220 V)

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
(110 V or 220 V).
Figure 3-117 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections.

Table 3-106 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1 and S2
For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.
S3
For details, see 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.
309

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S4
For details, see 8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between

Cascaded FANs.
S5 and S6
For details, see 8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.
S7
For details, see 8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable.
S8 and S9
For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal

Cable.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 DC Cabinet (-48 V)

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet
(-48 V).
Figure 3-118 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

Table 3-107 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1 and S2
S3

Cable.
310

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S4

Cascaded FANs.
S5
S6 and S7

Cable.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 DC Cabinet (+24 V)

(+24 V).
Figure 3-119 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

311

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-108 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)

No.
Description
S1 and S2
S3

Cable.
S4

Cascaded FANs.
S5
S6 and S7

Cable.
S8
For details, see 8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S9 and S10
For details, see 8.1.10 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) InPosition Signal Cable.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections Between a BTS3900 Cabinet and a PS4890

NOTE
The PS4890 is used for Huawei wireless products in indoor scenarios. It provides DC power and backup
power for distributed base stations or a BTS3900, and provides installation space for indoor BBUs and
transmission equipment. For details, see PS4890 User Guide.
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a
BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a PS4890.
Figure 3-120 Monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is
stacked on a PS4890
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

312

Cables
3 Cable Connections
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a
BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side.
Figure 3-121 Monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and
a PS4890 are installed side by side
Table 3-109 Monitoring signal cable connections between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1

Cable.

313

Cables
3 Cable Connections
BTS3900 (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

NOTE
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
(110 V or 220 V).
Figure 3-122 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

Table 3-110 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1 and S2

314

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S3
For details, see 8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.
S4

Cascaded FAN 03B Units.
S5 and S6

Cable.
S7
S8 and S9

Cable.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario

(-48 V).
Figure 3-123 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet

Table 3-111 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1

315

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S2
For details, see 8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.
S3 and S6

Cable.
S4

Cascaded FAN 03B Units.
S5
BTS3900 (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

NOTE
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured
with 1 BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

316

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-124 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900
AC
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured
with 1 BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power.
Table 3-112 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900
AC
No.
Description
S1
S2
For details, see 8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.
S3
For details, see 8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.
with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

317

Cables
3 Cable Connections
AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup)
with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power.
AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1
S2

Cable.
S3

Cable.

318

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S4
For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for

Temperature Sensors.
with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power.
AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission)
with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

319

Cables
3 Cable Connections
AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission)
No.
Description
S1
S2

Cable.
S3

Cable.

with 2 BTS3900 DCs and supplied with -48 V DC power.
DCs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

320

Cables
3 Cable Connections
DCs
No.
Description
S1 and S2
S3

Cable.
S4

Cascaded FAN 03C Units.
S5
S6 and S7

Cable.
3.3.2 BTS3900L Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900L when it is
configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.
BTS3900L (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

NOTE
configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU. This section
uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in
the -48 V DC scenario.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

321

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-128 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC
scenario
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet.
Table 3-116 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1
S2
For details, see 8.3.4 Monitoring Signal

Cable Between Cascaded FANs.
S3
For details, see 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU

Monitoring Signal Cable.
S4 and S5
For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring

Signal Cable.

322

Cables
3 Cable Connections
BTS3900L (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

NOTE

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in
the -48 V DC scenario.
Figure 3-129 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC
scenario
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

323

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-117 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet

No.
Description
S1
S2

Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units.
S3
For details, see 8.2.23 FMUE-BBU

S4 and S5

Signal Cable.
BTS3900L (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L (Ver.D).
NOTE
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario

The following figure shows the power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

324

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-130 Monitoring signal cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario

Table 3-118 Monitoring signal cables in BTS3900L
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1
S2

Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units.
S3
For details, see PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.

325

Cables
3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario.
Figure 3-131 Monitoring signal cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario

Table 3-119 Monitoring signal cables in the BTS3900L
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1
S2

Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units.
S3
For details, see 8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU

S4 and S5

Signal Cable.

326

Cables
3 Cable Connections
3.3.3 BTS3900A Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A when it is
configured with enhanced cabinets and cabinets used by the BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A
(Ver.C), and BTS3900A (Ver.D).
BTS3900A (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.B) in
different power supply scenarios.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V AC/220 V AC Power Supply

Scenario
NOTE
l The position of the CMUA in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the
CMUA in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses
the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are
connected to right positions.
l When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are
connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base
station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A
configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.
Figure 3-132 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC
+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

327

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Table 3-120 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1
APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU
No.
Description
S0
For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S1 and S2
For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S3
For details, see PMU-CMUA Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S4
For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB

S5

Cable between Cascaded CMUAs.
S6

Cable for a Battery Cabinet.
S7

Cables for Door Status Sensors.
S8

Cables for Temperature Sensors.
S9
configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and only one BBU.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

328

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-133 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs
+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU
Table 3-121 describes the monitoring signal cable connections.

Table 3-121 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0
For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable.
S1, S2, and S5
For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.
S3
For details, see PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable.
S4
For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S6 and S8
For details, see 8.2.25 Monitoring Signal Cable for a

Battery Cabinet.
S7
For details, see 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable

between Cascaded CMUAs.

329

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S9

Door Status Sensors.
S10
S11

S12

When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs,
BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension
APM30H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the
root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.
+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

330

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S0
For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable.
S1, S2, and S5
For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.
S3
For details, see PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable.
S4
For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S6 and S8
For details, see 8.2.25 Monitoring Signal Cable for a

Battery Cabinet.
S7
For details, see 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable

between Cascaded CMUAs.
S9

S10
S11

S12

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Power Supply Scenario

configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

331

Cables
3 Cable Connections
+1 TMC11H and one BBU
Table 3-123 describes the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0

S1 and S2
For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S3

S4
S5

Cable between Cascaded CMUAs.
S6


332

Cables
3 Cable Connections
When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed
in the basic TMC11H, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC11H. In this scenario, all
monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows
the monitoring signal cable connections.
+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs
BTS3900A (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.C) in

Scenario
NOTE
l The position of the CMUE in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the
CMUE in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses
the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are
connected to right positions.
connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base
station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

333

Cables
3 Cable Connections
configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.
Figure 3-137 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC
+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU

Table 3-124 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1
APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0

Signal Cable.
S1 and S2
For details, see CMUE-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S3
For details, see PMU-CMUE Monitoring

Signal Cable.
334

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S4

S5

Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs.
S6

S7

S8

S9

S10
configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and only one BBU.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

335

Cables
3 Cable Connections

No.
Description
S0

Signal Cable.
S1, S2, and S5

Signal Cable.
S3

Signal Cable.
S4

S6 and S8

S7

S9

S10
S11

S12

When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs,
BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension
APM30H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the
root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

336

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0

Signal Cable.
S1, S2, and S5

Signal Cable.
S3

Signal Cable.
S4

S6 and S8

S7


337

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S9

S10
S11

S12


configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

338

Cables
3 Cable Connections

No.
Description
S0

S1 and S2

Signal Cable.
S3

S4
S5

S6

S7

When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed
in the basic TMC11H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC11H on the
right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0).
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

339

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0
For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable for

the Door Status Sensor.
S1 and S2
For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable

Between the CMUE and the BBU.
S3

the EMUA/EMUB.
S4
For details, see Signal Cable for the ELU.

340

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S5

Between Cascaded CMUEs.
S6
For details, see Temperature Monitoring

Signal Cable for the RFC.
S7

the Door Status Sensor in the TMC11H.
BTS3900A (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.D) in
NOTE
l The position of the CMUEA in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUEA
in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses the IBBS200D
as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right
positions.

Scenario
configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

341

Cables
3 Cable Connections
+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0
S1 and S2
For details, see 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU

S3

S4

S5

Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs.
S6

S7 and S9


342

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S8

configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H.
+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0
S1 and S2

S3

343

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S4

S5

S6

S7 and S9

S8

configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

344

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S0
S1 and S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

S7 and S9

S8

S10

Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s.
configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

345

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0
S1 and S2

S3
For details, see 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA

S4

S5

S6

S7 and S9

346

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S8

S10
For details, see HAU01A-01 Monitoring

Signal Cable.

configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H.
+1 TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

347

Cables
3 Cable Connections

+1 TMC11H
No.
Description
S0
S1 and S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

BTS3900A (Ver.E) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the BTS3900A (Ver.E) power cable connections in 1n different power
supply scenarios.
NOTE
l The position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUH
in the front door of an IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses an IBBS200D
as an example. When connecting cables for an IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right
positions.
positions.
l If a base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 1 is not used for monitoring. In this case, the monitoring
cable connections are the same as those when only one BBU is configured. This section uses a base station
configured with two BBUs as an example.
l The boards to be monitored are cascaded in sequence. If the upper-level board of a board is not configured,
the monitoring signal cable is connected to its lower-level board.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenario

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured
with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

348

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-147 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1
APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
The following table describes the monitoring signal cables.

Table 3-134 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1
APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0
For details, see ELU Signal Cable.
S1
For details, see CCUB-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S2
For details, see CMUH-CCUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S3
For details, see EMUA or EMUB

S4

Signal Cable.
S5
For details, see CCUB-CMUH Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S6

a Battery Cabinet.

349

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S7
For details, see Monitoring Signal Cables

for Door Status Sensors.
S8

for Temperature Sensors.
S9
For details, see PMIU-CCUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.
with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H.
APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0

350

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S1

Signal Cable.
S2 and S4

Signal Cable.
S3

S5

Signal Cable.
S6

a Battery Cabinet.
S7

S8

S9

Between Cascaded CMUHs.
S10

Signal Cable.
with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

351

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0
S1

Signal Cable.
S2 and S4

Signal Cable.
S3

S5

Signal Cable.
S6

a Battery Cabinet.
S7


352

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S8

S9

Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s.
S10

Signal Cable.
Monitoring signal cable connections in -a 48 V DC scenario

with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H.
TMC11H
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

353

Cables
3 Cable Connections
TMC11H
No.
Description
S0
S1

Signal Cable.
S2

Signal Cable.
S3

S4

Between Cascaded CMUHs.
S5

S6

BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A in 110 V or 220
V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

NOTE
If a component is not configured, ignore the monitoring signal cable connections for the component in the
figures.
When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs

and is supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are
shown in the following figure.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

354

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-151 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1

TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs

Table 3-138 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1
TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1
Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS200T
S2
PMU-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable
S3
Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/

EMUB
S4
Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan

on the Front Door
S5
Monitoring Signal Cables for a Door Status

Sensor in an APM30H
S6 and S14
ELU Signal Cable
S7 and S8
CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S9 and S17
Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded

CMUEAs

355

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S10 and S16
Monitoring Signal Cable for the Fan

Assembly in the RFC
S11 and S12
8.1.7 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the

DCDU-13A
S13, S18, and S19
Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status

Sensor
S15
Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature

Sensor

When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs and is supplied with -48 V
DC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-152 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

356

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-139 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs
No.
Description
S1 and S11

Sensor
S2

EMUB
S3

on the Front Door
S4 and S6
S5 and S12
ELU Signal Cable
S7

CMUEAs
S8 and S14

Assembly in the RFC
S9 and S10

DCDU-13A
S13

Sensor
BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A in 110 V or 220

When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs and is supplied
with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the
following figure.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

357

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-153 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC+2 RFCs

Table 3-140 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC+2 RFCs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0

Sensor in the APM30
S1

Sensor for Storage Batteries
S2

CMUEAs
S3

EMUB
S4

at the Top of a Cabinet
S5, S15, and S20

Sensor
S6 and S14
ELU Signal Cable

358

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S7 and S8
S9 and S17

CMUEAs
S10 and S16

Assembly in the RFC
S11 and S12

DCDU-13A
S13 and S18

Sensor
S19

in the Front Door

When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs and is supplied with -48 V DC
power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-154 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

359

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-141 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs
No.
Description
S0 and S13

Sensor
S1

in the Front Door
S2

EMUB
S3, S5, and S15

Sensor
S4

S6 and S14
ELU Signal Cable
S7 and S8
S9

CMUEAs
S10 and S16

Assembly in the RFC
S11 and S12

DCDU-13A
3.3.4 BTS3900AL Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900AL cabinet.
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A).
Monitoring signal cable connections in 110 V AC/220 V AC scenarios

Scenario with a Single BBU
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900AL
configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

360

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-155 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1
BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with one BBU)

Table 3-142 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC
cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with one BBU)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0
For details, see 8.2.4 Signal Cables for

connecting Cascaded CCUs.
S1
For details, see 8.1.1 PMU-CCU

S2
For details, see 8.3.2 FAU03D-01

S3
For details, see 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU

S5

S6

Cable for the AC Surge Protection
Module.
S7

361

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S8
For details, see 8.2.15 CMUF-CCU

S9

Signal Cable.
S10
For details, see 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S11

connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s.
S12

Scenario with Two BBUs

configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D).
When an IBBS700T instead of an IBBS700D is used, the monitoring signal cable connections
are the same.
BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with two BBUs)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

362

Cables
3 Cable Connections
cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with two BBUs)
No.
Description
S0

S1

S2

S3
For details, see 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU

S4
For details, see 8.4.13 BBU Interconnection

Signal Cables.
S5

S6

Module.
S7
S8

S9

Signal Cable.
S10 and S11

Signal Cable.
S12

S13

configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 IBBS300Ds. When
two IBBS300Ts instead of two IBBS300Ds are used, the monitoring signal cable connections
are the same.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

363

Cables
3 Cable Connections
BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 IBBS300Ds (with two BBUs)

cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 IBBS300Ds (with two BBUs)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0 and S4

S1

S2

S3

Signal Cables.
S5

S6

Module.
S7
S8

S9

Signal Cable.
364

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S10 and S11

Signal Cable.
S12

S13

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in -48 V DC Scenarios

Scenario with a Single BBU
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL configured
with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet.
Figure 3-158 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with one
BTS3900AL DC cabinet (with one BBU)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

365

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-145 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with one BTS3900AL DC
cabinet (with one BBU)
No.
Description
S0
S1

S2

Signal Cable.
S3

Signal Cable.
S4

S5

S6

S7

Scenario with Two BBUs

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL configured
with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

366

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-159 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with one
BTS3900AL DC cabinet (with two BBUs)

Table 3-146 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with one BTS3900AL DC
cabinet (with two BBUs)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0
S1

S2

Signal Cable.
S3 and S4

Signal Cable.
S5

S6

S7

Signal Cables.
S8

367

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S9

3.3.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the DBS3900

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections in the DBS3900 configured with
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.B) or

APM30H (Ver.C)
This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H
(Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C).
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured
with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B).
Figure 3-160 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B)

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

368

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-147 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B)
No.
Description
S1
HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable
S2 and S4
PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable
S3 and S5
CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C).
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C)

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1

369

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S2 and S4
PMU-CMUE Monitoring Signal Cable
S3 and S5
CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C).
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1
S2 and S4
S3 and S5

370

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S6
8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between

Cascaded CMUEs
with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B).
configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)
S1
S2 S3
S1
S1
S2
S6
S1
S5
S6 S4
S6 S4

configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)
No.
Description
S1
S2 and S4
S3 and S5
S6

Cascaded CMUEs
with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

371

Cables
3 Cable Connections
configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
No.
Description
S1
S2 and S4
S3 and S5
S6
8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between

Cascaded CMUAs
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station

The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one BBU
are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If two
BBUs are configured for a triple-mode base station, BBU 0 is installed in the basic cabinet and
BBU 1 is installed in the extension cabinet. The monitoring boards in all cabinets are connected
to BBU 0, and the monitoring scheme is the same as that in dual-mode scenarios. The following
figure uses the monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station when BBUs
are installed in two APM30Hs (Ver.B) as an example.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

372

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-165 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with
2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)

Table 3-152 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs
(Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)
No.
Description
S1
S2 and S4
S3 and S5
S6
8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between

Cascaded CMUAs
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or

TMC11H (Ver.C)
This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H
(Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C).

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using two
TMC11Hs (Ver.B).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

373

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-166 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two
TMC11Hs (Ver.B)

Table 3-153 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with
two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)
No.
Description
S1 and S2
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using two
TMC11Hs (Ver.C).
configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

374

Cables
3 Cable Connections
two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)
No.
Description
S1 and S2

are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If a triplemode base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic TMC, and BBU
1 is installed in the extension TMC. The monitoring boards in all cabinets are connected to BBU
0, and the monitoring scheme is the same as that in dual-mode scenarios. The following figure
shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station when the BBUs are
installed in two TMC11Hs (Ver.B).
two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)

Table 3-155 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with two
TMC11Hs (Ver.B)
No.
Description
S1 and S2
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D)

(Ver.D).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

375

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-169 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D).
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)
Table 3-156 describes the monitoring signal cables.

Table 3-156 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)
No.
Description
S1 and S4
8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring

Signal Cable
S2 and S3
8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

376

Cables
3 Cable Connections
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)
No.
Description
S1 and S4

Signal Cable
S2 and S3

Cable
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

377

Cables
3 Cable Connections
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
No.
Description
S1 and S4

Signal Cable
S2 and S3

Cable
S5

Cascaded CMUEAs
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

378

Cables
3 Cable Connections
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
No.
Description
S1 and S4

Signal Cable
S2 and S3

Cable
S5

Cascaded CMUEAs
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds.
NOTE
The monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS300T are the same as those in an IBBS300D. The
following figure and table use an IBBS300D an example.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

379

Cables
3 Cable Connections
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds

No.
Description
S1

Signal Cable
S2 and S3

Cable
S4
8.2.25 Monitoring Signal Cable for a

Battery Cabinet
S5

Cascaded CCU01D-03s
with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

380

Cables
3 Cable Connections
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D
No.
Description
S1 and S4

Signal Cable
S2 and S3

Cable
with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700T.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

381

Cables
3 Cable Connections
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700T
No.
Description
S1

Signal Cable
S4
8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable
S2 and S3

Cable

are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If two
BBUs are configured for a triple-mode base station, BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H
(Ver.D). If the base station is not configured with a TMC11H (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the
2 U space below BBU 0 in the basic APM30H (Ver.D). If the base station is configured with a
TMC11H (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D). Figure 3-176 shows the
monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D
(Ver.D).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

382

Cables
3 Cable Connections
1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200D (Ver.D)

Table 3-161 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D
(Ver.D)
No.
Description
S1 and S4

Signal Cable
S2 and S3

Cable
Figure 3-177 shows the monitoring signal connections in a triple-mode base station configured
with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200T (Ver.D).
NOTE
If the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D),
BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0. In this case, the monitoring signal cable connections are
the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 2 in Figure
3-177.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

383

Cables
3 Cable Connections
1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200T (Ver.D)

(Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T
(Ver.D)
No.
Description
S1 and S4

Signal Cable
S2 and S3

Cable
with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)
+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D).
NOTE
If the base station is configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D),
and BBU 1 is installed in the 1U space below BBU 0, the monitoring signal cable connections for the base
station are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 2
in Figure 3-178.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

384

Cables
3 Cable Connections
1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

(Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds
(Ver.D)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1 and S4

Signal Cable
S2 and S3

Cable

385

Cables
3 Cable Connections
with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D).
NOTE
If the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts
(Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0. In this case, the monitoring signal cable
connections are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration
2 in Figure 3-179.
1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

386

Cables
3 Cable Connections
(Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts
(Ver.D)
No.
Description
S1 and S4

Signal Cable
S2 and S3

Cable
In a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1

IBBS700D/T, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those in a single- or dualmode base station with the same cabinet configuration. The second BBU does not perform the
monitoring function. For detailed cable connections, see Figure 3-174 and Figure 3-175.
In a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS300Ds/Ts, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those in a single- or
dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration. The second BBU does not perform
the monitoring function. For detailed cable connections, see Figure 3-173.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)

(Ver.E).
NOTE
positions.
positions.
l If a base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 1 is not used for monitoring. In this case, the monitoring
cable connections are the same as those when only one BBU is configured. This section uses a base station
configured with two BBUs as an example.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the
configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

387

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-180 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1
APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds

Table 3-165 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1
TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0
ELU Signal Cable
S1
8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable
S2
Monitoring Signal Cable Between

Cascaded CMUHs
S3
8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal

Cable
S4

Cascaded CCUBs
S5
8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door

Status Sensors
388

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S6

Battery Cabinet
S7
PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds.
APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

389

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-166 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1
TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds
No.
Description
S0
ELU Signal Cable
S1

Cable
S2

Cascaded CCU01D-03s
S3

Cable
S4

Cascaded CCUBs
S5

Status Sensors
S6

Battery Cabinet
S7
PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H

(Ver.D_A2)
This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 in 110 V or 220

NOTE
If a component is not configured, ignore the monitoring signal cable connections for the component in the
figures.
When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T and is

supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

390

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-182 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1

TMC11H+1 IBBS200T

Table 3-167 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1
TMC11H+1 IBBS200T
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1
Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS200T
S2
PMU-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable
S3

EMUB
S4

on the Front Door
S5
Monitoring Signal Cables for a Door Status

Sensor in an APM30H
S6
ELU Signal Cable
S7 and S8
S9 and S10

Sensor

391

Cables
3 Cable Connections

When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of two TMC11Hs and is supplied with -48 V DC power,
the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-183 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMC11Hs

Table 3-168 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMC11Hs
No.
Description
S1

Sensor
S2

EMUB
S3

on the Front Door
S4 and S6
S5
ELU Signal Cable
S6

CMUEAs
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30(Ver.D_A1)

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 in 110 V or 220

When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC and is supplied with 110
V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

392

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-184 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC

Table 3-169 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0

Sensor in the APM30
S1

Sensor for Storage Batteries
S2

CMUEAs
S3

EMUB
S4

S5 and S10

Sensor
S6
ELU Signal Cable

393

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S7 and S8
S9

in the Front Door
S11 and S12

Sensor

When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of two TMCs and is supplied with -48 V DC power,
the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-185 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMCs

Table 3-170 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMCs
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S0

Sensor
S1

in the Front Door
S2

EMUB
S3 and S5

Sensor
S4

394

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S6

CMUEAs
S7 and S8
Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D)

(Ver.D).

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode
base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D).
configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D)

one TMC11H (Ver.D)
No.
Description
S1

Cable

are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. The
following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with
two BBUs and one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

395

Cables
3 Cable Connections
NOTE
When the base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) and BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space
below BBU 0, the monitoring signal cable connections in the base station is the same as those in the base
station where two BBUs are installed in two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) separately, as shown by illustration 2 in
Figure 3-187.
one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)

Table 3-172 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with two
TMC11Hs (Ver.D)
No.
Description
S1 and S2

Cable
Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)

(Ver.E).
NOTE
l When a base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 1 is not used for monitoring. In this case, the
monitoring cable connections are the same as those when only one BBU is configured. This section uses a
base station configured with two BBUs as an example.
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections when two TMC11Hs are
configured.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

396

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-188 Monitoring signal cable connections when two TMC11Hs are configured

Table 3-173 Monitoring signal cables when two TMC11Hs are configured
No.
Description
S0
8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable
S1

Cable
S2

Status Sensors
S3

Cable
S4

Cascaded CCUBs
Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or

IMB03
This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an OMB,
OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03.
l
For details about the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the IMB03
or IMB03+IFS06, see DBS3900 Installation Guide and DBS3900 (ICR) Installation
Guide.
If a DBS3900 uses the OMB or IMB03, the DBS3900 can be configured as a single- or
dual-mode base station. If a DBS3900 uses the IMB03+IFS06, the DBS3900 can be
configured as a triple-mode base station.
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC
OMB.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

397

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-189 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB

S2
S2
S1
S4
S1
S2
S3
S3
S5
S5
S4
S2

Table 3-174 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB
No.
Description
S1

Status Sensors
S2
8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the

OMB Fan Assembly
S3
8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable
S4
8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge

Protection Box
S5
8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal

Cable
OMB (Ver.C).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

398

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-190 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C)
(without backup power)

Table 3-175 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup
power)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1
S2 and S3
8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring

Signal Cable
S4

Status Sensors
S5

Surge Protection Box
S6

Cable
S7
8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal

Cable
399

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S8

Temperature Sensors
OMB (Ver.C) for which backup power is provided, one OMB (Ver.C), and two IBBS20Ds.
Figure 3-191 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C)
(without backup power)

Table 3-176 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup
power)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1
S2 and S3

Signal Cable
S4

Status Sensors
S5

Surge Protection Box
S6

Cable
400

Cables
3 Cable Connections
No.
Description
S7
8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal

Cable
S8

Temperature Sensors
S9

CMUG
S10

Cascaded CMUGs
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC
OMB.
Figure 3-192 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB

Table 3-177 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1

Status Sensors
S2

OMB Fan Assembly
S3

Cable

401

Cables
3 Cable Connections
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC
OMB (Ver.C).
Figure 3-193 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)

Table 3-178 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
No.
Description
S1
S2 and S3

Signal Cable
S4

Status Sensors
S5

Cable
S6

Temperature Sensors

402

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the
TP48600A.
configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) and two BBUs are
installed in the TP48600A. This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in an
IBBS700D. The monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS700T and an IBBS700D are
the same.
NOTE
If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, one CCU-BBU signal cable is required.
TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

Table 3-179 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1
TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
No.
Description
S1 and S2
8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S3
8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal

Cable
S4
8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting

Cascaded CCUs
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in the following scenario:
A DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C), and
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

403

Cables
3 Cable Connections
two BBUs are installed in the TP48600A. This section describes the monitoring signal cable
connections in a DBS3900 configured with the IBBS300D. The monitoring signal cable
connections in an IBBS700T and an IBBS700D are the same.
NOTE
If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, one CCU-BBU signal cable is required.
TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

Table 3-180 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2
IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
No.
Description
S1 and S2
S3
8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal

Cable
S4 and S5
8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting

Cascaded CCUs
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900

This section describes signal cable connections in an IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with
-48 V DC power.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

404

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Signal Cable Connections in a DC IBC10

The following figure shows signal cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied
with -48 V DC power.
Figure 3-196 Signal cable connections in a DC IBC10
The following table describes signal cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

405

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-181 Signal cable connections in a DC IBC10

No.
Description
S0
Monitoring signal cable for fan assemblies
S1
ELU signal cable
S2
Signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies
S3 and S4
Monitoring signal cables for the temperature sensors at the air

intake vents of the BBUs
S5 to S14
GPS clock signal cables
3.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using a

BBU3910A
This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a
BBU3910A.
2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the
configuration of 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds.
Figure 3-197 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 2
OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

406

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Table 3-182 Monitoring signal cables in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms
+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds
No.
Description
S1
OPM50M-BBU monitoring signal cable
S2
Monitoring signal cable between cascaded

OPM50Ms
S3
OPM50M-CMUG Monitoring Signal Cable
S4

Cascaded CMUGs
2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the
configuration of 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls.
Figure 3-198 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 2
OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

407

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Table 3-183 Monitoring signal cables in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms
+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls
No.
Description
S1
OPM50M-BBU monitoring signal cable
S2
Monitoring signal cable between cascaded

OPM50Ms
S3
Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS20L
S4

IBBS20Ls
3.3.7 BTS3900C Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900C when it is
configured with different types of cabinets.
BTS3900C WCDMA Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section provides reference for onsite installation of monitoring signal cables.
l
BTS3900C AC cabinet
Figure 3-199 shows the signal cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet.
Figure 3-199 Signal cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

408

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-184 lists the signal cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet.

Table 3-184 Signal cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet
SN
Cable
S1
Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor
S2
Monitoring signal cable for the OMB fan
S3
8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S4
GPS clock signal cable
S5
8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable
S6
8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box
BTS3900C DC cabinet
Figure 3-200 shows the signal cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet.
Figure 3-200 Signal cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet
Table 3-185 lists the signal cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet.

Table 3-185 Signal cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet
SN
S1
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

409

Cables
3 Cable Connections
SN
Cable
S2
Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B
S3
Monitoring signal cable for the OMB fan
S4
S5
GPS clock signal cable
BTS3900C (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section provides reference for onsite installation of monitoring signal cables.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900C AC Cabinet (110 V or 220 V)

Only one BBU can be installed in a BTS3900C. The following figure shows the monitoring
signal cable connections in a BTS3900C Cabinet supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power.
Figure 3-201 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900C AC cabinet
The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

410

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-186 Monitoring signal cables in a BTS3900C AC cabinet

Cable No.
Cable Description
S1
S2
Monitoring signal cable for the outer air circulation fan
S3
Monitoring signal cable for the inner air circulation fan
S4
8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors
S5
8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box
S6
8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S7
8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable
S8
8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900C cabinet
Figure 3-202 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900C DC cabinet
The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections.

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

411

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-187 Monitoring signal cables in a BTS3900C DC cabinet

Cable No.
Cable Description
S1
S2
Monitoring signal cable for the outer air circulation fan
S3
Monitoring signal cable for the inner air circulation fan
S4
S5
S6
3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the inter-BBU signal cable connections when two BBUs are configured.
NOTE
When the two BBUs are interconnected to support triple or quadruple modes, BBU 0 is the root BBU, and
BBU 1 is the leaf BBU.
UCIU+UMPT
In a triple or quadruplemode base station configured with two BBUs, triple or quadruple modes
can be supported by connecting the UCIU in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. In a UMTS singlemode base station, the UMTS service processing capacity can be expanded by connecting the
UCIU in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. Any port from M0 to M4 on the UCIU in BBU 0 can
be connected to the CI port on the UMPT in BBU 1 by using an inter-BBU signal cable, as shown
in Figure 3-203.
NOTE
In UCIU+UMPT mode, BBU 0 and BBU 1 should be BBU3900s.

In UCIU+UMPT mode, the UMPT must be configured as the main control board of BBU 1. The following
table lists the BBU configurations in single-, triple-, or quadruple-mode scenarios supporting UCIU
+UMPT mode.
Table 3-188 BBU configurations

Scenario
BBU 0
BBU 1
Triple-mode scenario
GU
GL
GU
UL
G*U*L
G*U*L
GU
L*T
G[L*T]
Quadruple-mode scenario
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

412

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Scenario
BBU 0
BBU 1
Single-mode scenario
Figure 3-203 Signal cable connection between the UCIU and the UMPT
UMPT+UMPT
In a triple-mode base station configured with two BBUs, triple modes can be supported by
connecting the UMPT in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. The CI port on the UMPT in BBU 0
can be connected to the CI port on the UMPT in BBU 1 by using an inter-BBU signal cable, as
shown in Figure 3-204.
NOTE
In UMPT+UMPT interconnection mode, BBU 0 and BBU 1 can have the following composition:
l
BBU 0 and BBU 1 are both BBU3900s.
BBU 0 and BBU 1 are both BBU3910s.
BBU 0 is BBU3900, BBU 1 is BBU3910.
In UMPT+UMPT interconnection mode, the UMPT must be configured as the main control board of both
BBU 0 and BBU 1. The following table lists the BBU configurations in UMPT+UMPT mode.
Table 3-189 BBU configurations

Scenario
BBU 0
BBU 1
Triple-mode scenario
GU
GL
GU
UL
G*U*L
G*U*L
GU
L*T
G[L*T]
Quadruple-mode scenario
Single-mode scenario
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

413

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-204 Connections of the Interconnection Signal Cable Between UMPT boards
Baseband Interconnection
The baseband processing boards in two BBUs can be connected to exchange baseband data. The
following table describes the baseband interconnection scenarios.
Table 3-190 Baseband interconnection scenarios
Scenario
BBU 0
BBU 1
Description
Baseband
Interconnecti
on Mode
Triple-mode
scenario
GU
UL
Supported only
in UCIU
+UMPT mode
WBBPf
+WBBPf
Single-mode
scenario
WBBPf
+UBBPd_U
UBBPd_U
+UBBPd_U
The connections of the interconnection signal cables between two WBBPf boards, between the
WBBPf and UBBPd in UMTS mode, and between the UBBPd in UMTS mode and UBBPd in
UMTS mode are the same. Figure 3-205 shows the connections of the interconnection signal
cable between the WBBPf and WBBPf.
NOTE
Only the WBBPf or UBBPd_U in slot 2 or 3 of a BBU can be connected to the WBBPf or UBBPd_U in
another BBU.
Figure 3-205 Connections of the interconnection signal cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

414

Cables
3 Cable Connections
3.5 CPRI Cable Connections

CPRI cable connections include those for a single-mode, dual-mode, triple-mode, and
quadruple-mode base station.
3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections in GSM Base Stations

This section describes the CPRI cable connections in GSM base stations.
Description
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections in typical GSM base
stations.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

415

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-191 Principles of CPRI cable connections

BBU
Board
Configuration and
Networking
Principle
CPRI Cable Connection Principle
Illustratio
n of Cable
Connectio
ns
BBU390
0
l When GSM
baseband signals
need to be
processed by RF
modules, the
GTMU/GTMUb/
GTMUc or UMPT
can be configured
as the main control
board and the
UBRI is configured
as required.
l f the BBU is configured with a UBBP,

CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be
connected to the UBBP in any of slots
0 to 3. The CPRI cables for RFUs and
RRUs can be connected to the CPRI
ports on the same UBBP.
Figure
3-206 and
Figure
3-207 show
CPRI cable
connections
in scenarios
where GSM
baseband
signals are
processed
by RF
modules.
l When GSM
baseband signals
need to be
processed by the
baseband
processing board,
the UBBP(G)a is
required.
l If the GSM baseband signals are

processed by RF modules, CPRI
cable connections are as follows:
If the BBU is configured with a
GTMU, CPRI cables are directly
connected to the GTMU/
GTMUb/GTMUc.
If the BBU is configured with a
UMPT, CPRI cables are
connected to the UBRI.
l If RFUs and RRUs are configured
together, CPRI cable connections are
as follows:
CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs
can be connected to the same
UBRI when at most six CPRI
ports are required.
It is recommended that CPRI
cables for all RFUs be connected
to a UBRI and CPRI cables for all
RRUs be connected to another
UBRI when more than six CPRI
ports are required.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

Figure
3-208 and
Figure
3-209 show
CPRI cable
connections
in scenarios
where GSM
baseband
signals are
processed
by the
baseband
processing
board.
416

Cables
3 Cable Connections
BBU
Board
Configuration and
Networking
Principle
Illustratio
n of Cable
Connectio
ns
BBU391
0
l When GSM
baseband signals
need to be
processed by RF
modules, the
GTMUb/GTMUc
can be configured
or the UBRI is
configured as
required.
l When GSM baseband signals are

processed by RF modules, the
GTMUb/GTMUc in slot 5 or 6 or the
UBRIb in slot 0, 1, 2, or 3 can provide
CPRI ports for connecting to RF
modules.
Figure
3-206 and
Figure
3-207 show
CPRI cable
connections
in scenarios
where GSM
baseband
signals are
processed
by RF
modules.
l When GSM
baseband signals
need to be
processed by the
baseband
processing board,
the UBBP(G) is
required.
l When GSM baseband signals are

processed by the baseband processing
board, the UBBP in slot 0, 1, 2, or 3
can provide CPRI ports for
connecting to RF modules.
Figure
3-208 and
Figure
3-209 show
CPRI cable
connections
in scenarios
where GSM
baseband
signals are
processed
by the
baseband
processing
board.
a: The UBBP(G) is not a board type but a UBBP working in GSM mode.
b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration
in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.
Table 3-192 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the
working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL mode
preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module
connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a
UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

417

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-192 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to
UBBP and UBRIb boards
Working
Mode of
an RF
module
Connection Priority
GUL
UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO)
UL
UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb
GL
UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb
LO
GU
UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb
UO
GO
UBBP(GO) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(GUL) > UBRIb > UBBP(LO)
> UBBP(UO) > UBBP(UL)
Illustrations of CPRI Cable Connections

NOTE
A macro base station can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs or can be configured with RFUs and
RRUs. A distributed base station can be configured with RRUs but without RFUs. The restrictions of CPRI
ports are as follows:
l If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, a CPRI port is connected to the RF module
whose slot number is the same as the CPRI port number. For example, the CPRI cable for RFU 2 connects
to CPRI2 port on the baseband processing board.
l If a base station is configured with RRUs but without RFUs, the CPRI cables for these RRUs are connected
to available CPRI ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. For example, CPRI cables for RRU
0, RRU 1, and RRU 3 are connected to CPRI0, CPRI1, and CPRI2 ports in sequence on the baseband
processing board.
l If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, and the RFUs and RRUs need to be connected to the
same baseband processing board, the CPRI cables for RFUs are connected to CPRI ports, and then the CPRI
cables for RRUs are connected to the rest of CPRI ports.
Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI
cable connections in typical scenarios.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

418

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-206 CPRI cable connections in a GSM base station in which the BBU3900 or BBU3910
is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules
is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

419

Cables
3 Cable Connections
is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board
is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board
3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections for a UMTS Base Station

This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a UMTS base station.
Description
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a UMTS base station
in typical scenarios.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

420

Cables
3 Cable Connections

BBU
Board
Configuration
Principle and
Networking
Principle
Illustratio
n of Cable
Connectio
ns
BBU390
0
The UBBP(U)a is
preferentially
configured.
Alternatively, the
WBBP can be
configured.
CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be

connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP
or WBBP in slot 2 or 3. The CPRI cables
for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to
the CPRI ports on the same UBBP or
WBBP.
Figure
3-210
shows the
CPRI cable
connections
.
BBU391
0
Only the UBBP(U)

can be configured as
the baseband
processing board.
The CPRI cables for RF modules can be

connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP
(U) in any of slots 0 to 5. The CPRI cables
for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to
the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.
a: The UBBP(U) is not a board type but a UBBP working in UMTS mode.
working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL modes
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Working
Mode of
an RF
module
Connection Priority
GUL
UL
GL
LO
GU
UO

421

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Working
Mode of
an RF
module
Connection Priority
GO

NOTE
processing board.
Figure 3-210 CPRI cable connections in a UMTS base station configured with the UBBP in the
BBU3900 or BBU3910
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

422

Cables
3 Cable Connections
3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for LTE FDD and LTE TDD Base
Stations
This section describes the CPRI cable connections for LTE FDD and LTE TDD base stations.
Description
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for LTE FDD and LTE
TDD base stations in typical scenarios.
BB
U
Ba
se
Sta
tio
n
Ty
pe
Board
Configuration
Principle and
Networking
Principle
CPRI Cable Connection

Principle
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
BB
U39
00
LT
E
FD
D
bas
e
stat
ion
The UBBP(L)a is
preferentially
configured.
Alternatively, the
LBBP can be
configured.
The CPRI cables for RF

modulesb can be connected to
the CPRI ports on the UBBP or
LBBP in any of slots 0 to 5. The
CPRI cables for RFUs and
RRUs can be connected to the
CPRI ports on the same UBBP
or LBBP.
Figure 3-211
shows the CPRI
cable connections.
LT
E
TD
D
bas
e
stat
ion
The UBBP(T) is
preferentially
configured.
Alternatively, the
LBBP can be
configured.
l The CPRI cables for RRUs

can be connected to the
CPRI ports on the UBBP(T)
or LBBP in any of slots 0 to
5. LTE TDD base stations
support only RRUs.
Figure 3-212
shows the CPRI
cable connections.
LT
E
FD
D
bas
e
stat
ion
Only the UBBP(L)

the baseband
processing board.

modulesb can be connected to
the CPRI ports on the UBBP(L)
in any of slots 0 to 5. The CPRI
cables for RFUs and RRUs can
be connected to the CPRI ports
on the same UBBP(L).
Figure 3-211
shows the CPRI
cable connections.
BB
U39
10
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

423

Cables
BB
U
3 Cable Connections
Ba
se
Sta
tio
n
Ty
pe
Board
Configuration
Principle and
Networking
Principle

Principle
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
LT
E
TD
D
bas
e
stat
ion
Only the UBBP(T)

the baseband
processing board.
l The CPRI cables for RRUs

can be connected to the
CPRI ports on the UBBP(T)
in any of slots 0 to 5. LTE
TDD base stations support
only RRUs.
Figure 3-212
shows the CPRI
cable connections.
a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE FDD mode. The UBBP(T)
in this section is a UBBP working in LTE TDD mode.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Working
Mode of
an RF
module
Connection Priority
GUL
UL
GL
LO
GU
UO
GO

424

Cables
3 Cable Connections

NOTE
processing board.
Figure 3-211 CPRI cable connections in an LTE FDD base station configured with the UBBP
in the BBU3900 or BBU3910
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

425

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-212 CPRI cable connections in an LTE TDD base station configured with the UBBP
in the BBU3900 or BBU3910
3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations

This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a GU and a G*U base stations.
Description
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a GU and a G*U
base stations in typical scenarios.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

426

Cables
3 Cable Connections

BB
U
Ba
se
Sta
tio
n
Board
Configuration and
Networking
Principle

Principle
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
BB
U39
00
G*
U
bas
e
stat
ion
l The CPRI MUX

feature is used by
default.
l When the UBBP(U)a and

UBBP(G) are configured,
any of UBBP boards can be
used to provide CPRI ports
for connecting to RF
modules.
Figure 3-213
shows the CPRI
cable connections
when the UBBP(U)
and UBBP(G) are
configured.
l The UBBP is
preferentially
configured. The
UBBP can serve
either as the
converging part to
provide CPRI
ports for
connecting to RF
modules or as the
converged party.
The peer board can
be a UBBP,
WBBPf, or
UBRIb.
l If the UBBP is not
configured, the
WBBPf and
UBRIb are
required.
l If the UBBP(U) and UBRIb

are configured, only the
UBRIb can be used to
provide CPRI ports for
l If the UBBP(G) and
WBBPf are configured,
either of them can be used
to provide CPRI ports for
l If the UBRIb and WBBPf
l RF modules work in modes
including GSM mode can
connect to the UBBP in any
of slots 0 to 3 by using CPRI
cables.
including UMTS mode can
connect to the UBBP in slot
2 or 3 by using CPRI cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

427

Cables
BB
U
3 Cable Connections
Ba
se
Sta
tio
n
Board
Configuration and
Networking
Principle

Principle
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
GU
bas
e
stat
ion
l The dual-star
topology is used by
default.
When the dual-star topology is

used, the cable connection
principles are as follows:
l The UBBP is
optionally
configured.
l RF modulesb working in
GU mode connect to the
baseband processing boards
or baseband interface
boards working in GSM and
UMTS modes.
Figure 3-214
shows the CPRI
cable connections
when the dual-star
topology is used.
l When a GU base
station configured
with both RFUs
and RRUs working
in modes including
GSM mode, the
BBU must be
configured with
the GTMUb/
GTMUc.
l When a GU base station

configured with both RFUs
and RRUs working in
modes including GSM
mode, the RFUs and RRUs
working in GSM mode
connect to the GTMUb/
GTMUc and UBRI boards,
respectively.
Figure 3-215
shows the CPRI
cable connections
when the CPRI
MUX feature is
used and the UBBP
is configured.
When the CPRI MUX feature

is used, the cable connection
l If the UBBP is configured,
the UBBP(U) can serve as
the converging party to
connecting to RF modules,
and the UBBP(U) must be
installed in slot 2 or 3.
configured, the WBBPf can
serve as the converging
party to provide CPRI ports
modules.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

428

Cables
3 Cable Connections
BB
U
Ba
se
Sta
tio
n
Board
Configuration and
Networking
Principle

Principle
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
BB
U39
10
G*
U
bas
e
stat
ion
l The CPRI MUX

feature is used by
default.
There is no constraints on the

slots for installing UBBP
boards serving as the
converging and converged
parties. The UBBP in any of
slots 0 to 5 can provide CPRI
ports for connecting to RF
modules.
Figure 3-213
shows the CPRI
cable connections.
l The dual-star
topology is used by
default.

l Only the UBBP

can be configured
as the baseband
processing board.
l RF modulesb working in
GU mode connect to the
or baseband interface
boards working in GSM and
UMTS modes.
Figure 3-216
shows the cable
connections when
UBBP is used and
enabled with the
dual-star topology
l Only the UBBP

can be configured
as the baseband
processing board.
l RRU3004 and
DRFU modules
cannot connect to
the BBU3910.
GU
bas
e
stat
ion
l RRU3004 and
DRFU modules
cannot connect to
the BBU3910.
l When a GU base station

and RRUs working in
modes including GSM
working in GSM mode
respectively.
is used, the UBBP(U) can serve
as the converging party to
connecting to RF modules, and
the UBBP(U) must be installed
in slot 0 or 3.
Figure 3-217
shows the cable
connections when
UBBP and
GTMUb is used
and enabled with
the dual-star
topology
Figure 3-215
shows the cable
connections when
UBBP is used and
enabled with the
CPRI_MUX
feature.
a: The UBBP(U) is not a board type but a UBBP working in UMTS mode. The UBBP(G) in
this section is a UBBP working in GSM mode.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

429

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Working
Mode of
an RF
module
Connection Priority
GUL
UL
GL
LO
GU
UO
GO
In addition to the preceding principles, there are some common principles, as described as
follows:
l
When UBBP boards are configured in a BBU3900, the CPRI cables for RF modules
working in GSM mode and RF modules working in UMTS mode can be connected to the
CPRI ports on the same UBBP.
In RRU cascading scenarios, multimode RRUs of the same and different modes can be
cascaded. It is recommended that intra-mode multimode RRUs be cascaded.
In intra-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in the
same mode.
In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in GO,
UO, and GU mode.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

430

Cables
3 Cable Connections

NOTE
processing board.
Figure 3-213 CPRI cable connections in a G*U base station configured with the BBU3900 or
BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

431

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-214 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the BBU3900 and
enabled with the dual-star topology
Figure 3-215 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP in the
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

432

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-216 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP in the
BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology
Figure 3-217 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP and
GTMUb in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology
3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations

This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a GL and a G*L base stations.
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a GL and a G*L base
stations in typical scenarios.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

433

Cables
3 Cable Connections

BB
U
Ba
se
Sta
tio
n
Board
Configuration and
Networking
Principle

Principle
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
BB
U39
00
G*
L
bas
e
stat
ion
l The CPRI MUX

feature is used by
default.
l When the UBBP(L)a and

UBBP(G) are configured,
any of UBBP boards can be
used to provide CPRI ports
modules.
Figure 3-218
shows the CPRI
cable connections
when the UBBP(L)
and UBBP(G) are
configured.
l The UBBP is
preferentially
configured. The
UBBP can serve
either as the
converging part to
provide CPRI
ports for
connecting to RF
modules or as the
converged party.
The peer board can
be a UBBP,
LBBPd, or UBRIb.
configured, the
LBBPd and
UBRIb are
required. The
UBRIb must be
configured in slot 0
or 1, and at least
one LBBPd is
configured in slots
2 and 3.
l If the UBBP(L) and UBRIb

l If the UBBP(G) and LBBPd
are configured, either of
them can be used to provide
CPRI ports for connecting
to RF modules.
l If the UBRIb and LBBPd
including GSM mode can
cables.
including LTE mode can
cables.
l The load sharing topology
can be used. If the UBRIb
and LBBPd are not
configured, one CPRI cable
for a dual-mode RF module
is connected to the
baseband processing board
and the other one is
connected to the baseband
interface board whose
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

434

Cables
BB
U
3 Cable Connections
Ba
se
Sta
tio
n
Board
Configuration and
Networking
Principle

Principle
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
working mode is different

from that of the baseband
processing board.
GL
bas
e
stat
ion
l The dual-star
topology is used by
default.

l The UBBP is
optionally
configured.
l RF modulesb working in GL
mode simultaneously
connect to the baseband
processing boards or
baseband interface boards
working in GSM and LTE
modes.
l When a GU base
station configured
with both RFUs
and RRUs working
in modes including
GSM mode, the
BBU must be
configured with
the GTMUb/
GTMUc.
l When a GL base station

and RRUs working in
modes including GSM
working in GSM mode
respectively.
Figure 3-219
shows the CPRI
cable connections
when the dual-star
topology is used.
Figure 3-220
shows the CPRI
cable connections
when the CPRI
MUX feature is
used and the UBBP
is configured.

the UBBP(L) can serve as
the converging party to
connecting to RF modules,
and the UBBP(L) must be
installed in slot 2 or 3.
configured, the LBBPd can
serve as the converging
modules.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

435

Cables
3 Cable Connections
BB
U
Ba
se
Sta
tio
n
Board
Configuration and
Networking
Principle

Principle
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
BB
U39
10
G*
L
bas
e
stat
ion
l The CPRI MUX

feature is used by
default.

modules.
Figure 3-218
shows the CPRI
cable connections.
l The dual-star
topology is used by
default.

l Only the UBBP

can be configured
as the baseband
processing board.
mode simultaneously
connect to the baseband
processing boards or
baseband interface boards
working in GSM and LTE
modes.
Figure 3-221
shows the CPRI
cable connections
when the dual-star
topology is used
and only the UBBP
is configured.
l Only the UBBP

can be configured
as the baseband
processing board.
l RRU3004 and
DRFU modules
cannot connect to
the BBU3910.
GL
bas
e
stat
ion
l RRU3004 and
DRFU modules
cannot connect to
the BBU3910.
l When a GL base station

and RRUs working in
modes including GSM
working in GSM mode
respectively.
is used, and a UBBP(L) serves
as the converging party and
provides CPRI ports for
connecting to RF modules, the
UBBP(L) can be installed in
any of slots 0 to 3.
Figure 3-222
shows the CPRI
cable connections
when the dual-star
topology is used
and the UBBP and
GTMUb are
configured.
Figure 3-220
shows the CPRI
cable connections
when the CPRI
MUX feature is
used and the UBBP
is configured.
a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE mode. The UBBP(G) in this
section is a UBBP working in GSM mode.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

436

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Working
Mode of
an RF
module
Connection Priority
GUL
UL
GL
LO
GU
UO
GO
follows:
l
working in GSM mode and RF modules working in LTE mode can be connected to the
same mode.
In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in GO,
LO, and GL mode.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

437

Cables
3 Cable Connections

NOTE
processing board.
Figure 3-218 CPRI cable connections in a G*L base station configured with the BBU3900 or
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

438

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-219 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the BBU3900 and
Figure 3-220 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP in the
BBU3900 or BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

439

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-221 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP in the
Figure 3-222 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP and
GTMUb in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology
3.5.6 CPRI Cable Connections for a UL and a U*L Base Stations

This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a UL and a U*L base stations.
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a UL and a U*L base
stations in typical scenarios.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

440

Cables
3 Cable Connections

BB
U
Ba
se
Sta
tio
n
Board
Configuration
Principle and
Networking
Principle

Principle
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
BB
U39
00
U*
L
bas
e
stat
ion
l The CPRI MUX

feature is used by
default.
l If the UBBP(L)a and UBBP

(U) are configured, any of
UBBP boards can be used to
Figure 3-223
shows the CPRI
cable connections
when the UBBP(L)
and UBBP(U) are
configured.
l The UBBP is
preferentially
configured. The
UBBP can serve
either as the
converging part to
provide CPRI
ports for
connecting to RF
modules or as the
converged party.
The peer board can
be a UBBP,
LBBPd, or
WBBPf.
configured, the
LBBPd and
WBBPf are
required. In this
case, the LBBPd or
WBBPf must be
or 3.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
l If the UBBP(L) and WBBPf

are configured, either of
them must be used to
l If the UBBP(U) and LBBPd
are configured, the UBBP
(U) or LBBPd can be used
to provide CPRI ports for
including UMTS mode can
connect to the UBBP in slot
2 or 3 by using CPRI cables.
including LTE mode can
cables.
l The load sharing topology
can be used. If the WBBPf
and LBBPd are not
configured, one CPRI cable
for a dual-mode RF module
is connected to the
baseband processing board
and the other one is
connected to the baseband
interface board whose
working mode is different
from that of the baseband
processing board.

441

Cables
BB
U
3 Cable Connections
Ba
se
Sta
tio
n
Board
Configuration
Principle and
Networking
Principle

Principle
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
UL
bas
e
stat
ion
l The dual-star
topology is used by
default.

l The UBBP is
optionally
configured.
modes connect to the
working in UMTS and LTE
modes.
Figure 3-224
shows the CPRI
cable connections
when the dual-star
topology is used.

configured and the
CPRI MUX
feature is used, the
LBBPd and
WBBPf are
required. In this
case, the LBBPd or
WBBPf must be
or 3.

the UBBP(L) or UBBP(U)
can serve as the converging
modules, and the UBBP(L)
or UBBP(U) must be
configured in slot 2 or 3.
Figure 3-225
shows the CPRI
cable connections
when the CPRI
MUX feature is
used and the UBBP
is configured.

configured, the LBBPd or
WBBPf can serve as the
converging party to provide
CPRI ports for connecting
to RF modules.
BB
U39
10
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
U*
L
bas
e
stat
ion
l The CPRI MUX

feature is used by
default.
UL
bas
e
stat
ion
l The dual-star
topology is used by
default.
l Only the UBBP

can be configured
as the baseband
processing board.
l Only the UBBP

can be configured
as the baseband
processing board.

modules.
Figure 3-223
shows the CPRI
cable connections.
RF modules working in GL
modes connects to the UBBP
(U) and UBBP(L) to form a
dual-stat topology. The UBBP
can be configured in any of
slots 0 to 5.
Figure 3-226
shows the CPRI
cable connections.

442

Cables
3 Cable Connections
BB
U
Ba
se
Sta
tio
n
Board
Configuration
Principle and
Networking
Principle

Principle
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE mode. The UBBP(U) in this
section is a UBBP working in UMTS mode.
Working
Mode of
an RF
module
Connection Priority
GUL
UL
GL
LO
GU
UO
GO
follows:
l
working in UMTS mode and RF modules working in LTE mode can be connected to the
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

443

Cables
3 Cable Connections
same mode.
In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in UO,
LO, and UL modes.

NOTE
processing board.
Figure 3-223 CPRI cable connections in a U*L base station configured with the BBU3900 or
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

444

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-224 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the BBU3900 and
Figure 3-225 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the UBBP in the
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

445

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-226 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the UBBP in the
3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections in Triple-Mode Base Stations

This section describes the CPRI cable connections in typical triple-mode base stations.
The following table describes the CPRI cable connections in typical triple-mode base stations.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

446

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-203 CPRI cable connections

BBU
Base Station
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
BBU39
00
Separate-MPT
base station
configured with
two BBU3900s
For details about the

CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in
UMTS mode, see
3.5.2 CPRI Cable
Connections for a
UMTS Base
Station.
l GU+L base
station
(BBUs not
interconnect
ed)

CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in LTE
mode, see 3.5.3
CPRI Cable
Connections for
LTE FDD and LTE
TDD Base Stations.
l GL+U base
station
(BBUs not
interconnect
ed)

CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in GU
mode, see 3.5.4
CPRI Cable
Connections for a
GU and a G*U Base
Stations.
CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in GL
mode, see 3.5.5
CPRI Cable
Connections for a
GL and a G*L Base
Stations.
Separate-MPT
base station
configured with
two BBU3900s:
GU+L or GL+U
base station in
UCIU+UMPT
mode
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
l RF modules working in dual modes

are connected to the BBU by using
the dual-star topology.
l RF modules working in single
mode are connected to the BBU by
using the single-star topology.

Figure 3-227 shows

the CPRI cable
connections for a GU
+L base station in
UCIU+UMPT mode.
447

Cables
BBU
3 Cable Connections
Base Station
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
Separate-MPT
base station
configured with
one BBU

Figure 3-229 shows

the CPRI cable
connections in G
[U*L] scenarios.
l G[U*L] base
station
l G[L*T] base
station
l U[L*T] base
station
l G[U*T] base
station
l It is recommended that multimode

RF modules working in co-MPT
scenarios be connected to the BBU
by using the CPRI MUX feature.
l Multimode RF modules working in
separate-MPT scenarios are
connected to the BBU by using the
dual-star topology.
l RF modules working in LTE TDD
These RF modules only can be
single-mode RRUs.
Figure 3-231 shows

the CPRI cable
connections in G
[L*T] scenarios. The
CPRI cable
connections in G
[L*T], U[L*T], and
G[U*T] scenarios are
the same as those in G
[L*T] scenarios.
l RRU3961 modules that can work

in GUL mode are connected to the
WBBPf and the GTMU/GTMUb/
GTMUc by using the dual-star
topology.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

448

Cables
BBU
3 Cable Connections
Base Station
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
Co-MPT base
station
configured with
one BBU

Figure 3-232 shows

the CPRI cable
connections in
G*U*L scenarios.
l G*U*L base
station
l G*L*T base
station
l Dual-mode RF modules are

CPRI MUX feature.
modules working in GU and GL
mode are connected to the CPRI
ports on the UBRI, and the
CPRI cables for RF modules
working in UL mode are
connected to the CPRI ports on
the WBBPf.
Figure 3-233 shows

the CPRI cable
connections in
G*L*T scenarios.
The CPRI cables for RRU3961

modules that can work in GUL
mode are connected to the
UBRIb.
l The load sharing topology can be
used. If no baseband processing
board or baseband interface board
is configured to support the CPRI
MUX feature, CPRI cables for
multimode RF modules are
connected to baseband processing
boards or baseband interface
boards working in different modes.
Co-MPT base
station
configured with
two BBUs:
G*U*L+G*U*L
base station in
UCIU+UMPT
mode
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

l RF modules working in GL mode

are connected to the UBRI in a
BBU by using the single-star
topology.
l RF modules working in GU mode
are connected to the UBRI and
WBBP in a BBU by using the dualstar topology.

449

Cables
3 Cable Connections
BBU
Base Station
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
BBU39
10
Separate-MPT
base station
configured with
two BBU3910s

CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in
UMTS mode, see
3.5.2 CPRI Cable
Connections for a
UMTS Base
Station.
l GU+L base
station
(BBUs not
interconnect
ed)

CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in LTE
mode, see 3.5.3
CPRI Cable
Connections for
LTE FDD and LTE
TDD Base Stations.
l GL+U base
station
(BBUs not
interconnect
ed)

CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in GU
mode, see 3.5.4
CPRI Cable
Connections for a
GU and a G*U Base
Stations.
CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in GL
mode, see 3.5.5
CPRI Cable
Connections for a
GL and a G*L Base
Stations.
Separate-MPT
base station
configured with
two BBU3910s:
GU+L or GL+U
base station in
UMPT+UMPT
mode
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
l RF modules working in dual modes

are connected to the BBU by using
the dual-star topology.

Figure 3-228 shows

the CPRI cable
connections for a GU
+L base station in
UMPT+UMPT
mode.
450

Cables
BBU
3 Cable Connections
Base Station
Illustration of
Cable
Connections
Separate-MPT
base station
configured with
one BBU

Figure 3-230 shows

the CPRI cable
connections in a G
[U*L] base station.
l G[U*L] base
station
l G[L*T] base
station
l It is recommended that multimode

RF modules working in co-MPT
scenarios be connected to the BBU
by using the CPRI MUX feature.
l Multimode RF modules working in
separate-MPT scenarios are
dual-star topology.
l RF modules working in LTE TDD
These RF modules only can be
single-mode RRUs.
Co-MPT base
station
configured with
one BBU
l G*U*L base
station

Figure 3-234 shows

the CPRI cable
connections.
l The CPRI MUX feature is used for

dual-mode RF modules by default.
These RF modules connect to
corresponding UBBP boardsb in
order of prioritya.
l The load sharing topology can be
used. If no baseband processing
board or baseband interface board
is configured to support the CPRI
MUX feature, CPRI cables for
multimode RF modules are
connected to baseband processing
boards or baseband interface
boards working in different modes.
a: The priority based on the working modes of RF modules is GUL > UL > GL > LO > GU
> UO > GO. For example, RF modules working in GUL mode preferentially connect to the
BBU and then the RF modules working in UL mode connect to the BBU. RF modules working
in other modes are connected to the BBU in order of priority.
b: According to the working modes of the UBBP boards, the priorities of RF modules for
connecting to UBBP boards are listed in Table 3-204. For example, an RF module working
in GUL mode preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured,
the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module
connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

451

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Working
Mode of
an RF
module
Connection Priority
GUL
UL
GL
LO
GU
UO
GO

NOTE
processing board.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

452

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-227 CPRI cable connections in a GU+L base station configured with two BBU3900s
interconnected in UCIU+UMPT mode
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

453

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-228 CPRI cable connections in a GU+L base station configured with two BBU3910s
interconnected in UMPT+UMPT mode
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

454

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-229 CPRI cable connections in a G[U*L] base station configured with one BBU3900
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

455

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-230 CPRI cable connections in a G[U*L] base station configured with one BBU3910
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

456

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-231 CPRI cable connections in a G[L*T] base station configured with one BBU3900
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

457

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-232 CPRI cable connections in a G*U*L base station configured with one BBU3900
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

458

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-233 CPRI cable connections in a G*L*T base station configured with one BBU3900
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

459

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-234 CPRI cable connections in a G*U*L base station configured with one BBU3910
3.5.8 CPRI Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station

This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station in typical
scenarios.
The following table describes the CPRI cable connections for a triple-mode base stations in
typical scenarios.
Table 3-205 CPRI cable connections
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
BBU
Base
Station

Principle
Connections
BBU3900
Co-MPT
base
station
configured
with one
BBU3900:
G*U*L*T
base
station
l RF modules working in
dual modes are connected to
the BBU by using the dualstar topology.
Figure 3-235 shows the CPRI

cable connections.
l RF modules working in
single mode are connected
to the BBU by using the
single-star topology.
l If the LBBP boards working
in LTE FDD and LTE TDD
modes need to be installed
in the same slot, the LBBP
working in LTE FDD mode
is preferentially installed.

460

Cables
BBU
BBU3910
3 Cable Connections
Base
Station

Principle
Connections
SeparateMPT base
station
configured
with two
BBU3900
s: GU
+L*T base
station in
UMPT
+UMPT
mode

cable connections.
Co-MPT
base
station
configured
with one
BBU3900:
G*U*L*T
base
station

cable connections.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Working
Mode of
an RF
module
Connection Priority
GUL
UL
GL
LO
GU
UO

461

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Working
Mode of
an RF
module
Connection Priority
GO

NOTE
processing board.
Figure 3-235 CPRI cable connections for a G*U*L*T base station configured with one
BBU3900 or BBU3910
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

462

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-236 CPRI cable connections for a GU+L*T base station configured with two
BBU3900s in UMPT+UMPT mode
3.6 RF Cable Connections

Configuration of RF modules varies according to the modes of base stations, and therefore RF
cable connections are different. This chapter describes RF cable connections in single-mode,
dual-mode, and multimode base stations.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

463

Cables
3 Cable Connections
3.6.1 RF Cable Connection Description

In terms of the number of RX and TX channels, RFUs can be classified into 1T2R RFUs and
2T2R RFUs.
RF Cable Connections for 1T2R RFUs

A single 1T2R RFU connects to an antenna system through the ANT_TX/RXA and ANT_RXB
ports. Antenna channel "a" transmits and receives signals while antenna channel "b" receives
signals only. In this case, there are two RX channels and one TX channel.
The following figure shows the RF cable connections for a single 1T2R RFU.
Figure 3-237 RF cable connections for a single 1T2R RFU
(a) transmit and receive signals channel
(b) receive signals channel
Two 1T2R RFUs connect to an antenna system through their own ANT_TX/RXA port. Two
antenna channels (marked as "a") transmit and receive signals. The RX_INB port on one 1T2R
RFU interconnects with the RX_OUTA port on the other 1T2R RFU to transfer the diversity
signals received through the antenna channel.
The following figure shows the RF cable connections for two 1T2R RFUs.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

464

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-238 RF cable connections for two 1T2R RFUs
Two 1T2R RFUs can be connected by using RF cables to support any of the following RX and
TX channel combinations:
l
Two RX channels and two TX channels
Two RX channels and one TX channel in scenario where multiple carriers or high carrier
power is required, or the configured frequencies exceed the maximum bandwidth supported
by the RFU
2x2 MIMO channels
RF Cable Connections for 2T2R RFUs

A single 2T2R RFU connects to an antenna system through the ANT_TX/RXA port. Both
antenna channels a and b transmit and receive signals. In this case, there are two RX channels
and two TX channels and 2x2 MIMO channels can be supported.
The following figure shows the RF cable connections for a single 2T2R RFU.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

465

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Figure 3-239 RF cable connections for a single 2T2R RFU
(b) transmit and receive signals channel
Two 2T2R RFU can be configured in a single sector, each using one antenna. In this case, there
are four RX channels and four TX channels. This configuration applies to a scenario where
multiple carriers or high carrier power is required
The following figure shows the RF cable connections for two 2T2R RFUs.
Figure 3-240 RF cable connections for two 2T2R RFUs
3.6.2 RF Cable Connections for the DRFU

RF cable connections for the DRFU vary according to the positions of the DRFU and antenna.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

466

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the DRFU with a single sector. The following
table lists the RF cable connections for the DRFU.
Table 3-207 RF cable connections for the DRFU
RFU
Model
Specifications of a
Single RFU
Description
Illustration
DRFU
Two carriers with 1T2R
l One carrier with

1T2R
See illustration 1 in
Figure 3-241.
l One carrier with

2T2R
l Two carriers with
1T2R
l Two carriers with
2T2R
Figure 3-241.
l Four carriers with

1T2R
Illustration of Cable Connections

Figure 3-241 RF cable connections for the DRFU
3.6.3 RF Cable Connections for the GRFU

RF cable connections for the GRFU vary according to the positions of the GRFU and antenna.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

467

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the GRFU with a single sector. The following
table lists the RF cable connections for the GRFU.
Table 3-208 RF cable connections for the GRFU
RFU
Model
Specifications of a
Single RFU
Description
Illustration
GRFU
Six carriers with 1T2R
l Three carriers with

1T2R
Figure 3-242.
l Three carriers with

2T2R
l Six carriers with
1T2R
l Six carriers with
2T2R
Figure 3-242.
l 12 carriers with 1T2R

Figure 3-242 RF cable connections for the GRFU
3.6.4 RF Cable Connections for the WRFU

RF cable connections for the WRFU vary according to the positions of the WRFU and antenna.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

468

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFU with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFU.
Table 3-209 RF cable connections for the WRFU
RFU
Model
Specifications of a
Single RFU
Description
Illustration
WRFU
Four carriers with 1T2R
Figure 3-243.

2T2R
Figure 3-243.
l Eight carriers with

1T2R
l 2x2 MIMO
Figure 3-243.

Figure 3-243 RF cable connections for the WRFU
3.6.5 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUa

RF cable connections for the WRFUa vary according to the positions of the WRFUa and antenna.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

469

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUa with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUa.
Table 3-210 RF cable connections for the WRFUa
RFU
Model
Specifications of a
Single RFU
Description
Illustration
WRFUa
Figure 3-244.

2T2R
Figure 3-244.
l Eight carriers with

1T2R
l 2x2 MIMO
Figure 3-244.

Figure 3-244 RF cable connections for the WRFUa
3.6.6 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUd

RF cable connections for the WRFUd vary according to the positions of the WRFUd and antenna.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

470

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUd with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUd.
Table 3-211 RF cable connections for the WRFUd
RFU
Model
Specifications of a
Single RFU
Description
Illustration
WRFUd
l Four carriers when

MIMO is configured
Figure 3-245.
l Six carriers with

2T2R
Figure 3-245.
l Six carriers with

2T2R when MIMO is
not configured
l 2x2 MIMO
Figure 3-245.

Figure 3-245 RF cable connections for the WRFUd
3.6.7 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUe

RF cable connections for the WRFUe vary according to the positions of the WRFUe and antenna.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

471

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUe with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUe.
Table 3-212 RF cable connections for the WRFUe
RFU
Model
Specifications of a
Single RFU
Description
Illustration
WRFUe
l Four carriers when

MIMO is configured
Figure 3-246.
l Six carriers with

2T2R
Figure 3-246.
l Six carriers with

2T2R when MIMO is
not configured
l 2x2 MIMO
Figure 3-246.

Figure 3-246 RF cable connections for the WRFUe
3.6.8 RF Cable Connections for the LRFU

RF cable connections for the LRFU vary according to the positions of the LRFU and antenna.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

472

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the LRFU with a single sector. The following
table lists the RF cable connections for the LRFU.
Table 3-213 RF cable connections for the LRFU
RFU
Model
Specifications of a
Single RFU
Description
Illustration
LRFU
One carrier with 2T2R
Figure 3-247.
Figure 3-247.

Figure 3-247 RF cable connections for the LRFU
3.6.9 RF Cable Connections for the LRFUe

RF cable connections for the LRFUe vary according to the positions of the LRFUe and antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the LRFUe with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the LRFUe.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

473

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-214 RF cable connections for the LRFUe

RFU
Model
Specifications of a
Single RFU
Description
Illustration
LRFUe
Figure 3-248.
Figure 3-248.

Figure 3-248 RF cable connections for the LRFUe
3.6.10 RF Cable Connections for the MRFU

RF cable connections for the MRFU vary according to the positions of the MRFU and antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFU with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFU.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

474

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-215 RF cable connections for the MRFU

RFU
Model
Specifications of a
Single RFU
Description
Illustration
MRFU
l Six GSM carriers
1T2R
Figure 3-249.
2T4R
Figure 3-249.
l Four UMTS carriers

l One LTE carrier

Figure 3-249 RF cable connections for the MRFU
3.6.11 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUd

RF cable connections for the MRFUd vary according to the positions of the MRFUd and antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFUd with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFUd.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

475

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-216 RF cable connections for the MRFUd

RFU
Model
Specifications of a
Single RFU
Description
Illustration
MRFUd
l Eight GSM carriers
2T2R
Figure 3-250.
4T4R
Figure 3-250.
l Six UMTS carriers

l Two LTE carriers

Figure 3-250 RF cable connections for the MRFUd
3.6.12 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUe

RF cable connections for the MRFUe vary according to the positions of the MRFUe and antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFUe with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFUe.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

476

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-217 RF cable connections for the MRFUe

RFU
Model
Specifications of a
Single RFU
Description
Illustration
MRFUe
l Eight GSM carriers
1T2R
Figure 3-251.
2T2R
Figure 3-251.
2T4R
Figure 3-251.
l Four UMTS carriers

l Two LTE carriers

Figure 3-251 RF cable connections for the MRFUe
3.6.13 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUd

RF cable connections for the CRFUd vary according to the positions of the CRFUd and antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the CRFUd with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the CRFUd.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

477

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-218 RF cable connections for the CRFUd

RFU
Model
Specifications of a
Single RFU
Description
Illustration
CRFUd
2T2R
Figure 3-252.
4T4R
Figure 3-252.

Figure 3-252 RF cable connections for the CRFUd
3.6.14 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUe

RF cable connections for the CRFUe vary according to the positions of the CRFUe and antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the CRFUe with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the CRFUe.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

478

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Table 3-219 RF cable connections for the CRFUe

RFU
Model
Specifications of a
Single RFU
Description
Illustration
CRFUe
2T2R
Figure 3-253.
4T4R
Figure 3-253.

Figure 3-253 RF cable connections for the CRFUe
3.6.15 RF Cable Connections for Mixed RFU Configuration

Different models of RFUs can be configured in the same base station to expand the system
capacity or supports multimode radio access technologies (RATs). This section describes the
RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

479

Cables
3 Cable Connections
Cable Connections
Table 3-220 RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Initial Scenario
Mixed Configuration
Scenario
Illustration
In UMTS 3x2 mode, each

sector is configured with one
WRFU of 40 W. This WRFU
supports two UMTS carriers.
In UMTS 3x6 mode, each

WRFU of 80 W. This WRFU
supports four UMTS carriers.
See illustration 1 in Figure

3-254.
In GSM S4/4/4 mode, each

MRFU V1 that supports four
GSM carriers.
To support 3x5 MHz of LTE,

one MRFU V2 is added to
each sector. The MRFU V2
and MRFU V1 are configured
to support one LTE carrier.

3-254.
In GSM S8/8/8 mode, each

sector is configured with two
GRFU V2 (1800 MHz). Each
GRFU V2 (1800 MHz)
supports four GSM carriers.
To support GSM S8/8/8+LTE

3x15 MHz, one GRFU V2
(1800 MHz) in each sector is
replaced with one MRFUd
(1800 MHz). The MRFUd
(1800 MHz) works in GL
mode, supporting four GSM
carriers and one LTE carrier.

3-254.

480

Cables
3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-254 RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

481

Cables
4 PGND Cable
PGND Cable
PGND cables include PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules, which ensure
grounding of cabinets and modules in the cabinets as well as safe operation of the base station
l
PGND cables for cabinets are used for connecting the ground bars in the cabinets to the
ground bars at the site.
PGND cables for modules are used for connecting the ground screws on the modules to
the ground bars in the cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PGND cable.
Figure 4-1 Exterior of a PGND cable
(1) OT terminal
(2) Cord end terminal
NOTE
In most cases, PGND cables are yellow and green. When 110 V dual-live-wire power is supplied for an
APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), RFC (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.D), or RFC (Ver.E),
PGND cables are green.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

482

Cables
4 PGND Cable
Description
Table 4-1 and Table 4-2 describe the PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules,
respectively.
Table 4-1 PGND cables for cabinets
Cable
Exterior
Cabinet Type
Connector
Maximum
Length
Cable
Specificati
ons
Illustration 1
BTS3900 (Ver.B) or
BTS3900L (Ver.B)
cabinet
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M8).
15 m (49.21 ft)
25 mm2
(0.039 in.2)
BTS3900 (Ver.D) or
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
cabinet
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M8).
15 m (49.21 ft)
25 mm2 or 16
mm2 (0.039
in.2 or 0.025
in.2)
RFC (Ver.B)
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M6).
8 m (26.25 ft)
16 mm2
(0.025 in.2)
RFC (Ver.C)
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M6).
8 m (26.25 ft)
25 mm2
(0.039 in.2)
RFC (Ver.D)
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M6).
8 m (26.25 ft)
16 mm2
(0.025 in.2)
RFC (Ver.E)
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M6).
8 m (26.25 ft)
16 mm2
(0.025 in.2)
OMB (Ver.C)
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M6).
15 m (49.21 ft)
16 mm2
(0.025 in.2)
APM30H (Ver.B) or
TMC11H (Ver.B)
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M6).
8 m (26.25 ft)
16 mm2
(0.025 in.2)
APM30H (Ver.C) or
TMC11H (Ver.C)
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M6).
8 m (26.25 ft)
25 mm2
(0.039 in.2)
BTS3900 (Ver.C) or
BTS3900L (Ver.C)
cabinet
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

483

Cables
Cable
Exterior
4 PGND Cable
Cabinet Type
Connector
Maximum
Length
Cable
Specificati
ons
APM30H (Ver.D) or
TMC11H (Ver.D)
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M6).
8 m (26.25 ft)
16 mm2
(0.025 in.2)
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M6).
8 m (26.25 ft)
16 mm2
(0.025 in.2)
BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
cabinet
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M6).
8 m (26.25 ft)
35 mm2
(0.054 in.2)
IBC10
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M8).
25 mm2
(0.039 in.2)
ODM06D
A PGND
cable connects
the cord end
terminal on an
ODM06D to
an OT
terminal (M6)
on a ground
bar at the site.
16 mm2
(0.025 in.2)
IBBS20D
APM30H (Ver.E) or
TMC11H (Ver.E)
IBBS20D or
IBBS20L
Illustration 2
Table 4-2 PGND cables for modules

Cable
Exterior
Cabinet Type
Connector
Maximum
Length
Cable
Specificati
ons
Illustration 1
BTS3900 (Ver.B)
cabinet or BTS3900L
(Ver.B) cabinet
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M4).
15 m (49.21 ft)
6 mm2
(0.009 in.2)
BTS3900 (Ver.C)
cabinet or BTS3900L
(Ver.C) cabinet
BTS3900 (Ver.D)
cabinet or BTS3900L
(Ver.D) cabinet
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

484

Cables
Cable
Exterior
4 PGND Cable
Cabinet Type
Connector
Maximum
Length
Cable
Specificati
ons
APM30H (Ver.B)
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M4).
15 m (49.21 ft)
6 mm2
(0.009 in.2)
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M4).
0.3 m (0.98 ft)
6 mm2
(0.009 in.2)
OMB (Ver.C)
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M6).
15 m (49.21 ft)
6 mm2
(0.009 in.2)
BTS3900AL cabinet
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M6).
15 m (49.21 ft)
6 mm2
(0.009 in.2)
IBC10
Both ends use

OT terminals
(M6).
6 mm2
(0.009 in.2)
IBBS200D (Ver.B)
IBBS200T (Ver.B)
IBBS300D (Ver.A)
IBBS300T (Ver.A)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

485

Cables
Equipotential Cable
Equipotential cables connect the PGND terminals of two cabinets. They ensure equipotential
bonding between cabinets and safe operation of base stations.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an equipotential cable.
Figure 5-1 Exterior of an equipotential cable
(1) OT terminal (M6)
NOTE
In most cases, equipotential cables are yellow and green. When 110 V dual-live-wire power is supplied for
an APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), RFC (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.D), or RFC (Ver.E),
equipotential cables are green.
Description
The following table describes equipotential cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

486

Cables
Table 5-1 Equipotential cables

Cabinet Type
Cable Specifications
BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinets stacked or

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)
BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinets stacked or

BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets stacked or
BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet stacked on
the IMS06
BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet stacked on
the IMS06
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)
APM30H (Ver.B), RFC (Ver.B),

IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200T
(Ver.B), and TMC11H (Ver.B) stacked
or installed side by side
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)
APM30H (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.C),

IBBS200D (Ver.C), IBBS200T
(Ver.C), and TMC11H (Ver.C) stacked
The cross-sectional areas of cables vary according

to the installation scenarios of cabinets.
APM30H (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D),

IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T
(Ver.D), IBBS700D, IBBS700T, and
TMC11H (Ver.D) stacked or installed
side by side
16mm2
APM30H (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D),

IBBS300D (Ver.A), IBBS300T
(Ver.A), and TMC11H (Ver.D) stacked
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)
APM30H (Ver.E), RFC (Ver.E),

IBBS300D (Ver.A), IBBS300T
(Ver.A), and TMC11H (Ver.E) stacked
16mm2
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) DC cabinet
35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
l 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for stacked cabinets

l 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for side-by-side cabinets

IBBS700D or IBBS700T cabinet
IBBS300D or IBBS300T installed side
by side
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

487

Cables
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cabinet Type

TMC11H (Ver.D) installed side by side
25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

488

Cables
6 Power Cables
Power Cables
About This Chapter

This section describes the exteriors, functions, and pin assignment of power cables in BTS3900A
cabinets.
6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices
This section describes power cables for all power supply devices.
6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices
This section describes power cables for all monitoring devices.
6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices
This section describes power cables for all temperature control devices.
6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices
This section describes power cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring
devices, and temperature control devices.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

489

Cables
6 Power Cables
6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices

This section describes power cables for all power supply devices.
6.1.1 DCDU Power Cables

This section describes power cables for different models of DCDUs.
DCDU-01 Power Cable

A DCDU-01 power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-01 from power equipment. This section
describes the specifications of DCDU-01 power cables when a DCDU-01 is configured in
different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of the DCDU-01
power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The DCDU-01 power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various DCDU-01 power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

490

Cables
6 Power Cables
Figure 6-1 Cable exterior
(2) Power series 120 connector
NOTE
In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-01 power cable are black and blue,
respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-01 power cables when a DCDU-01 is
configured in different cabinets.
Table 6-1 Description
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Cable
Specifications
See
illustration
1.
BTS3900L (Ver.B)
BTS3900 (Ver.B) in -48

V DC scenarios
16 mm2 (0.025 in.

2), one group

491

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable
Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
RFC (Ver.B) in DC
scenarios
See
illustration
2.
BTS3900 (Ver.B) in +24

V DC scenarios
EPS24S48100DC in a cabinet
BTS3900 (Ver.B) in AC
scenarios
EPS4890 in a cabinet
See
illustration
3.
RFC (Ver.B) in AC
scenarios
EPS 01A or EPS 01C in an

APM30H
Cable
Specifications

A DCDU-03B power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-03B from power equipment. This
section describes the specifications of DCDU-03B power cables when a DCDU-03B is
configured in different cabinets. The maximum length of a DCDU-03B power cable is 10 m
(32.80 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a DCDU-03B power cable.
NOTE
In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-03B power cable are black and blue,
respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-03B power cables when a DCDU-03B is
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

492

Cables
6 Power Cables
NOTE
When a BTS3900AL is configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B is used.
No power cable is needed for a DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B, which is connected to power supply
equipment using a BusBar (in an AC cabinet) or a DC junction box (in a DC cabinet).

Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
BTS3900 (Ver.B) in DC scenarios

(the DCDU-03B is installed on a
wall)
External power
equipment
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one

group
External power
equipment
4 mm2 (0.006 in.2), one

group
BTS3900L (Ver.B) (the

DCDU-03B is installed on a wall)
DBS3900 where the BBU is
installed on a wall, 19-inch rack, or
IMB03
OMB
TMC11H (Ver.B) serving as a
power cabinet in DC scenarios

A DCDU-03C power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-03C from power equipment. This
section describes the specifications of various DCDU-03C power cables when the DCDU-03C
configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of
the DCDU-03C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The DCDU-03C power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various DCDU-03C power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

493

Cables
6 Power Cables
(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)
(3) Parallel terminal
NOTE
In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-03C power cable are black and blue,
respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-03C power cables when a DCDU-03C is
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Exterior
Base
Station
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Cable
Specifications
See
illustrati
on 1.
BTS3900A
or DBS3900
TMC11H (Ver.B)
serving as a
transmission
cabinet in AC
scenarios
EPS 01A, EPS 01C,

EPS 01B, or EPS 01D
in an APM30H
4 mm2 (0.006 in.

2), one group

494

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable
Exterior
Base
Station
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Cable
Specifications
See
illustrati
on 2.
BTS3900A
TMC11H (Ver.B)
serving as a power
cabinet in DC
scenarios
DCDU-01 in an RFC
2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.

2), one group
See
illustrati
on 3.
BTS3900A
or DBS3900
TMC11H (Ver.B)
serving as a
transmission
cabinet in DC
scenarios
External power
equipment
4 mm2 (0.006 in.

2), one group
DCDU-11A Power Cable

A DCDU-11A power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-11A from power equipment. This
section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11A power cables when the DCDU-11A
is configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of
the DCDU-11A power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The DCDU-11A power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various DCDU-11A power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

495

Cables
6 Power Cables
NOTE
When a DCDU-11A is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) or RFC (Ver.C), colors of the wires in a DCDU-11A
power cable vary depending on the region as follows:
l
In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.
In other regions, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-11A power cables when a DCDU-11A is
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Cable
Specifications
See
illustration 1.
BTS3900L (Ver.C)
External power
equipment
35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

one group; or 16

496

Cables
Cable
Exterior
6 Power Cables
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Cable
Specifications
BTS3900 (Ver.C) in DC
scenarios
External power
equipment
mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

group
See
illustration 2.
BTS3900 (Ver.C) in AC
scenarios
ETP48150-A3 in a
cabinet
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),

one group
See
illustration 3.
RFC (Ver.C)
l EPU03A-02 or
EPU03A-04 in an
APM30H in AC
scenarios
25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),

one group
l External power
equipment in DC
scenarios
The power from the
preceding power
equipment is
transferred by the DC
junction box in an RFC.

section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11B power cables when the DCDU-11B
is configured in different cabinets. The maximum length of a DCDU-11B power cable is 10 m
(32.80 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exteriors of DCDU-11B power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

497

Cables
6 Power Cables
NOTE
When a DCDU-11B is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C), colors of the wires in a
DCDU-11B power cable vary depending on the region as follows:
l
In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding
figure.
Description
The following table describes the specifications of DCDU-11B power cables when a DCDU-11B
is configured in different cabinets.
NOTE

Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Cable
Specifications
BTS3900 (Ver.C) in DC scenarios (the

DCDU-11B is installed on a wall or in a
cabinet)
External power
equipment
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),

one group
External power
equipment
4 mm2 (0.006 in.2),

one group
BTS3900L (Ver.C) (the DCDU-11B is

installed on a wall or in a cabinet)
DBS3900 where the BBU is installed on a
wall, 19-inch rack, or IMB03
TMC11H (Ver.C)

section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11C power cables when the DCDU-11C
configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of
the DCDU-11C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The DCDU-11C power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various DCDU-11C power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

498

Cables
6 Power Cables
NOTE
Colors of wires in a DCDU-11C power cable vary depending on regions as follows:
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding
figure.

499

Cables
6 Power Cables
Description
The following table describes DCDU-11C power cables.
Cable
Exterior
Base
Station
Cabinet Type
Power
Equipment
Cable
Specifications
See
illustration 1.
BTS3900A
or DBS3900
TMC11H (Ver.C)
serving as a
transmission cabinet
in AC scenarios
EPU03A-02,
EPU03A-04,
EPU03A-03,
or
EPU03A-05
in an
APM30H
4 mm2 (0.006 in.2),

one group
See
illustration 2.
BTS3900A
TMC11H (Ver.C)
serving as a power
cabinet in DC
scenarios
DCDU-11A
in an RFC (the
power from
this power
equipment is
transferred by
the DC
junction box)
25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2), one group
See
illustration 3.
BTS3900A
or DBS3900
TMC11H (Ver.C)
serving as a
transmission cabinet
in DC scenarios
External
power
equipment
4 mm2 (0.006 in.2),

one group

A DCDU-12A power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-12A from power equipment. This
section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12A power cables when DCDU-12As are
configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of a
DCDU-12A power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
DCDU-12A power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the
exteriors of various DCDU-12A power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

500

Cables
6 Power Cables
Figure 6-7 Exteriors of cables
NOTE
When a DCDU-12A is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.D), colors of the wires in a DCDU-12A
power cable vary depending on regions as follows:
l
In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding
figure.
In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12A power cables when DCDU-12As are
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

501

Cables
6 Power Cables
Table 6-7 Cable description

Cable
Exteri
or
Cabinet
Type
Power Equipment
Illustra
tion 1
BTS3900L
(Ver.D) DC
cabinet
35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one

group; 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)
for two groups
BTS3900
(Ver.D) DC
cabinet
BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z)
DC cabinet
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two

groups
BTS3900L
(Ver.D) AC
cabinet
EPU05A-02 in a BTS3900L
cabinet
35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one

group
BTS3900
(Ver.D) AC
cabinet
EPU05A-02 in a BTS3900 cabinet
35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one

group
BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z)
AC cabinet
EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in a
BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet
25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one

group
RFC (Ver.D)
External power equipment or

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an
APM30H (The power from power
equipment is transferred by the DC
junction box in an RFC.)
25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one

group
Illustra
tion 2
Illustra
tion 3

section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12B power cables when DCDU-12Bs are
DCDU-12B power cable is 10 m (32.80 ft).
Exterior
DCDU-12B power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the
exteriors of various DCDU-12B power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

502

Cables
6 Power Cables
NOTE
When a DCDU-12B is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet, RFC (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.E), APM30H
(Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H (Ver.E), colors of the wires in a DCDU-12B power
cable vary depending on regions as follows:
l
figure.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12B power cables when DCDU-12Bs are
NOTE
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power
Equipment
Illustratio
n1
BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC
cabinet
External power
equipment
35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one group;

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two groups
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
External power
equipment

TMC11H (Ver.D)
External power
equipment


503

Cables
Cable
Exterior
Illustratio
n2
6 Power Cables
Cabinet Type
Power
Equipment
RFC (Ver.D) in a DC
scenario
External power
equipment

RFC (Ver.E) in a DC
scenario
External power
equipment

BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z) DC cabinet
External power
equipment

DBS3900 where a
BBU is installed on a
wall, or where a 19inch rack or IMB03 is
installed
External power
equipment

RFC (Ver.D) in an AC
scenario
EPU05A-02 or
EPU05A-04 in an
APM30H
25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group
RFC (Ver.E) in an AC
scenario
EPU05A-06 or
EPU05A-08 in an
APM30H
BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z) AC cabinet
EPU05A-02 or
EPU05A-04
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
AC cabinet
EPU05A-02
APM30H (Ver.D)
EPU05A-03 or
EPU05A-05 in an
APM30H
APM30H (Ver.E)
EPU05A-07 or
EPU05A-09 in an
APM30H

section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12C power cables when DCDU-12Cs are
DCDU-12C power cable is 10 m (32.80 ft).
Exterior
DCDU-12C power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the
exteriors of various DCDU-12C power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

504

Cables
6 Power Cables
(1) EPC4 connector
NOTE
DCDU-12C power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of
various DCDU-12C power cables.
l
figure.
In other regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12C power cables when DCDU-12Cs are
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

505

Cables
6 Power Cables

Illustration
Base
Station
Cabinet Type
Power
Equipment
Cable
Specifications
Illustration 1
BTS3900A
or DBS3900
l Transmissio
n cabinet
TMC11H
(Ver.D) in an
AC scenario
EPU05A-02,
EPU05A-03,
EPU05A-04,
EPU05A-06,
EPU05A-07,
EPU05A-08,
EPU05A-09, or
EPU05A-05 in
an APM30H
4 mm2 (0.006 in.2) for

one group
l Transmissio
n cabinet
TMC11H
(Ver.E) in an
AC scenario
Illustration 2
BTS3900AL
Transmission
cabinet
TMC11H
(Ver.D) or
TMC11H
(Ver.E)
DCDU-12C in
the equipment
compartment in
a BTS3900AL
AC cabinet
4 mm2 (0.006 in.2) for

one group
BTS3900A
or DBS3900
l Transmissio
n cabinet
TMC11H
(Ver.D) in a
DC scenario
External power
equipment
4 mm2 (0.006 in.2) for

one group
l Transmissio
n cabinet
TMC11H
(Ver.E) in a
DC scenario
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
DBS3900
IBC10
External power
equipment
35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for

one group; 16 mm2
(0.025 in.2) for two
groups
BTS3012AE
BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z) DC
cabinet
External power
equipment
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for

one group

506

Cables
6 Power Cables
Illustration
Base
Station
Cabinet Type
Power
Equipment
Cable
Specifications
Illustration 3
BTS3900A
l Power
cabinet
TMC11H
(Ver.D) in a
DC scenario
External power
equipment (The
power from this
power
equipment is
transferred by
the DC junction
box in an RFC.)
25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for

one group
l Power
cabinet
TMC11H
(Ver.E) in a
DC scenario
Illustration 4
BTS3900AL
BTS3900AL
(Ver.A)a AC
cabinet
PDU03D-01 or
ETP48400 in a
cabinet
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for

one group
BTS3900AL
BTS3900AL
(Ver.A) DC
cabinet
PDU03D-01 in
a cabinet
l DCDU-12C in the
equipment
compartment: 16
mm2 (0.025 in.2) for
one group
l DCDU-12C in the
RF compartment:
25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)
for one group
a: This DCDU-12C refers to the one in the equipment compartment in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
AC cabinet. The DCDU-12C in the RF compartment is power-fed by a BusBar.

A DCDU-13A power cable feeds DC power from power equipment into the DCDU-13A on the
left inside an RFC (Ver.D_A) cabinet. This section describes the specifications of DCDU-13A
power cables connecting different power equipment.
Exterior
The DCDU-13A power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various DCDU-13A power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

507

Cables
6 Power Cables
NOTE
In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-13A power cable are black and
blue, respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-13A power cables.
Cable
Exteri
or
Cabinet
Type
Power Equipment
See
illustra
tion 1.
RFC
(Ver.D_A) in
DC scenarios
35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one

group; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
2), two group
See
illustra
tion 2.
RFC
(Ver.D_A) in
AC scenarios
cabinet
25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one

group
Power Cable Between Cascaded DCDU-13As

The power cable connecting two DCDU-13As in an RFC (Ver.D_A) cabinet feeds DC power
from the left DCDU-13A into the right one. This section describes the specifications of the power
cable between cascaded DCDU-13As.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

508

Cables
6 Power Cables
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As.
(1) OT terminal
Description
The following table lists the specifications of the power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As.
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
RFC (Ver.D_A)
Left DCDU-13A in the cabinet
25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group
6.1.2 EPU/EPS/ETP Power Cables

This section describes power cables for different models of EPUs, EPSs, and ETPs.
EPS 01A or EPS 01C Power Cable

An EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an
APM30H (Ver.B). An APM30H (Ver.B) is used in a BTS3900A base station. The maximum
length of an EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The color and number of wires in EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables differ. The following
figure shows the exteriors of EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables.
NOTE
The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally,
the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

509

Cables
6 Power Cables
Description
The following table describes EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Exterior
Cable
Wire
Wire Color
Cable
Specifications
See illustration
1.
EPS 01A power

cable in the 220
V AC threephase scenario
L1
Brown
2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)
L2
Black
L3
Gray
Blue

510

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable
Exterior
Cable
See illustration
2.
See illustration
3.
Wire
Wire Color
PE
Green and
yellow
EPS 01A power

cable in the 220
V AC singlephase scenario
Brown
Blue
PE
Green and
yellow
EPS 01C power

cable
L1
Black
L2
Red
White
PE
Green
Cable
Specifications
6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)
6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)
EPS 01B or EPS 01D Power Cable

An EPS 01B or EPS 01D power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an
APM30H (Ver.B). An APM30H (Ver.B) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The maximum
length of an EPS 01B or EPS 01D power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The color and number of wires in EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables differ. The following
figure shows the exteriors of EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables.
NOTE
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

511

Cables
6 Power Cables
Description
The following table describes EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Exterior
Cable
Wire
Wire Color
Cable
Specifications
See illustration
1.
EPS 01B
power cable in
the 220 V AC
three-phase
scenario
L1
Brown
L2
Black
2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.

2)
L3
Gray
Blue

512

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable
Exterior
Cable
See illustration
2.
See illustration
3.
Wire
Wire Color
PE
Green and
yellow
EPS 01B
power cable in
the 220 V AC
single-phase
scenario
Brown
Blue
PE
Green and
yellow
EPS 01D
power cable
L1
Black
L2
Red
White
PE
Green
Cable
Specifications
6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)
6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

An EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in
an APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet is used in a BTS3900A base station.
The maximum length of an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The color and number of wires in EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables differ. The
following figure shows the exteriors of EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables.
NOTE
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

513

Cables
6 Power Cables
Description
The following table describes EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Exterior
Cable
Wire
Wire Color
Cable
Specifications
See illustration
1.
EPU03A-02
power cable in
the 220 V AC
three-phase
scenario
L1
Brown
4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)
L2
Black
L3
Gray
Blue

514

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable
Exterior
Cable
See illustration
2.
See illustration
3.
Wire
Wire Color
PE
Green and
yellow
EPU03A-02
power cable in
the 220 V AC
single-phase
scenario
Brown
Blue
PE
Green and
yellow
EPU03A-04
power cable
L1
Black
L2
Red
White
PE
Green
Cable
Specifications
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

an APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.C) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The
maximum length of an EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
NOTE
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

515

Cables
6 Power Cables
Description
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Exterior
Cable
Wire
Wire Color
Cable
Specifications
See illustration
1.
EPU03A-03
power cable in
the 220 V AC
three-phase
scenario
L1
Brown
4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)
L2
Black
L3
Gray
Blue

516

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable
Exterior
Cable
See illustration
2.
See illustration
3.
Wire
Wire Color
PE
Green and
yellow
EPU03A-03
power cable in
the 220 V AC
single-phase
scenario
Brown
Blue
PE
Green and
yellow
EPU03A-05
power cable
L1
Black
L2
Red
White
PE
Green
Cable
Specifications
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

an APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet is used in a BTS3900A base station.
The maximum length of an EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
NOTE
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

517

Cables
6 Power Cables
Description
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable Exterior
Cable
Wire
Wire
Color
Cable
Specifications
See illustration 1.
EPU05A-02
power cable in
the 220 V AC
three-phase
scenario
L1
Brown
6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)
L2
Black
L3
Gray
Blue

518

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable Exterior
See illustration 2.
See illustration 3.
Cable
Wire
Wire
Color
PE
Green and
yellow
EPU05A-02
power cable in
the 220 V AC
single-phase
scenario
Brown
Blue
PE
Green and
yellow
EPU05A-04
power cable
L1
Black
L2
Red
White
PE
Green
Cable
Specifications
25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2)
25 mm2 (0.039 in.

2)

an APM30H (Ver.D). An APM30H (Ver.D) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The maximum
length of an EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
NOTE
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

519

Cables
6 Power Cables
Description
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Exterior
Cable
Wire
Wire Color
Cable
Specifications
See illustration
1.
EPU05A-03
power cable in
the 220 V AC
three-phase
scenario
L1
Brown
6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)
L2
Black
L3
Gray
Blue

520

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable
Exterior
Cable
See illustration
2.
See illustration
3.
Wire
Wire Color
PE
Green and
yellow
EPU05A-03
power cable in
the 220 V AC
single-phase
scenario
Brown
Blue
PE
Green and
yellow
EPU05A-05
power cable
L1
Black
L2
Red
White
PE
Green
Cable
Specifications
25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)
25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

An EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 power cable feeds AC power from external power equipment
into the power system of an APM30H (Ver.E) in a BTS3900A. The maximum length of an
EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The colors and number of wires in an EPU05A-06 are different from those in an EPU05A-08
power cable. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU05A-06 and EPU05A-08 power
cables.
NOTE
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

521

Cables
6 Power Cables
Description
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable Exterior
Cable
Wire
Wire Color
Cable
Specifications
Illustration 1
EPU05A-06
power cable in a
220 V AC threephase scenario
L1
Brown
L2
Black
6 mm2 (0.009 in.

2)
L3
Gray
N wire
Blue

522

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable Exterior
Illustration 2
Illustration 3
Cable
Wire
Wire Color
PE
Green and
yellow
EPU05A-06
power cable in a
220 V AC
single-phase
scenario
Brown
N wire
Blue
PE wire
Green and
yellow
EPU05A-08
power cable
L1
Black
L2
Red
N wire
White
PE wire
Green
Cable
Specifications
25 mm2 (0.039
in.2)
25 mm2 (0.039
in.2)

An EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 power cable feeds AC power from external power equipment
into the power system of an APM30H (Ver.E) in a DBS3900. The maximum length of an
EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The colors and number of wires in an EPU05A-07 are different from those in an EPU05A-09
power cable. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU05A-07 and EPU05A-09 power
cables.
NOTE
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

523

Cables
6 Power Cables
Description
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Exterior
Cable
Wire
Wire Color
Cable
Specifications
Illustration 1
EPU05A-07
power cable in
a 220 V AC
three-phase
scenario
L1 wire
Brown
6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)
L2 wire
Black
L3 wire
Gray
N wire
Blue

524

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable
Exterior
Cable
Illustration 2
Illustration 3
Wire
Wire Color
PE wire
Green and
yellow
EPU05A-07
power cable in
a 220 V AC
single-phase
scenario
L wire
Brown
N wire
Blue
PE wire
Green and
yellow
EPU05A-09
power cable
L1 wire
Black
L2 wire
Red
N wire
White
PE wire
Green
Cable
Specifications
25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)
25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

An ETP48100-A1 power cable feeds external AC power into an ETP48100-A1 from a
PDU10D-01 after the AC power is converted by a surge protective device (SPD).
The cross-sectional area of the wires of an ETP48100-A1 power cable is 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2), as
shown in the following figure.
EPS30-4815AF Power Cable

An EPS30-4815AF power cable feeds power into an IMB03 AC cabinet. The maximum length
of an EPS30-4815AF power cable is 6 m (19.69 ft).
The following figure shows the exterior of an EPS30-4815AF power cable. The cross-sectional
area of the wire is 1 mm 2 (0.002 in.2).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

525

Cables
6 Power Cables
NOTE
EPS4890 Power Cable

An EPS4890 power cable feeds AC power into cabinets. EPS4890 power cables are used in the
BTS3900 (Ver.B) AC cabinet and DBS3900 (ICR) cabinet. By using different power systems,
a cabinet can support power inputs of 220 V AC single-phase and 220 V AC three-phase. The
maximum length of an EPS4890 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The wires in an EPS4890 power cable vary depending on the power input type. The following
figure shows the power exteriors of EPS4890 power cables.
NOTE
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

526

Cables
6 Power Cables
Description
The following table describes EPS4890 power cables.
Cable
Exterior
Cabinet
Type
Cable
Wire
Wire Color
Cable
Specificatio
ns
See
illustration
1.
l BTS390
0
(Ver.B)
in AC
scenario
s
EPS4890
power cable
in the 220 V
AC threephase
scenario
L1
Yellow
L2
Green
2.5 mm2
(0.004 in.2)
L3
Red
Blue
l IMB03
cabinet
in the
DBS390
0 (ICR)
scenario
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

527

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable
Exterior
Cabinet
Type
Cable
Wire
Wire Color
Cable
Specificatio
ns
See
illustration
2.
l BTS390
0
(Ver.B)
in AC
scenario
s
EPS4890
power cable
in the 220 V
AC singlephase
scenario
Brown
Blue
6 mm2 (0.009
in.2)
l IMB03
cabinet
in the
DBS390
0 (ICR)
scenario
EPS24S48100DC Power Cable

An EPS24S48100DC power cable feeds +24 V DC power into cabinets. EPS24S48100DC
power cables are used in the following cabinets: BTS3900 (Ver.B) (+ 24 V DC), APM30H
(Ver.B) (+ 24 V), and DBS3900 (ICR). The maximum length of an EPS24S48100DC power
cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EPS24S48100DC power cable.
Description
The following table describes EPS24S48100DC power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

528

Cables
6 Power Cables

Wire
Wire Color
RTN(+)
Red
NEG(-)
Black
25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two

groups
ETP48400 Power Cable

An ETP48400 power feeds AC power into the PDU05A-01 and ETP48400 in a BTS3900AL
AC cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48400 power cable.
Description
The following table describes an ETP48400 power cable.
Cable
Wire
Wire Color
Cable
Specifications
ETP48400 power
cable
Brown
6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)
Blue

An ETP48150-A3 power cable feeds external AC power into a BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet. The
maximum length of an ETP48150-A3 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

529

Cables
6 Power Cables
Exterior
A BTS3900 cabinet can be supplied with 220 V AC single-phase or 220 V AC three-phase
power. The number of wires in an ETP48150-A3 power cable depends on the power system
where the ETP48150-A3 is used. The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48150-A3
power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario as an example.
Description
The following table describes ETP48150-A3 power cables.
Cable
Exterior
Cable
Wire
Wire Color
Cable
Specifications
See illustration
1.
ETP48150-A3
power cable in
the 220 V AC
three-phase
scenario
L1
Brown
L2
Black
4 mm2 (0.006 in.

2)
L3
Gray
Blue
Blue
Brown
See illustration
2.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
ETP48150-A3
power cable in

16 mm2 (0.025
in.2)
530

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable
Exterior
Cable
Wire
Wire Color
the 220 V AC
single-phase
scenario
PE
Green and yellow
Cable
Specifications
6.1.3 PDU Power Cables

This section describes power cables for different models of PDUs.

A PDU10D-01 power cable feeds power from power equipment into a PDU10D-01. The
maximum length of a PDU10D-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
PDU10D-01 power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows
the exteriors of various PDU10D-01 power cables.
NOTE
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

531

Cables
6 Power Cables
Description
The following table describes PDU10D-01 power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Exterior
Cabinet
Type
Power Equipment
Wire
Wire
Color
Cable
Specificatio
ns
See
illustration
1.
OMB (Ver.C)
in DC
scenarios
External power
equipment
RTN(+)
Black
NEG(-)
Blue
4 mm2 (0.006
in.2)
See
illustration
2.
OMB (Ver.C)
in AC
scenarios
ETP48100-A1 in a
cabinet
RTN(+)
Black
NEG(-)
Blue
See
illustration
3.
OMB (Ver.C)
in AC
scenarios
External power
equipment in the 220
V AC single-phase
scenario
Brown
Blue
PE
Green
and
yellow

16 mm2 (0.025
in.2)
4 mm2 (0.006
in.2)
532

Cables
6 Power Cables
PDU05A-01 Power Cable

A PDU05A-01 power cable feeds AC power into the PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet.
A PDU05A-01 supports 220 V AC single-phase, 220 V AC three-phase, and 110 V AC duallive-wire. The maximum length of a PDU05A-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The number of wires in a PDU05A-01 power cable varies depending on the power supplies. The
following figure shows the exteriors of various PDU05A-01 power cables.
NOTE
The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the
cables must comply with local rules and regulations.
Description
The following table describes PDU05A-01 power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

533

Cables
6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior
Cable
Wire
Wire Color
Cable
Specifications
See illustration
1.
PDU05A-01
power cable in
the 220 V AC
three-phase
scenario
L1
Brown
L2
Black
10 mm2 (0.016
in.2)
L3
Gray
Blue
PE
Green and
yellow
PDU05A-01
power cable in
the 220 V AC
single-phase
scenario
Brown
Blue
PE
Green and
yellow
PDU05A-01
power cable in
the 110 V duallive-wire
scenario
L1
Black
L2
Red
White
PE
Green
See illustration
2.
See illustration
3.
35 mm2 (0.054
in.2)
35 mm2 (0.054
in.2)

A PDU03D-01 power cable feeds power from a BTS3900AL AC cabinet or external power
cabinet into a BTS3900AL DC cabinet.
Exterior
PDU03D-01 power cables vary depending on the power supplies. The following figure shows
various PDU03D-01 power supplies.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

534

Cables
6 Power Cables
NOTE
Colors of wires in a PDU03D-01 power cable vary depending on regions as follows:

l
Description
The following table describes PDU03A-01 power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable Exterior
Power Equipment
See illustration 1.
Busbar in a
BTS3900AL AC
cabinet
25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), two groups, LSZHa

535

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable Exterior
Power Equipment
See illustration 2.
LOAD2 terminal in a
BTS3900AL AC
cabinet
25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), one group, LSZHb
See illustration 3.
External power
equipment
25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), three groups, LSZHc
a: If the preceding power cables are not delivered by default, one group of 70 mm2 (0.108 in.
2) PVC power cables or two groups of 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) PVC power cables that are locally
purchased can be the substitutes.
b: If the preceding power cable is not delivered by default, one group of 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
2) PVC power cables that are locally purchased can be the substitute.
c: If the preceding power cables are not delivered by default, the PVC power cables that are
locally purchased and meet the requirements in both a and b can be the substitutes.
6.1.4 Power Cables for Other Power Supply Devices

This section describes power cables for other power supply devices.

The power cable for an AC junction box feeds AC power into the AC junction box from power
equipment. The AC power is then converted by the AC junction box into four AC outputs, which
are provided for other components such as the heater or heating film. This section also describes
the specifications of power cables for AC junction boxes in different cabinets.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exteriors of power cables for AC junction boxes.
NOTE
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

536

Cables
6 Power Cables
NOTE
The L wire is brown and the N wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes power cables for AC junction boxes.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Illustration
1
APM30H (Ver.B),
APM30H (Ver.C),
APM30H (Ver.D), or
APM30H (Ver.E)
EPS 01, EPU03A, or EPU05A 1.5 mm2 (0.0023

in.2)
TMC11H (Ver.B),
TMC11H (Ver.C),
TMC11H (Ver.D), or
TMC11H (Ver.E)
EPS 01, EPU03A, or EPU05A 1.5 mm2 (0.0023

in an APM30H (feeding power in.2)
into the AC junction box in the
APM30H)

Cable
Specifications
537

Cables
Cable
Exterior
6 Power Cables
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Cable
Specifications
IBBS700D or
IBBS700T
EPU05A in an APM30H
(Ver.D) (feeding power into
the AC junction box in the
APM30H)
1.5 mm2 (0.0023

in.2)
Illustration
2
BTS3900AL AC
cabinet
PDU05A-01
2.5 mm2 (0.004

in.2)
Illustration
3
BTS3900AL DC
cabinet
PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL
AC cabinet (feeding power
BTS3900AL AC cabinet)
2.5 mm2 (0.004

in.2)
IBBS700D or
IBBS700T
PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL
AC cabinet (feeding power
BTS3900AL AC cabinet)
2.5 mm2 (0.004

in.2)
IBBS300D
EPU05A in an APM30H
(Ver.D) or APM30H (Ver.E)
(feeding power into the AC
junction box in the APM30H)
2.5mm2
Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box

Power cables for a power distribution box include the power cable between power equipment
to the power distribution box in a battery cabinet (IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS20D,
IBBS700D, or IBBS700T) and power cable between the cascaded power distribution boxes in
two battery cabinets.
Exterior
Power cables for power distribution boxes vary according to power equipment. The following
figure shows the exteriors of these power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

538

Cables
6 Power Cables
(5) EPC5 connector
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

539

Cables
6 Power Cables
NOTE
The colors of power cables for a power distribution box in an IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D),
IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.E), IBBS700D, or IBBS700T vary depending on regions as follows:
l
In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are red and black, respectively, as shown in the preceding
figure.
Description
The following table describes the power cables for power distribution boxes.
Cable Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power
Equipment
Illustration 1
IBBS200D (Ver.B)
or IBBS200T
(Ver.B)
EPS01A, EPS01B,
EPS01C, or
EPS01D in an
APM30H (Ver.B)
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)
Illustration 2
IBBS200D (Ver.C)
or IBBS200T
(Ver.C)
EPU03A-02,
EPU03A-03,
EPU03A-04, or
EPU03A-05 in an
APM30H (Ver.C)
35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
Illustration 3
IBBS200D (Ver.D)
or IBBS200T
(Ver.D)
EPU05A-02,
EPU05A-03,
EPU05A-04, or
EPU05A-05 in an
APM30H (Ver.D)
35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), 3436
IBBS200D (Ver.E)
or IBBS200T
(Ver.E)
l EPU05A-06,
EPU05A-07,
EPU05A-08, or
EPU05A-09 in
an APM30H
(Ver.E)
50 mm2 (0.078 in.2), 3436
l Power
distribution box
in an IBBS200D
(Ver.E) or
IBBS200T
(Ver.E)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

540

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power
Equipment
Illustration 3
IBBS700D or
IBBS700T
l EPU05A-02,
EPU05A-03,
EPU05A-04, or
EPU05A-05 in
an APM30H
(Ver.D)
35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), 3436
l ETP48400 in a
BTS3900AL
cabinet
l TP48600A
Illustration 5
IBBS20D
ETP48100-B1 in an
IMB03
10 mm2 (0.016 in.2)
Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC

A power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC feeds -48 V DC power into the DC junction
box in an RFC.
Exterior
Depending on the power supply supported by an RFC, there are three types of power cables for
the DC junction box in an RFC. The following figure shows the exteriors of these power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

541

Cables
6 Power Cables
NOTE
Colors of wires in a power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.E) vary depending
on regions as follows:
l
figure.
Description
The following table describes power cables for the DC junction box in an RFC.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

542

Cables
6 Power Cables

Cable
Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Illustration 1
RFC (Ver.C),
RFC (Ver.D), or
RFC (Ver.E) in
a DC scenario
External power
equipment
35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one

group; 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for
two groups
Illustration 2
RFC (Ver.C) in
an AC scenario
EPU03A-02 or
EPU03A-04 in an
APM30H (Ver.C)
Illustration 3
RFC (Ver.D) in
an AC scenario
EPU05A-02 or
EPU05A-04 in an
APM30H (Ver.D)
RFC (Ver.E) in
an AC scenario
EPU05A-06 or
EPU05A-08 in an
APM30H (Ver.E)
Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL

The power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL connects the PDU03D-01 to the DC
junction box in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet and feeds DC power into DC junction box.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for the DC junction box in a
BTS3900AL.
Figure 6-32 Exterior of a power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

543

Cables
6 Power Cables
NOTE
The color of the power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL varies depending on the region.
l
In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black, and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in Figure 6-32.
In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.
Description
The following table describes a power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL.
Cable
Wire
Power cable for the DC

junction box in a
BTS3900AL
NEG(-): W1 and W2
16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)
RTN(+): W3
35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/

IBBS300Ts
The DC junction boxes in two IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts are cascaded by power cables,
including the power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts and the cascading
power cable for the fans in two IBBS300Ds or the cascading power cable for the TECs in two
IBBS300Ts.
Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts

A power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts connects the DC junction box in
one IBBS300D or IBBS300T to the DC junction box in the other IBBS300D or IBBS300T to
provide power for the second IBBS300D or IBBS300T. The following figure shows the exterior
of a power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts.
Figure 6-33 Exterior of a power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts
NOTE
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are red and black, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.
The following table lists specifications of the power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or
IBBS300Ts.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

544

Cables
6 Power Cables

Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
IBBS300D or
IBBS300T
DC junction box in the cabinet
A group of 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

cables
Cascading Power Cable for the Fans or TECs

A cascading power cable for the fans or TECs connects the DC junction box in one IBBS300D
or IBBS300T to the DC junction box in the other IBBS300D or IBBS300T to provide power for
the fan or TEC in the second IBBS300D or IBBS300T. The following figure shows the exterior
of a cascading power cable for the fans or TECs.
Figure 6-34 Exterior of a cascading power cable for the fans or TECs
NOTE
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.
The following table lists specifications of the power cable between cascaded fans in IBBS300Ds
or cascaded TECs in IBBS300Ts.
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
IBBS300D or
IBBS300T
DC junction box in the cabinet
One group of cables with a

cross-sectional area of 2.5 mm2
(0.0039 in.2)
Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets

The power distribution boxes in two IBBS20D cabinets are cascaded by a power cable, which
feeds power from one power distribution box into the other.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable between cascaded IBBS20D cabinets.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

545

Cables
6 Power Cables
NOTE
Description
The following table describes power cables between cascaded IBBS20Ds.
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
IBBS20D
Power distribution box in the

cabinet
A group of cables with a

cross-sectional area of 10
mm2 (0.016 in.2)

Storage battery power cables connect storage batteries to power equipment. Storage battery
power cables include the power cable between storage batteries and the power distribution box,
power cable between storage batteries and the EPU, and copper bars between storage batteries.
Storage battery power cables are required in an IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, IBBS300T,
IBBS20D, IBBS700D, IBBS700T, BTS3900AL cabinet, or IMS06.
NOTE
Colors of storage battery power cables vary depending on regions as follows:

l
In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are red and black, respectively, as shown in the following
figure.
Power Cables Between Battery Packs and Power Distribution Boxes

When storage batteries are installed in an IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.C), IBBS200D
(Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.B), IBBS200T (Ver.C), IBBS200T (Ver.D),
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

546

Cables
6 Power Cables
IBBS200T (Ver.E), IBBS20D, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T, storage battery power cables are those
between battery packs and power distribution boxes. The following figure shows the exteriors
of storage battery power cables between battery packs and power distribution boxes.
Figure 6-36 Exteriors of cables (1)
The following table describes storage battery power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

547

Cables
6 Power Cables
Table 6-34 Cable description (1)

Cable Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Cable
Specifications
Illustration 1 in
Figure 6-36
l IBBS700D or
IBBS700T
Power distribution
box in a battery
cabinet
35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2)
IBBS200D (Ver.E) or
IBBS200T (Ver.E)
connecting storage
batteries to the power
distribution box on the
top of a cabinet
Power distribution
box in a battery
cabinet
35 mm2 (0.054 in.

2)
IBBS200D (Ver.B) or
IBBS200T (Ver.B)
Power distribution
box in a battery
cabinet
16 mm2 (0.025 in.

2)
IBBS20D
Power distribution
box in a battery
cabinet
10 mm2 (0.016 in.

2)
l IBBS200D
(Ver.C) or
IBBS200T
(Ver.C)
l IBBS200D
(Ver.D) or
IBBS200T
(Ver.D)
l IBBS200D
(Ver.E) or
IBBS200T
(Ver.E)
(connecting
storage batteries to
the power
distribution box on
the inner upper
right wall of a
cabinet)
Illustration 2 in
Figure 6-36
Power Cables Between Battery Packs and an EPU or Busbar

When storage batteries are installed in a BTS3900AL cabinet or IMS06, storage battery power
cables are those between battery packs and power equipment. The following figure shows the
exteriors of storage battery power cables between battery packs and power equipment.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

548

Cables
6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Cable
Specifications
Figure 6-37
IMS06
EPU05A-02
35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
BTS3900AL
Busbar
35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
When storage batteries are installed in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T, storage battery power cables
include power cables for the battery cabinet and power cables for battery packs. The following
figure shows the exteriors of storage battery power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

549

Cables
6 Power Cables

Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable Exterior
Cable
Cabinet
Type
Connection
Cable
Specification
s
Illustration 1 in
Figure 6-38
Power cables for

battery packs
IBBS300D
or
IBBS300T
From the positive

pole of a DC
junction box to the
corresponding
circuit breaker
35 mm2 (0.054
in.2)

550

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable Exterior
Cabinet
Type
Connection
Cable
Specification
s
Illustration 2 in
Figure 6-38
IBBS300D
or
IBBS300T
From a circuit
breaker to the
positive pole of the
battery pack
35 mm2 (0.054
in.2)
Illustration 3 in
Figure 6-38
IBBS300D
or
IBBS300T
From the negative

pole of a DC
junction box to the
negative pole of the
battery pack
35 mm2 (0.054
in.2)
IBBS300D
or
IBBS300T
From the positive

and negative poles
of a DC junction
box to the EPU
50 mm2 (0.077
in.2)
Illustration 4 in
Figure 6-38
Cable
Power cables for

a battery cabinet
Copper Bars Between Storage Batteries

Copper bars are delivered with the storage batteries. The following figure shows the exterior of
a copper bar.
Figure 6-39 Exterior of a copper bar between storage batteries
6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices

This section describes power cables for all monitoring devices.
6.2.1 CMUEA Power Cable

A CMUEA power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the CMUEA on the front door of a cabinet
from the power distribution box in an IBBS700D.
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA power cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

551

Cables
6 Power Cables
(1) 3V3 connector
(2) Bare wire
6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable

A CMUF power cable feeds DC power into a CMUF from power equipment. This section
describes the specifications of various CMUF power cables when a CMUF is configured in
different cabinets.
Exterior
Figure 6-41 shows the exterior of a CMUF power cable.
Figure 6-41 Cable exterior (most regions)
(1) 3V3 connector
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
(2) EPC4 connector

(3) Bare wire
552

Cables
6 Power Cables
Figure 6-42 Cable exterior (UK)
(1) 3V3 connector
(2) EPC4 connector
Description
The following table describes CMUF power cables.
Cable Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Description
Figure 6-41.
BTS3900AL
DCDU-12C in the
equipment
compartment in a
BTS3900AL
In other regions, the

RTN(+) and NEG(-)
wires are black and
blue, respectively.
Figure 6-42
BTS3900AL
DCDU-12C in the
equipment
compartment in a
BTS3900AL
In UK, the RTN(+)

and NEG(-) wires are
blue and gray,
respectively.
Figure 6-41.
IBBS700T
Power distribution
box in a IBBS700T
6.2.3 CMUG Power Cable

A CMUG power cable feeds -48 V DC power from a power distribution box into the CMUG.
CMUG power cables are required by IBBS20Ds.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG power cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

553

Cables
6 Power Cables
(1) 2-pin connector
NOTE
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes a CMUG power cable.
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
IBBS20D
Power distribution box in an

IBBS20D
A group of 1.5 mm2 (0.002 in.2)

cables
6.2.4 CCU Power Cable

A CCU power cable feeds -48 V DC power from the DCDU-12C into a CCU. A CCU is
configured in the following cabinet: BTS3900AL, IBBS700D, and IBBS700T.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU power cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

554

Cables
6 Power Cables
(1) EPC4 connector
Description
The following table describes a CCU power cable.
Cabinet
Power Equipment
BTS3900AL
DCDU-12C in a BTS3900AL
IBBS700D
Power distribution box in a IBBS700D
IBBS700T
Power distribution box in a IBBS700T
6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable

A CCU01D-03 power cable feeds -48 V DC power from a DC junction box into a CCU01D-03.
The IBBS300D and IBBS300T need to be configured with CCU01D-03 power cables.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU01D-03 power cable.
Figure 6-45 Exterior of the cable
(1) 3V3 connector
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

555

Cables
6 Power Cables
Description
The following table describes CCU01D-03 power cables.
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
DC junction box in the IBBS300D or IBBS300T
6.2.6 HEUA Power Cable

An HEUA power cable feeds power from the EPS30-4815AF in an OMB into an HEUA.
The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUA power cable.
NOTE
An HEUA power cable is a Y-shaped cable. The cable connects to an HEUA and a BBU at the end with two
3V3 connectors and feeds power into the HEUA and BBU.
(1) 3V3 connector
(2) H4 connector

An HEUB power cable feeds power from the PDU10D-01 in an OMB (Ver.C) into an HEUB.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB power cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

556

Cables
6 Power Cables
(1) 3V3 connector
(2) EPC4 connector
Description
The following table describes an HEUB power cable.
Wire
X1 End
X2 End
W1
X1.A1
X2.B1
W2
X1.A3
X2.B2
6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices

This section describes power cables for all temperature control devices.
6.3.1 Power Cables for Fan Assemblies

This section describes power cables for different models of fan assemblies.
FAN Power Cables

A FAN power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN in the BTS3900 (Ver.B) or BTS3900L
(Ver.B) cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN power cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

557

Cables
6 Power Cables
Figure 6-48 Exterior of a FAN power cable
(1) 3V3 connector
Description
The following table describes a FAN power cable.
Table 6-42 FAN power cable
X1 End
X2 End
X1.A3
X2.B1
X1.A1
X2.B2
FAN 01A Power Cables

A FAN 01A power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01A in the RFC (Ver.B).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 01A power cable.
Figure 6-49 Exterior of a FAN 01A power cable
(1) 3V3 connector
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

558

Cables
6 Power Cables
Description
The following table describes a FAN 01A power cable.
Table 6-43 FAN 01A power cable
Wire
X1 End
X2 End
W1
X1.A1
X2.B2
W2
X1.A3
X2.B1
FAN 01B Power Cable

A FAN 01B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01B in an RFC (Ver.C).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 01B power cable.
Figure 6-50 Exterior of a FAN 01B power cable
(1) 3V3 connector
NOTE
The colors of FAN 01B power cables vary depending on regions.

l
Description
The following table describes a FAN 01B power cable.
Table 6-44 FAN 01B power cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
X1 End
X2 End
W1
X1.A1
X2.B1
W2
X1.A3
X2.B2

559

Cables
6 Power Cables
FAN 01C Power Cable

A FAN 01C power cable feeds -48 V DC power into a FAN 01C in the RFC (Ver.D).
Exterior
The colors of FAN 01C power cables vary depending on regions.
l
In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black, as shown in Figure 6-51.
In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray, as shown in Figure 6-52.
Figure 6-51 Exterior of a FAN 01C power cable in most regions
(1) 3V3 connector
(2) EPC4 connector
Figure 6-52 Exterior of a FAN 01C power cable in UK
(1) 3V3 connector
(2) EPC4 connector
Description
The following table describes a FAN 01C power cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

560

Cables
6 Power Cables
Table 6-45 FAN 01C power cable

Cable
X1 End
X2 End
W1
X1.A1
X2.B1
W2
X1.A3
X2.B2
FAN 01D Power Cable

A FAN 01D power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01D in an RFC (Ver.E).
Exterior
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a FAN 01D power cable are black, as shown in the following
figure.
(2) EPC4 connector
(1) 3V3 connector
Description
The following table describes a FAN 01D power cable.
Cable
X1 End
X2 End
W1
X1.A1
X2.B1
W2
X1.A3
X2.B2
FAN 02A Power Cable

A FAN 02A power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02A in an APM30H (Ver.B) or
TMC11H (Ver.B).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

561

Cables
6 Power Cables
Exterior
The FAN 02A in an APM30H (Ver.B) is powered by the EPS 01A or EPS 01. The following
figure shows the exterior of a FAN 02A power cable.
Figure 6-54 Exterior of a FAN 02A power cable (1)
(1) 3V3 connector
The FAN 02A in a TMC11H (Ver.B) is powered by the DCDU-03C. The following figure shows
the exterior of a FAN 02A power cable.
Figure 6-55 Exterior of a FAN 02A power cable (2)
(1) 3V3 connector
FAN 02B Power Cable

A FAN 02B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02B in an APM30H (Ver.C) or
TMC11H (Ver.C).
Exterior
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

562

Cables
6 Power Cables
(1) 3V3 connector
NOTE

l
Description
Cable
X1 End
X2 End
W1
X1.A3
X2.B1
W2
X1.A1
X2.B2
FAN 02D Power Cable

A FAN 02D power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02D in an APM30H (Ver.D) or
TMC11H (Ver.D).
Exterior
The colors of FAN 02D power cables vary depending on regions.
l
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

563

Cables
6 Power Cables
Figure 6-57 Exterior of a FAN 02D power cable in most regions
(1) 3V3 connector
(2) EPC4 connector
Figure 6-58 Exterior of a FAN 02D power cable in UK
(2) EPC4 connector
(1) 3V3 connector
Description
The following table describes a FAN 02D power cable.
Table 6-48 FAN 02D power cable
Cable
X1 End
X2 End
W1
X1.A1
X2.B1
W2
X1.A3
X2.B2
FAN 03B Power Cable

A FAN 03B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 03B in the BTS3900 (Ver.C) or
BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet.
Exterior
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

564

Cables
6 Power Cables
(1) 3V3 connector
NOTE

l
Description
Cable
X1 End
X2 End
W1
X1.A3
X2.B1
W2
X1.A1
X2.B2
FAN 03C Power Cable

A FAN 03C power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 03C in the BTS3900 (Ver.D) or
BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03C power cable when the FAN 03C is used
for the BTS3900L (Ver.D) in most regions or BTS3900 (Ver.D).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

565

Cables
6 Power Cables
Figure 6-60 Exterior of a FAN 03C power cable
(1) 3V3 connector
(2) EPC4 connector
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03C power cable when the FAN 03C is used
for the BTS3900L (Ver.D) in UK.
Figure 6-61 Exterior of a FAN 03C power cable in UK
(2) EPC4 connector
(1) 3V3 connector
Description
The following table describes a FAN 03C power cable.
Table 6-50 FAN 03C power cable
Cable
X1 End
X2 End
W1
X1.A1
X2.B2
W2
X1.A3
X2.B1
FAN 02E Power Cable

A FAN 02E power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02E in an APM30H (Ver.E) or
TMC11H (Ver.E).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

566

Cables
6 Power Cables
Exterior
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a FAN 02E power cable are black, as shown in the following
figure.
(1) 3V3 connector
(2) EPC4 connector
Description
The following table describes a FAN 02E power cable.
Cable
X1 End
X2 End
W1
X1.A1
X2.B1
W2
X1.A3
X2.B2

An FAU03D-02 power cable feeds DC power into the FAU03D-02 in an IBC10 cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAU03D-02 power cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

567

Cables
6 Power Cables
Figure 6-63 Exterior of a FAU03D-02 power cable
(1) 3V3 connector
(2) EPC4 connector
Description
The following table describes the specifications of a FAU03D-02 power cable.
Table 6-52 Specifications of a FAU03D-02 power cable
Wire
X1 End
X2 End
W1
A3
B1
W2
A1
B2

An FAU03D-01 power cable feeds DC power into the FAU03D-01 in an BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
cabinet.
Exterior
The colors of FAU03D-01 power cables vary depending on regions.
l
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

568

Cables
6 Power Cables
Figure 6-64 Exterior of a FAU03D-01 power cable in most regions
(1) 3V3 connector
(2) EPC4 connector
Figure 6-65 Exterior of a FAU03D-01 power cable in UK
(1) 3V3 connector
(2) EPC4 connector
6.3.4 Power Cable for an AC Heater

The power cable for an AC heater feeds AC power into the AC heater in an APM30H or TMC11H
from power equipment.
Power Cable for an AC Heater

Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for an AC heater.
NOTE
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

569

Cables
6 Power Cables
Figure 6-66 Exterior of a power cable for an AC heater
(1) C13 connector
NOTE
The L wire, PE wire, and N wire of a power cable for an AC heater are brown, green and yellow, and blue,
respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes a power cable for an AC heater.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Cable
Specif
ication
s
APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C),

APM30H (Ver.D), or APM30H (Ver.E)
EPS or EPU in a cabinet
1.5
mm2
(0.0023
in.2)
Transmission cabinet TMC11H (Ver.B),

TMC11H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.D), or
TMC11H (Ver.E) in an AC scenario
EPS or EPU in an APM30H

(feeding power into the AC
junction box in a TMC11H)
1.5
mm2
(0.0023
in.2)
Power cabinet TMC11H (Ver.B), TMC11H

(Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H
(Ver.E) in a DC scenario
1.5
mm2
(0.0023
in.2)

570

Cables
6 Power Cables
Power Transfer Cable for an AC Heater

The power transfer cable for an AC heater feeds AC power into the AC heater from the EPU in
an APM30 (Ver.D_A1) by connecting the AC power output terminal on the EPU to the transfer
terminal on the AC heater.
The following figure shows a power transfer cable for an AC heater in an APM30 (Ver.D_A1).
Figure 6-67 Exterior of a power transfer cable for an AC heater
(1) OT terminal (M4), 1 mm2 (0.0016 in.2)

The power cable for a heating film connects the AC junction box in an APM30H to the AC
junction box for the heating film in an IBBS200D. Then the AC junction box distributes power
to the heating film.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for a heating film.
NOTE
NOTE
The L wire and N wire of a power cable for a heating film are brown and blue, respectively, as shown in the
preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes a power cable for a heating film.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

571

Cables
6 Power Cables

Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Cable
Specific
ations
IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200D

(Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.D), or
IBBS200D (Ver.E)
EPS or EPU in an APM30H (feeding

power first into the AC junction box in
the APM30H and then into the AC
junction box for the heating film in an
IBBS200D)
1.5 mm2
(0.0023
in.2)
6.3.6 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System

Power cables for the temperature control system connect the power distribution box in the
IBBS700D or IBBS700T, feeding DC power into the fan mounting frame in the IBBS700D or
the TEC in the IBBS700T and the CCU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for the temperature control system.
(1) EPC4 connector
Description
The following table describes the power cables for the temperature control system.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
X1 End
X2 End
W1
X1.A1
X2.A1
W2
X1.A2
X2.A2

572

Cables
6 Power Cables
6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable

An HAU01A-01 power cable feeds AC power into an HAU01A-01 from the AC junction box
in a BTS3900AL, IBBS300D, or IBBS700D.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the HAU01A-01 power cable.
Figure 6-70 Exterior of the cable
(1) C13 straight female connector
Description
The following table describes the HAU01A-01 power cable.
Wire
Color
Specifications
L wire
Brown
1.5 mm2 (0.005 in.2)
PE wire
Green and yellow
N wire
Blue

Fan power cables in an IBBS200D include the fan input power cable and fan power transfer
cable, feeding power into the fans in the IBBS200D.
Fan Input Power Cable in an IBBS200D

Exterior
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

573

Cables
6 Power Cables
The fan input power cable in an IBBS200D connects power equipment to the power distribution
box in the IBBS200D. The exteriors of fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds vary depending
on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure.
(3) EPC4 connector
NOTE
The colors of fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds (Ver.C) or IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) vary depending on regions
as follows:
l
figure.
Description
The following table describes fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Cable
Specification
s
Illustration 1
IBBS200D (Ver.B)
EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B,

or EPS 01D in an APM30H
(Ver.B)
2.5 mm2 (0.004

in.2)

574

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable
Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Illustration 1
IBBS200D (Ver.C)
EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04,
EPU03A-03, or EPU03A-05 in
an APM30H (Ver.C)
Illustration 2
IBBS200D (Ver.D)
EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04,
an APM30H (Ver.D)
IBBS200D (Ver.E)
EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08,
an APM30H (Ver.E)
Cable
Specification
s
Power Transfer Cable for the Fan in an IBBS200D

Exterior
The fan power transfer cable in an IBBS200D connects the power distribution box in the
IBBS200D to the fan mounting frame on the cabinet door. The exteriors of fan power transfer
cables in IBBS200Ds vary depending on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure.
(1) 3V3 connector
Description
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

575

Cables
6 Power Cables
The following table describes fan power transfer cables in IBBS200Ds.

Cabl
e
Exte
rior
Cabinet Type
Power
Equipmen
t
Color
Cable
Specifications
Illust
ratio
n1
IBBS200D
(Ver.B)
Power
distribution
box in a
cabinet
The RTN(+) and NEG(-)

wires are black and blue,
respectively.
l OT terminal (M4),
1.5 mm2 (0.0023
in.2)
Power
distribution
box in a
cabinet
l In most regions, the

RTN(+) and NEG(-)
wires are black and
blue, respectively.
IBBS200D
(Ver.C)
l OT terminal (M6),
6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)
l In UK, the RTN(+)

and NEG(-) wires are
blue and gray,
respectively.
Illust
ratio
n2
IBBS200D
(Ver.D) or
IBBS200D
(Ver.E)
Power
distribution
box in a
cabinet
Both the RTN(+) wire

and NEG(-) wire are
black.
2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

The fan power cables in an IBBS300D connect power equipment in the APM30H or
BTS3900AL cabinet to the DC junction box in the IBBS300D.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of fan power cables in an IBBS300D.
Figure 6-73 Fan power cables in an IBBS300D
(1) EPC4 connector
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

576

Cables
6 Power Cables
NOTE
The colors of fan power cables in an IBBS300D vary according to the region:
l
Description
The following table describes the fan power cables in an IBBS300D.
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
IBBS300D
Power equipment in the APM30H

or BTS3900AL cabinet
A group of 2.5 mm2 (0.016 in.

2) cables

TEC power cables in an IBBS200T include the TEC input power cable and TEC power transfer
cable, feeding power into the TEC in the IBBS200T.
TEC Input Power Cable in an IBBS200T

Exterior
The TEC input power cable in an IBBS200T connects power equipment to the power distribution
box in the IBBS200T. The exteriors of TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts vary depending
on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

577

Cables
6 Power Cables
(3) EPC4 connector
NOTE
The colors of TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts (Ver.C) or IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) vary depending on regions.
l
figure.
Description
The following table describes TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Cable
Specifications
Illustration 1
IBBS200T (Ver.B)
EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or

EPS 01D in an APM30H (Ver.B)
2.5 mm2 (0.004

in.2)
Illustration 1
IBBS200T (Ver.C)
EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04,
an APM30H (Ver.C)
Illustration 2
IBBS200T (Ver.D)
EPS05A-02, EPS05A-04,
EPS05A-03, or EPS05A-05 in
an APM30H (Ver.D)

578

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable
Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
IBBS200T (Ver.E)
EPS05A-06, EPS05A-08,
EPS05A-07, or EPS05A-09 in
an APM30H (Ver.E)
Cable
Specifications
TEC Power Transfer Cable in an IBBS200T

Exterior
The TEC power transfer cable in an IBBS200T connects the power distribution box in the
IBBS200T to the TEC on the cabinet door. TEC power transfer cables in IBBS200Ts are divided
into two types in terms of power equipment, as shown in the following figure.
(1) 3V3 connector
Description
The following table describes TEC power transfer cables in IBBS200Ts.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

579

Cables
6 Power Cables

Cabl
e
Exte
rior
Cabinet Type
Power
Equipm
ent
Color
Illust
ratio
n1
IBBS200D
(Ver.B)
Power
distributi
on box in
a cabinet
The RTN(+) and NEG

(-) wires are black and
blue, respectively.
l OT terminal (M4),
1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)
Power
distributi
on box in
a cabinet
l In most regions, the

RTN(+) and NEG(-)
wires are black and
blue, respectively.
IBBS200D
(Ver.C)
l OT terminal (M6), 6
mm2 (0.009 in.2)
l In UK, the RTN(+)

and NEG(-) wires
are blue and gray,
respectively.
Illust
ratio
n2
IBBS200D
(Ver.D) or
IBBS200D
(Ver.E)
Power
distributi
on box in
a cabinet
Both the RTN(+) wire

and NEG(-) wire are
black.
2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)
6.3.11 TEC Power Cables in the IBBS300T

The TEC power cables in an IBBS300T connect power equipment in the APM30H or
BTS3900AL cabinet to the DC junction box in the IBBS300T.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of TEC power cables in the IBBS300T.
Figure 6-76 TEC power cables in the IBBS300T
(1) EPC4 connector
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

580

Cables
6 Power Cables
NOTE
The colors of TEC power cables in an IBBS300T vary by region:

l
Description
The following table describes TEC power cables in IBBS300Ts.
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
IBBS300T
Power equipment in the APM30H

or BTS3900AL cabinet
A group of 2.5 mm2 (0.016 in.

2) cables
6.3.12 Power Cable for a Heat Exchanger in the Front Door

A power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door connects power equipment to the heat
exchanger in the front door of a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet. The power cables can be
classified into AC power cables and DC power cables in terms of cabinet types.
Exterior
l
Figure 6-77 shows the exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door in
scenarios in which the cabinet is supplied with AC power.
Figure 6-78 shows the exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door in
scenarios in which the cabinet is supplied with DC power.
Figure 6-77 Exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door (1)
(1) Common connector
NOTE
The L wire, N wire, and PE wire of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door are brown, blue, and
green and yellow, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

581

Cables
6 Power Cables
Figure 6-78 Exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door (2)
(1) 3-pin connector
(2) EPC4 connector
NOTE
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door are black, as shown in
the preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes power cables for heat exchangers in the front doors.
Table 6-63 Power cables for heat exchangers in the front doors
Cable Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Figure 6-77
BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) AC
cabinet
EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04
Figure 6-78
cabinet
EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04
BTS3012AE(Ver.D_Z) DC
cabinet
DCDU-12C
6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices

This section describes power cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring
6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable

An EMUA or EMUB power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the EMUA or EMUB. This section
describes the specifications of EMUA or EMUB power cables in different cabinets.
Exterior
EMUA or EMUB power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment, as shown in
the following figure.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

582

Cables
6 Power Cables
(1) EPC4 connector (2) Cord end terminal (3) Tool-less female connector (pressfit
type)
NOTE
The colors of EMUA or EMUB power cables in APM30Hs (Ver.C), TMC11Hs (Ver.C), APM30Hs (Ver.D),
TMC11Hs (Ver.D), or BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinets vary depending on regions as follows:
l
figure.
Description
The following table describes EMUA or EMUB power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Illustration 1
APM30H (Ver.D)
EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04,
EPU05A-03, or EPU05A-05 in a
cabinet

583

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable Exterior
Illustration 2
Illustration 3
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
TMC11H (Ver.D)
DCDU-12C or DCDU-12B in a
cabinet
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet
DCDU-12C in a cabinet
BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) DC
cabinet
cabinet
cabinet
APM30H (Ver.B)

EPS 01D in a cabinet
APM30H (Ver.C)
EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04,
cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.B)
cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.C)
cabinet

A BBU power cable feeds power into a BBU from power equipment. The maximum length of
a BBU power cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).
Exterior
The exteriors of BBU3900 and BBU3910 power cables vary depending on cabinets and power
equipment, as shown in the following figure.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

584

Cables
6 Power Cables
Figure 6-80 Exteriors of BBU3900 and BBU3910 power cables
(1) 3V3 connector
(3) H4 connector
(6) EPC4 connector
Description
The following table describes BBU3900 and BBU3910 power cables
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable
Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Illustration 1
TMC11H (Ver.B)
DCDU-03B or DCDU-03C in a
cabinet
Illustration 2
IMB03
EPS30-4815AF in a cabinet
Illustration 3
OMB
EPS30-4815AF in a cabinet
Illustration 4
BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet
DCDU-11A in a cabinet
BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet
APM30H (Ver.B)

EPS 01D in a cabinet

585

Cables
Cable
Exterior
Illustration 5
Illustration 6
Illustration 7a
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
6 Power Cables
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
APM30H (Ver.C)
EPU03A-03, EPU03A-05,
cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.C)
cabinet
BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet
DCDU-01 in a cabinet
BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet
OMB (Ver.C)
PDU10D-01 in a cabinet
BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet
BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet
DCDU-12C in the equipment

compartment of a cabinet
APM30H (Ver.D)
EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04,
cabinet
APM30H (Ver.E)
EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08,
cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H

(Ver.E)
cabinet
IBC10
DCDU-12C in the equipment

APM30H (Ver.D)
EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04,
cabinet
APM30H (Ver.E)
EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08,
cabinet

(Ver.E)
cabinet

586

Cables
Cable
Exterior
6 Power Cables
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
a: The connectors at both ends of the cable in illustration 6 are the same as those in illustration
7, but the color of the cable in illustration 6 is different from that in illustration 7. The
differences are as follows:
l Illustration 6 shows the cable used in most regions. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wire are
black.
l Illustration 7 shows the cable used in UK. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and
gray, respectively.
6.4.3 RFU Power Cables

RFU power cables feed power into RFUs from power equipment. This section describes the
specifications of RFU power cables in different cabinets.
Exterior
RFU power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment, as shown in the following
figure.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

587

Cables
6 Power Cables
(1) 3V3 connector
(2) EPC4 connector
(4) Tool-less female

connector (pressfit type)
Description
The following table describes RFU power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Illustration 1
DCDU-12C in the RF

588

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable Exterior
Illustration 2a
Illustration 3
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet
RFC (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.E)
BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet
DCDU-12C in the RF
RFC (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.E)
l BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet
l RFC (Ver.B)
l BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet
l BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet
Illustration 4
l RFC (Ver.C)
l BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet
a: The connectors at both ends of the cable shown by illustration 1 are the same as those shown
by illustration 2, but the color of the cable shown by illustration 1 is different from that shown
by illustration 2.
black.
gray, respectively.

RRU power cables feed power into RRUs. This section describes the specifications of RRU
power cables when different types of power equipment are used.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exteriors of RRU power cables. Cable connectors at RRU sides
vary depending on RRU models. For details about cable connectors, see the related RRU
installation guide.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

589

Cables
6 Power Cables

(2) EPC4 connector (3) EPC5 connector (4) OT terminal

(M4)
(5) Cord end

terminal
NOTE
l The colors of RRU power cables vary depending on regions as follows:

l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding
figure.
l In other regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are brown and gray, respectively.
l The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally,
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

590

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable Type
RRU power cables vary according to power equipment. The following table describes different
types of RRU power cables.
Table 6-67 Types of RRU power cables
Cable Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Cable
Specifications
Illustration 1
TMC11H (Ver.C)
DCDU-11B
APM30H (Ver.B)
EPS 01A, EPS 01C,

EPS 01D, or EPS 01B
APM30H (Ver.C)
EPU03A-02,
EPU03A-04,
EPU03A-03,
EPU03A-05
TMC11H (Ver.D) or
TMC11H (Ver.E)
DCDU-12B providing
LOAD6 to LOAD9
ports
OMB (Ver.C)
PDU10D-01
providing LOAD6 to
LOAD9 ports
The specifications
of RRU power
cables vary
depending on
RRU models. For
details about the
specifications of
RRU power
cables, see the
related RRU
hardware
description and
RRU installation
guide.
TMC11H (Ver.D)
PDU10D-01
providing LOAD0 to
LOAD5 ports
OMB (Ver.C)
DCDU-12B providing
LOAD0 to LOAD5
ports
APM30H (Ver.D)
EPU05A-03 or
EPU05A-05
providing RRU0 to
RRU5 ports
APM30H (Ver.E)
EPU05A-06,
EPU05A-07,
EPU05A-08, or
EPU05A-09
Illustration 4
TMC11H (Ver.B)
DCDU-03B
Illustration 5
APM30H (Ver.D)
ODM06D
TMC11H (Ver.E) in a
DBS3900 configured
with 16 to 21 RRUs
ODM06D
Illustration 2
Illustration 3
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

591

Cables
6 Power Cables
6.4.5 SOU Power Cable

The power cable for a service outlet unit (SOU) feeds AC power into the SOU from the AC
OUTPUT port on the EPU or EPS.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an SOU power cable.
NOTE
Figure 6-83 Exterior of an SOU power cable
(1) C13 connector
Description
The following table describes an SOU power cable.
Wire
Color
Label
W1
Brown
2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)
W2
Green and yellow
PE
W3
Blue
6.4.6 SPD Power Cable

A power cable for a surge protective device (SPD) feeds AC power into the AC surge protection
box in an OMB (Ver.C).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

592

Cables
6 Power Cables
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an SPD power cable.
Figure 6-84 Exterior of an SPD power cable
(1) Cord end terminal (2) OT terminal (M4) for connecting to a cable with a cross-sectional area of 4 mm2
(0.006 in.2)
6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge Protection Box

A power cable for an AC surge protection box feeds external AC power into an OMB. An OBM
can be supplied with 220 V AC single-phase or 110 V AC dual-live-wire power. The maximum
length of a power cable for an AC surge protection box is 6 m (19.69 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for an AC surge protection box.
NOTE
Figure 6-85 Exterior of a power cable for an AC surge protection box
Description
The following table describes a power cable for the AC surge protection box.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

593

Cables
6 Power Cables

Cable
Wire
Wire Color
220 V AC single-phase
power cable
L wire
Brown
N wire
Blue
PE wire
Green and yellow
L1 wire
Brown
L2 wire
Blue
PE wire
Green and yellow
110 V AC dual-live-wire
6.4.8 GATM Power Cable

A GATM power cable feeds power into a GATM. This section describes the specifications of
GATM power cables in different cabinets.
Exterior
The exteriors of GATM power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment. The
following figure shows the exteriors of GATM power cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

594

Cables
6 Power Cables
(1) 3V3 connector
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
(2) EPC4 connector

595

Cables
6 Power Cables

Description
The following table describes GATM power cables.
Cable Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
Illustration 1
BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet or


(Ver.E)
APM30H (Ver.D)
APM30H, or DCDU-12A in an
RFC
APM30H (Ver.E)
RFC

(Ver.E)
APM30H (Ver.D)
RFC
APM30H (Ver.E)
RFC
BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet or

BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet
APM30H (Ver.B)
DCDU-01 in an RFC
Illustration 4
TMC11H (Ver.B)
Illustration 5
BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet or

BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.C)
APM30H (Ver.C)
DCDU-11A in an RFC
Illustration 2a
Illustration 3
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

596

Cables
6 Power Cables
Cable Exterior
Cabinet Type
Power Equipment
a: The connectors at both ends of the cable shown by illustration 1 are the same as those shown
by illustration 2, but the color of the cable shown by illustration 1 is different from that shown
by illustration 2.
black.
gray, respectively.

The ODM06D power cable feeds power from power equipment into an ODM06D.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ODM06D power cable.
Figure 6-87 Exterior of an ODM06D power cable
(1) OT terminal
Description
An ODM06D power cable consists of two wires. The following table describes an ODM06D
power cable.
Table 6-71 ODM06D power cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Wire
Wire Color
RTN(+) wire
Brown
NEG(-) wire
Blue

597

Cables
Transmission Cables
About This Chapter

This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of the transmission cables in a
cabinet.
7.1 E1/T1 Cable
An E1/T1 cable transfers baseband signals from the BBU to the external transmission equipment.
The maximum length of an E1/T1 cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).
7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable
An E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UELP to the main
control board. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are
1.2 m (3.94 ft) long. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900Cs or OMBs
configured for the DBS3900 are 0.65 m (2.13 ft) long.
7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable
An FE/GE fiber optic cable transfers optical signals between the BBU and the transmission
equipment. The maximum length of an FE/GE fiber optic cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).
7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports
In a base station using IP-based co-transmission, an interconnection cable is used to connect the
FE/GE electrical ports on the main control boards of different modes.
7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports
An interconnection cable connects the FE/GE optical ports on the main control boards of
different modes to achieve co-transmission in IP mode.
7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable
An FE/GE Ethernet cable connects a BBU to the external transmission equipment through
routing equipment. It transmits baseband signals. The maximum length of an FE/GE Ethernet
cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).
7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable
An FE/GE surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UFLP to the main
control board. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in the APM, TMC, and battery
cabinets configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.0 m (3.28 ft) long.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

598

Cables
FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in OMB, OMB (Ver.C) configured for the DBS3900
or BTS3900C base station are 0.8 m (2.62 ft) long.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

599

Cables
7.1 E1/T1 Cable

An E1/T1 cable transfers baseband signals from the BBU to the external transmission equipment.
The maximum length of an E1/T1 cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).
Exterior
E1/T1 cables are classified into 75-ohm E1 coaxial cables, 120-ohm E1 twisted pair cables, and
100-ohm T1 twisted pair cables.
The E1/T1 cable has a DB26 male connector at one end. You need to add a connector to the
other end of the cable onsite. Figure 7-1 shows the exterior of an E1/T1 cable. These figures
use 75-ohm E1 coaxial cables as examples.
Figure 7-1 Exterior of the E1/T1 cable for the BBU3900 or BBU3910
(1) DB26 male connector
The following table lists the types of connectors at both ends of a 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable.
Table 7-1 Types of connectors at both ends of a 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable
Cable
Connector at One End
Connector at the Other

End
75-ohm E1 coaxial cable
DB26 male connector
L9 male connector
L9 female connector
SMB female connector
BNC male connector
SMZ male connector
SMZ female connector
Description
Table 7-2, Table 7-3, and Table 7-4 describes the E1/T1 cables.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

600

Cables
Table 7-2 75-ohm E1/T1 coaxial cable

X1 End
Wire Type(1)
Coaxial No.
Description(2)
X1.1
Tip
RX1+
RX0+
X1.2
Ring
RX1-
RX0-
X1.3
Tip
RX2+
RX1+
X1.4
Ring
RX2-
RX1-
X1.5
Tip
RX3+
RX2+
X1.6
Ring
RX3-
RX2-
X1.7
Tip
RX4+
RX3+
X1.8
Ring
RX4-
RX3-
X1.19
Tip
TX1+
TX0+
X1.20
Ring
TX1-
TX0-
X1.21
Tip
TX2+
TX1+
X1.22
Ring
TX2-
TX1-
X1.23
Tip
TX3+
TX2+
X1.24
Ring
TX3-
TX2-
X1.25
Tip
TX4+
TX3+
X1.26
Ring
TX4-
TX3-
NOTE
(1) "Tip" refers to the wire in an E1 coaxial cable. "Ring" refers to the external conductor of an E1 coaxial
cable.
(2) The number can start from 1 or 0.
Table 7-3 120-ohm E1 twisted pair cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
Color
Wire Type
Description
X.1
Blue
Twisted pair
RX1+
X.2
White
X.3
Orange
X.4
White
X.5
Green
X.6
White
RX1Twisted pair
RX2+
RX2-
Twisted pair

RX3+
RX3601

Cables
X1 End
Color
Wire Type
Description
X.7
Brown
Twisted pair
RX4+
X.8
White
X.19
Gray
X.20
White
X.21
Blue
X.22
Red
X.23
Orange
X.24
Red
X.25
Green
X.26
Red
RX4Twisted pair
TX1+
TX1-
Twisted pair
TX2+
TX2-
Twisted pair
TX3+
TX3-
Twisted pair
TX4+
TX4-
Table 7-4 100-ohm T1 twisted pair cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
Color
Wire Type
Description
X.1
Blue and white
Twisted pair
RX1+
X.2
White and blue
X.3
Orange and white
X.4
White and orange
X.5
Green and white
X.6
White and green
X.7
Brown and white
X.8
White and brown
X.19
Gray and white
X.20
White and gray
X.21
Blue and red
X.22
Red and blue
X.23
Orange and red
X.24
Red and orange
X.25
Green and red
X.26
Red and green
RX1Twisted pair
RX2+
RX2-
Twisted pair
RX3+
RX3-
Twisted pair
RX4+
RX4-
Twisted pair
TX1+
TX1-
Twisted pair
TX2+
TX2-
Twisted pair
TX3+
TX3-
Twisted pair

TX4+
TX4-
602

Cables
7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable

An E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UELP to the main
control board. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are
1.2 m (3.94 ft) long. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900Cs or OMBs
configured for the DBS3900 are 0.65 m (2.13 ft) long.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable.
Figure 7-2 Exterior of an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable
Description
The following table describes an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable.
Table 7-5 E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Wire Type
X2.2
X1.20
Twisted pair
X2.3
X1.19
X2.4
X1.4
X2.5
X1.3
X2.6
X1.22
X2.7
X1.21
X2.8
X1.6
X2.9
X1.5
X2.10
X1.24
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
603

Cables
X1 End
X2 End
X2.11
X1.23
X2.12
X1.8
X2.13
X1.7
X2.14
X1.1
X2.15
X1.2
X2.24
X1.25
X2.25
X1.26
Wire Type
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

An FE/GE fiber optic cable transfers optical signals between the BBU and the transmission
equipment. The maximum length of an FE/GE fiber optic cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).
Exterior
The FE/GE fiber optic cable has an LC connector at one end and an FC connector, SC connector,
or LC connector at the other end, as shown in Figure 7-3, Figure 7-4, and Figure 7-5.
Figure 7-3 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with FC and LC connectors)
Figure 7-4 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with SC and LC connectors)
Figure 7-5 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with LC connectors)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

604

Cables
NOTICE
The connection between the BBU and transmission equipment must comply with the following
rules:
l
The TX port on the BBU must be connected to the RX port on the transmission equipment.
The RX port on the BBU must be connected to the TX port on the transmission equipment.
7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

In a base station using IP-based co-transmission, an interconnection cable is used to connect the
FE/GE electrical ports on the main control boards of different modes.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE electrical
ports.
Figure 7-6 Exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE electrical ports
(1) RJ45 connector
7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

An interconnection cable connects the FE/GE optical ports on the main control boards of
different modes to achieve co-transmission in IP mode.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE optical
ports.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

605

Cables
Figure 7-7 Exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE optical ports
(1) LC connector
7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

An FE/GE Ethernet cable connects a BBU to the external transmission equipment through
routing equipment. It transmits baseband signals. The maximum length of an FE/GE Ethernet
cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).
Exterior
An FE/GE Ethernet cable is a shielded straight-through cable, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 7-8 Exterior of an FE/GE Ethernet cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an FE/GE Ethernet cable.
Table 7-6 FE/GE Ethernet cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
Twisted pair
X1.1
X2.1
White and orange
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.3
X2.3
White and green
X1.4
X2.4
Blue

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
606

Cables
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.5
X2.5
White and blue
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
X1.7
X2.7
White and brown
Twisted pair
7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

An FE/GE surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UFLP to the main
control board. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in the APM, TMC, and battery
cabinets configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.0 m (3.28 ft) long.
FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in OMB, OMB (Ver.C) configured for the DBS3900
or BTS3900C base station are 0.8 m (2.62 ft) long.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable.
Figure 7-9 Exterior of an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable.
Table 7-7 FE/GE surge protection transfer cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
Twisted pair
X1.1
X2.1
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
607

Cables
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
X1.7
X2.7
White

Wire Type
Twisted pair
608

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Signal Cables
About This Chapter

This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of all signal cables in BTS3900A
cabinets.
8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices
This section describes signal cables for all power supply devices.
8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices
This section describes signal cables for all monitoring devices.
8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices
This section describes signal cables for all temperature control devices.
8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices
This section describes signal cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

609

Cables
8 Signal Cables
8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices

This section describes signal cables for all power supply devices.
8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the PMU and CCU. It transmits the RS485
signals collected by the PMU to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the BBU.
Exterior
The PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable is black. Its exterior is shown in the following figure.
Figure 8-1 Exterior of a PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-1 PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.6
X2.6
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
610

Cables
8 Signal Cables
8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

The PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable connects the PMU and the CMUEA in the
FAN 02D. It transmits the RS485 signals collected by the PMU to the BBU through the CMUEA.
This monitoring signal cable is 1.1 m (3.61 ft) long.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-2 Exterior of a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-2 PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
X1.3
X2.3
X1.6
X2.6
X1.4
X2.4
X1.5
X2.5
X1.7
X2.7
X1.8
X2.8
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable reports environment variables and alarms from the
PMU 01B in the BTS3900 cabinet to the BBU.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

611

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-3 Exterior of a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-3 PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable reports environment variables and alarms collected
by the PMU 11A in the BTS3900 cabinet or IMS06 to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

612

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-4 Exterior of a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-4 PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring signals collected by the
PMU 11A to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

613

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-5 Exterior of a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-5 PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.1.6 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable connects a PMIU and a CCUB. It transmits the RS485
signals collected by the PMIU to the CCUB, which then forwards the signals to the BBU.
Exterior
PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of a
PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

614

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-6 Exterior of a PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-6 PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.6
X2.6
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.1.7 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A

A surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A transmits surge protection dry contact alarm
signals of the DCDU-13A to the CMUEA. The maximum length of a surge protection alarm
cable for the DCDU-13A is 0.8 m (31.50 in.).
Both ends of a surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A are bare wires, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 8-7 Surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

615

Cables
8 Signal Cables
8.1.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B

The monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B is used in the BTS3900C DC cabinet. The cable
transmits the surge protection alarm information of the DCDU-03B to the HEUA.
Appearance
The monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B is a pair of bare wires. Figure 8-8 shows the
bare wires.
Figure 8-8 Monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B
8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable

A PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the power
status of the PSU (EPW25-24S48D) and receive related alarms.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable in
a BTS3900.
Figure 8-9 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
(2) PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable

616

Cables
8 Signal Cables
The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable in
a DBS3900.
Figure 8-10 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable
Description
The following table describes a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-7 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable
X1 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.2
Blue
Twisted pair
X1.1
White
X1.6
Orange
X1.3
White
X1.4
Green
X1.5
White
X1.8
Brown
X1.7
White
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.1.10 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) In-Position Signal Cable

A PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the power
status of the PSU (EPW25-24S48D).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

617

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-11 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable.
Table 8-8 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.1.11 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box in

an IBBS20D
The monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an IBBS20D is used to transmit
monitoring signals from the power distribution box to the CMUG.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution
box in an IBBS20D.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

618

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-12 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an
IBBS20D
(1) 8-pin connector
Description
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an
IBBS20D.
Table 8-9 Description of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an
IBBS20D
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
One End
The Other End
Color
Connection Position
of the OT Terminal
X1.1
X2 End
Black
Positive pole of the

contactor
X1.3
X3
Black
Negative pole of the

contactor
X1.5
X4
Black

current divider
X1.6
X5
Black

current divider
X1.7
X6
Black

copper bar in the power
distribution box
X1.8
X7
Black

copper bar in the power
distribution box

619

Cables
8 Signal Cables
8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices

This section describes signal cables for all monitoring devices.

A PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information of the PMU in the
OMB to the HEUA.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-13 Exterior of a PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-10 PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
620

Cables
8 Signal Cables
8.2.2 APMI-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the APMI in the power cabinet and the BBU.
The cable transmits environment monitoring signals of the cabinet to the BBU.
Exterior
An APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable has an RJ45 connector at one end and four bare wires
at the other end. The following figure shows the exterior of an APMI-BBU monitoring signal
cable.
Figure 8-14 Exterior of an APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable
Description
The following table describes an APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-11 APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1 End
Color
X2, X3, X4, or X5

End
Wire Type
Port to Which
the Wire Is
Connected
X1.1
White
X2
Twisted pair
TX+
X1.2
Orange
X3
X1.4
Blue
X4
X1.5
White
X5
TXTwisted pair
RX+
RX-
8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

A CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable connects a CCUB and a BBU. It transmits the monitoring
signals collected by the CCUB to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

621

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-15 Exterior of a CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-12 CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs

Cascaded CCUs are connected by signal cables. The lower-level CCU can communicate with
the BBU through the upper-level CCU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

622

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-16 Exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs.
Table 8-13 Signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.6
X2.6
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair

A CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the CCU and the BBU. It transmits the
monitoring signals collected by the CCU to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

623

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-17 Exterior of a CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-14 CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs

Cascaded CMUAs are connected by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUEA can
communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUA.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

624

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-18 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs.
Table 8-15 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.4
X2.4
White
X1.5
X2.5
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs

Cascaded CMUEs are connected by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUE can
communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUE.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

625

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-19 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs.
Table 8-16 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.4
X2.4
White
X1.5
X2.5
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs

Two CMUGs are cascaded by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUG can
communicate with the PMU through the upper-level CMUG.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

626

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-20 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs.
Table 8-17 Description of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.4
X2.4
White
X1.5
X2.5
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

CMUEAs are cascaded by monitoring signal cables. The lower-level CMUEA can communicate
with the BBU through the upper-level CMUEA.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded
CMUEAs.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

627

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-21 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs.
Table 8-18 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.4
X2.4
White
X1.5
X2.5
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s

CCU01D-03s are cascaded by monitoring signal cables. The lower-level CCU01D-03 can
communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CCU01D-03.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded
CCU01D-03s.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

628

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-22 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s.
Table 8-19 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.4
X2.4
White
X1.5
X2.5
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s

Cascaded HAU01A-01s are connected by signal cables. The lower-level HAU01A-01 can
communicate with the CCU through the upper-level HAU01A-01.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded
HAU01A-01s.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

629

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-23 Signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes the signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s.
Table 8-20 Signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.6
X2.6
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair

An HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the
HEUB to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

630

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-24 Exterior of an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-21 HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the
HEUA to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

631

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-25 Exterior of an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-22 HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUEA and CCU. It transmits the
monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the
BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

632

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-26 Exterior of a CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-23 CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.6
X2.6
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUF and CCU. It transmits the
monitoring signals collected by the CMUF to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the
BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable whose color
is black.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

633

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-27 Exterior of a CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-24 CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.6
X2.6
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG

Monitoring signal cables for the CMUG is classified into CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cables
and CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cables, which are used for transferring monitoring
signals from the PMU and OPM50M to the CMUG.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

634

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-28 Exterior of a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-29 Exterior of a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable
(2) RJ45 connector
(1) Waterproof DB15 male connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-25 Description of a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.4
X2.4
White
X1.5
X2.5
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
635

Cables
8 Signal Cables
X1 End
X2 End
Color
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Wire Type
The following table describes a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable.

Table 8-26 Description of a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.11
X2.5
White and green
Twisted pair
X1.12
X2.4
Green
X1.13
X2.2
White and orange
X1.14
X2.1
Orange
X1.5
X2.6
White and blue
Twisted pair
8.2.17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs is used to connect the CMUH in a lowerlevel cabinet to the CMUH in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected
by the lower-level CMUH to the upper-level CMUH. The upper-level CMUH reports the
monitoring signals to the upper-level monitoring board.
Exterior
Monitoring signal cables between cascaded CMUHs are black. The following figure shows the
exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs.
Figure 8-30 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

636

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Table 8-27 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs

X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.6
X2.6
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.18 CMUH-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable is used to connect the CCUB in a lower-level cabinet
to the CMUH in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected by the CCUB
to the CMUH. The CMUH reports the monitoring signals to the upper-level monitoring board.
Exterior
CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of
a CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-31 Exterior of a CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

637

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Table 8-28 CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable

X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.6
X2.6
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.19 CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable

A CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable is used to connect the CMUH in a lower-level cabinet
to the CCUB in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected by the CMUH
to the CCUB. The CCUB reports the monitoring signals to the upper-level monitoring board.
Exterior
CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of
a CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-32 Exterior of a CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

638

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Table 8-29 CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable

X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.6
X2.6
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs is used to connect the CCUB in a lowerlevel cabinet to the CCUB in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected
by the lower-level CCUB to the upper-level CCUB.
Exterior
Monitoring signal cables between cascaded CCUBs are black. The following figure shows the
exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs.
Figure 8-33 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

639

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Table 8-30 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs

X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.6
X2.6
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUEA and the BBU. It transmits the
monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-34 Exterior of a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-31 CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair

640

Cables
8 Signal Cables
X1 End
X2 End
Color
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Wire Type
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of
the FAN.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-35 Exterior of an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-32 FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White

Twisted pair
641

Cables
8 Signal Cables
X1 End
X2 End
Color
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Type
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable reports monitoring alarms from the FMUE to the BBU
and is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of the FAN 03B.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-36 Exterior of an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-33 FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
642

Cables
8 Signal Cables
X1 End
X2 End
Color
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Type
Twisted pair
8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status
of the FAN 03C.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-37 Exterior of an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-34 FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
643

Cables
8 Signal Cables
X1 End
X2 End
Color
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Type
8.2.25 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet

A monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet transmits monitoring signals from the battery
cabinet to an upper-level monitoring board.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet.
Figure 8-38 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet.
Table 8-35 Monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
644

Cables
8 Signal Cables
8.2.26 BBU Alarm Cable

A BBU alarm cable transfers alarm signals from an external monitoring device to the BBU. The
maximum length of a BBU alarm cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU3900 or BBU3910 alarm cable.
Figure 8-39 Exterior of the BBU3900 or BBU3910 alarm cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes the BBU3900 or BBU3910 alarm cable.
Table 8-36 BBU3900 or BBU3910 alarm cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Alarm
Port on
the BBU
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire
Type
Description
EXTALM1
X1.1
X2.1
White and
orange
Twisted
pair
Boolean input 4+
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White and
green
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White and
blue
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White and
brown
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Boolean input 4- (GND)

Twisted
pair
Boolean input 5+
Twisted
pair
Boolean input 6+
Twisted
pair

Boolean input 7+
645

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Alarm
Port on
the BBU
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire
Type
Description
EXTALM0
X1.1
X2.1
White and
orange
Twisted
pair
Boolean input 0+
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White and
green
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White and
blue
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White and
brown
X1.8
X2.8
Brown

Twisted
pair
Boolean input 1+
Twisted
pair
Boolean input 2+
Twisted
pair
Boolean input 3+
8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices

This section describes signal cables for all temperature control devices.
8.3.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded Fan Assemblies

A monitoring signal cable for cascaded fan assemblies is used for cascading fan assemblies in
different cabinets.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan
assemblies.
Figure 8-40 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies
(1) RJ45 connector
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

646

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Cable Type
The following table describes the types of monitoring signal cables between cascaded fan
assemblies.
Table 8-37 Types of monitoring signal cables between cascaded fan assemblies
Cabinet
Installation
Position at
One End
Installation
Position at
the Other
End
APM30H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.B) and RFC

(Ver.B)
FAN 02A
FAN 01A
RFC (Ver.B) and RFC (Ver.B)
FAN 01A
FAN 01A
APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C) and RFC

(Ver.C)
FAN 02B
FAN 01B
RFC (Ver.C) and RFC (Ver.C)
FAN 01B
FAN 01B
APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D) and RFC

(Ver.D)
FAN 02D
FAN 01C
RFC (Ver.D) and RFC (Ver.D)
FAN 01C
FAN 01C
BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet and BTS3012AE

(Ver.D_Z) cabinet
FAN 01C
FAN 01C
IBC10 and IBC10
FAU03D-02
FAU03D-02
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies.
Table 8-38 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.4
X2.4
White
X1.5
X2.5
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
647

Cables
8 Signal Cables
X1 End
X2 End
Color
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Wire Type

An FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable connects the FAU03D-01 and the CCU. It transmits
the monitoring signals collected by the FAU03D-01 to the CCU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-41 Exterior of the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-39 FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.6
X2.6
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
648

Cables
8 Signal Cables

The monitoring signal cable for the FAU03D-02 is used for the BBU to monitor the running
status of FAU03D-02.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-42 Exterior of the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-40 FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.6
X2.6
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs interconnects two FANs.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

649

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-43 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs.
Table 8-41 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

An HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating
status of the FAU01D-01, and feeds power in to the FAU01D-01.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

650

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-44 Exterior of an HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable
(1) 4-pin connector
8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units interconnects two FAN 03B units.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN
03B units.
Figure 8-45 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units.
Table 8-42 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
651

Cables
8 Signal Cables
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Type
X1.7
X2.7
White
Twisted pair
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units interconnects two FAN 03C units.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN
03C units.
Figure 8-46 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units.
Table 8-43 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
652

Cables
8 Signal Cables
8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly

The monitoring signal cable for the fan assembly transmits the temperature information in an
OMB to the HEUA.
Exterior
l
Monitoring signal cable for the OMB inner air circulation fan
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the inner air
circulation fan.
Figure 8-47 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the OMB inner air circulation fan
(1) 4-pin connector
(2) 5-pin connector
Monitoring signal cable for the OMB outer air circulation fan
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the outer air
circulation fan.
Figure 8-48 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the OMB outer air circulation fan
(1) Round waterproof connector
(2) 4-pin connector

A monitoring signal cable for a temperature sensor in an RFC, OMB, IBBS200D, IBBS200T,
IBBS300D, IBBS300T, BTS3900AL cabinet, IMS06, APM30 (Ver.D_A1), IBC10, or RFC
(Ver.D_A) transfers the temperature information about the cabinet to the monitoring board.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

653

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Exterior
Figure 8-49, Figure 8-50, and Figure 8-51 show the exteriors of monitoring signal cables for
temperature sensors.
Figure 8-49 Monitoring signal cable for a temperature sensor (1)
(1) Temperature sensor
(2) 4-pin connector
(1) 4-pin connector
(2) 5-pin connector
(1) RJ45 connector
(2) 5-pin connector
Monitoring Boards
The following table lists the monitoring boards to which temperature information is reported.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

654

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Table 8-44 Types of monitoring boards

Cable Exterior
Cabinet
Monitoring Board
Figure 8-49
RFC (Ver.B)
CMUA in a FAN 01A
RFC (Ver.C)
CMUE in a FAN 01B
RFC (Ver.D)
CMUEA in a FAN 01C
RFC (Ver.E)
CMUH in a FAN 01D
IBBS200D (Ver.B) or
IBBS200T (Ver.B)
CMUA on the front door of an

IBBS200D (Ver.C) or
IBBS200T (Ver.C)
CMUE on the front door of an IBBS200D

or IBBS200T
IBBS200D (Ver.D) or
IBBS200T (Ver.D)
CMUEA on the front door of an

IBBS200D (Ver.E) or
IBBS200T (Ver.E)
CMUH on the front door of an

IBBS300D (Ver.A) or
IBBS300T (Ver.A)
CCU01D-03 on the front door of an

OMB (Ver.C)
HEUB
CMUF
IMS06
PMU 11A in an EPU05A-02
Storage battery compartment

in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)
cabinet
CMUEA in a FAN 01C
APM30 (Ver.D_A1)
CMUEA
RFC (Ver.D_A)
CMUEA
IBC10
PMU 11A in an EPU05A-02
Figure 8-50
Figure 8-51
8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

A HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable transmits the signals collected by the HAU01A-01 to
the upper-level monitoring board.
Exterior
The HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable connects the HAU01A-01 and CMUEA or CMUF
and it has bare wires at both ends, as shown in the following figure.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

655

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-52 Exterior of the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable (1)
When the cabinet is used with BTS3900AL (Ver.A) or TP48600A-H17B1, the CCU is required.
The HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable connects the HAU01A-01 and CCU and it has an
RJ45 connector at each end, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 8-53 Exterior of the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable (2)
(1) RJ45 connectors
Description
The following table describes the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable with an RJ45 connector
at each end.
Table 8-45 HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.6
X2.6
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
The upper-level monitoring board of the HAU01A-01 varies with the cabinet type, as described
in the following table.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

656

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Table 8-46 Upper-level monitoring boards of the HAU01A-01

Base Station
Cabinet
Upper-level Monitoring
Board of the HAU01A-01
BTS3900A(Ver.B)
IBBS700D
CMUEA
IBBS700D
CCU
DBS3900 of which the BBU

is installed in an APM30H
(Ver.D) cabinet
BTS3900AL(Ver.A)
8.3.11 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for Fans in Front Doors

A monitoring signal cable for a fan in a front door feeds power into the fan in the front door of
an APM30H, TMC11H, BTS3900AL cabinet, or IBBS700T. It also reports fan monitoring
signals to the monitoring board in the cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exteriors of monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front
doors.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

657

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-54 Exteriors of monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors
(1) 4-pin connector
(2) Interconnection terminal
(3) 4-pin male connector
(4) 4-pin female connector
(5) 4-pin male connector (one row)
Cable Type
The following table lists the types of monitoring boards to which monitoring signals are reported.
Monitoring cables vary according to boards.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

658

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Table 8-47 Cable type

Cable Exterior
Cabinet
Monitoring Board to
Which Monitoring
Signals Are Reported
Illustration 1
APM30H (Ver.B) or
TMC11H (Ver.B)
CMUA
APM30H (Ver.C) or
TMC11H (Ver.C)
CMUE
Illustration 2
APM30H (Ver.D) or
TMC11H (Ver.D)
CMUEA
Illustration 3
BTS3900AL cabinet
CMUF in a front door
Illustration 4
IBBS700T
CMUF in a front door
Description
The following table describes monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors.
Table 8-48 Monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors
Cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
W1
X1.1
X2.1
Black
W2
X1.2
X2.2
Black
W3
X1.3
X2.3
Black
W4
X1.4
X2.4
Black
8.3.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Heat Exchanger

The monitoring signal cable for the heat exchanger feeds power to the fan on the front door of
the BTS3012 AE (Ver.D_Z) and transmits fan monitoring signals to the central monitoring unit
type EA (CMUEA).
Exterior
Figure 8-55 shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

659

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-55 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the heat exchanger
(2) RJ45 connector
Description
Table 8-49 describes the pin assignment for the monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger.
Table 8-49 Pin assignment for the monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger
X1 End
X2/X3 End
Color
Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
Blue
Twisted pair
White
Twisted pair
Orange
Twisted pair
X3.1
X1.2
X2.2
X3.2
X1.3
X2.4
X3.4
X1.4
X2.5
X3.5
8.3.13 TEC Alarm Transfer Cable for the IBBS2.2

When a site is configured with an IBBS2.2, a TEC alarm transfer cable is used to connect the
alarm port on the BBU with the TEC alarm cable.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

660

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-56 Exterior of a TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2
(1) RJ45 connector
(2) 4-pin interconnection terminal
Description
The following table describes the TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2.
Table 8-50 TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2
RJ45 Connector
4-Pin
Interconnection
Terminal
Color
Type
X1.1
X2.2
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.3
Green
X1.3
X3.3
White
X1.6
X3.6
Green
Twisted pair
8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices

This section describes signal cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring

A monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor is used to inform the monitoring board of the
door status that is obtained from the door status sensor. Cabinets configured with door status
sensors are as follows: APM30H, TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D,
IBBS300T, IBBS20D, IBBS20D, BTS3900AL cabinet, OMB, OMB (Ver.C), IBBS700D, and
IBBS700T.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

661

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Exterior
There are four types of monitoring signal cables for door status sensors, which adapt to different
cabinets. Figure 8-57, Figure 8-58, Figure 8-59, Figure 8-60, and Figure 8-61 show their
exteriors.
Figure 8-57 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor (1)
NOTE
l Cable 1 has a 2-pin connector at one end, which is connected to an HPMI. Cable 1 has a bare wire and
a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor and a cable terminal
block, respectively.
l Cable 2 has a cord end terminal at each end. The two cord end terminals are connected to the two ports
on one side of a cable terminal block.
l Cable 3 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to a door status sensor. Cable 2 has a cord end
terminal at the other end, which is connected to a cable terminal block.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

662

Cables
8 Signal Cables
NOTE
l Cable 1 has a 2-pin connector at one end, which is connected to the GATE port on a PMU. Cable 1
has a bare wire and a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor
and a cable terminal block, respectively.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

663

Cables
8 Signal Cables
NOTE
l Cable 1 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to the GATE port on a CCUB. Cable 1 has a
bare wire and a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor and a
cable terminal block, respectively.
(1) Bare wire
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
(2) 2-pin connector

664

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Description
In different cabinets, monitoring signal cables for door status sensors are connected to different
monitoring boards. The following table lists monitoring boards that collect door status
information in different cabinets.
Table 8-51 Types of monitoring signal cables for door status sensors
Cable
Exterior
Cabinet
Monitoring Board
Figure 8-57
l RFC (Ver.B)
CMUA
l TMC11H (Ver.B)
l IBBS200D (Ver.B) or IBBS200T (Ver.B)
l RFC (Ver.C)
CMUE
l TMC11H (Ver.C)
l IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C)
l RFC (Ver.D)
CMUEA
l TMC11H (Ver.D)
l IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D)
l IBBS700D configured with an APM30H
(Ver.D) together
l RFC (Ver.E)
CMUH
l IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E)

TMC11H (Ver.E)
CCUB
IBBS700T configured with an APM30H (Ver.D) or

APM30H (Ver.E) together
CMUF
IBBS300D (Ver.A) or IBBS300T (Ver.A)
CCU01D-03
OMB
HEUA
OMB (Ver.C)
HEUB
l BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
CCU
l IBBS700D or IBBS700T configured with a

BTS3900AL cabinet together
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Figure 8-58
APM30H (Ver.B) and APM30H (Ver.C)
HPMI
Figure 8-59
APM30H (Ver.D)
PMU 11A
Figure 8-60
APM30H (Ver.E)
CCUB
Figure 8-61
IBBS20D
CMUG

665

Cables
8 Signal Cables

An electronic label unit (ELU) signal cable transmits the cabinet type to a monitoring board in
the cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ELU signal cable.
Figure 8-62 Exterior of an ELU signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
(2) 4-pin connector
Description
The following table describes the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 1 in the preceding
figure.
Table 8-52 Description of the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 1 in the preceding figure
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
666

Cables
8 Signal Cables
X1 End
X2 End
Color
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Wire Type
The following table describes the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 2 in the preceding
figure.
Table 8-53 Description of the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 2 in the preceding figure
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
Orange
Twisted pair
X1.4
X2.2
White
X1.5
X2.3
Blue
X1.3
X2.4
White
Twisted pair
In different cabinets, ELU signal cables are connected to different monitoring boards. The
following table lists monitoring boards to which ELUs reports information in different cabinets.
Table 8-54 Monitoring boards to which ELUs reports information
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Cable Exterior
Cabinet
Monitoring
Board
Illustration 1
BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet or BTS3900L (Ver.B)

cabinet
FMUC
BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet or BTS3900L (Ver.C)

cabinet
FMUE
BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet, BTS3900L (Ver.D)

cabinet, or IBC10
FMUEA
APM30H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.B), RFC

(Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.B), or IBBS200T (Ver.B)
CMUA
APM30H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.C), RFC

(Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.C), or IBBS200T (Ver.C)
CMUE
APM30H (Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.D), RFC

(Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D),
or IBBS700D configured with an APM30H (Ver.D)
together
CMUEA
APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E)
CCUB

667

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Cable Exterior
Illustration 2
Cabinet
Monitoring
Board
RFC (Ver.E), IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T

(Ver.E), or IBBS700D configured with an APM30H
(Ver.E) together
CMUH
IBBS700T configured with an APM30H (Ver.D) or

APM30H (Ver.E) together
CMUF
OMB (Ver.C)
HEUB
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet, or IBBS700D or

IBBS700T configured with a BTS3900AL cabinet
together
CCU
IBBS20D
CMUG
8.4.3 Monitoring Signal Cables for the IBBS Door Control and
Temperature Sensor
A monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor reports the IBBS
door control alarm signals and temperature alarm signals to the base station.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control
and temperature sensor.
Figure 8-63 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature
sensor
(1) 4-pin connector
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
(2) 2-pin connector

668

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Description
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and
temperature sensor.
Table 8-55 Monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor
One End of
the Wire
The Other
End of the
Wire
Color
Type
Label
X1.3
X7
White
Twisted pair
TEC Alarm-
X1.2
X8
Blue
X2.1
X9
White
X2.2
X10
Orange
X3
X11
White
X4
X12
Brown
X5
X13
White
X6
X14
Green
TEC Alarm+
Twisted pair
BAT_TEMP
Alarm+
BAT_TEMP
Alarm-
Twisted pair
SMOKE Alarm
+
SMOKE
Alarm-
Twisted pair
DOOR Alarm
DOOR Alarm
8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable

An EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable transmits signals monitored by the EMUA/EMUB
to the BBU. The cables are delivered with EMUA/EMUBs.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

669

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-64 Exterior of an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-56 EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
Port to Which
the
Monitoring
Signals Are
Reported
X1.1
X2.3
White
Twisted pair
TX+
X1.2
X2.7
Orange
X1.5
X2.6
White
X1.4
X2.2
Blue
TXTwisted pair
RXRX+
8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable

An EMU monitoring signal cable transmits monitoring signals from an EMU to a BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EMU monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

670

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-65 Exterior of an EMU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an EMU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-57 EMU monitoring signal cable
Pin on the
RJ45
Connector
Pin on the DB9

Male Connector
Color
Type
Label
X1.1
X2.3
White
Twisted pair
TX+
X1.2
X2.7
Orange
X1.5
X2.6
White
X1.4
X2.2
Blue
TXTwisted pair
RXRX+
8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module

A monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection module connects the AC surge protection
module in the PDU to the CCU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the AC surge
protection module.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

671

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-66 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection module
(1) 2-pin terminal block
8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box

An alarm signal cable for the AC surge protection box is used in an OMB. The cable transmits
the surge protection alarm information for the AC input power to the HEUA.
Exterior
The monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection box consists of two wires without any
connectors at both ends. The following figure shows the wires.
Figure 8-67 Alarm signal cable for the AC surge protection box
8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box

A monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box transmits information about the AC surge
protection box to the HEUB.
Exterior
A monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box consists of two wires without any
connectors at both ends, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 8-68 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

672

Cables
8 Signal Cables
8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable

An RRU AISG multi-wire cable connects an RRU and an RCU to transmit RS485 control signals
from a base station to an RET antenna. The length of an AISG multi-wire cable is 5 m (16.4 ft).
NOTE
An RCU is a driving motor used for the phase shifter in the RET antenna. It receives control commands from a
base station and executes the commands to drive the stepper motor. The stepper motor uses a gear to drive the
adjustable phase shifter in the antenna and change the downtilt angle.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an AISG multi-wire cable.
Figure 8-69 Exterior of an AISG Multi-wire cable
(1) Waterproof DB9 male connector
(2) Standard AISG female connector
Description
The following table describes an AISG multi-wire cable.
Table 8-58 Description of an AISG multi-wire cable
X1 End (Pin of the
Waterproof DB9
Male Connector)
X1.1
X2 End (Pin of the

Standard AISG
Female Connector)
X2.1
Color
White and
blue
Blue
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Wire
Description
Twisted
pair
+12 V
X1.3
X2.3
White and
orange
X1.5
X2.5
Orange
X1.4
X2.4
White and
green
GND
X1.9 and X1.4 are

interconnected.
GND

Twisted
pair
RS485 B
RS485 A
673

Cables
8 Signal Cables
X1 End (Pin of the

Waterproof DB9
Male Connector)
X2 End (Pin of the

Standard AISG
Female Connector)
Color
Wire
Description
X2.1 and X2.6 are

interconnected.
+12 V
X2.4 and X2.7 are

interconnected.
GND
8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable

When the distance between an RRU and an RCU is longer than 5 m (16.4 ft), an AISG multiwire cable is not long enough to connect the RRU and the RCU. In this case, an AISG extension
cable is used to extend the AISG multi-wire cable for transmitting RS485 signals.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an AISG extension cable.
Figure 8-70 Exterior of AISG extension cable
(1) Standard AISG male connector
(2) Standard AISG female connector
Description
The following table describes an AISG extension cable.
Table 8-59 Description of an AISG Extension cable
X1 End (Pin
of the
Standard
AISG Male
Connector)
X2 End (Pin
of the
Standard
AISG
Female
Connector)
Color
Wire
Description
X1.1
X2.1
White and blue
Twisted pair
+12 V
Blue
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

674

Cables
8 Signal Cables
X1 End (Pin
of the
Standard
AISG Male
Connector)
X2 End (Pin
of the
Standard
AISG
Female
Connector)
Color
Wire
Description
X1.7
X2.7
White and orange
Twisted pair
DC Return A
Twisted pair
RS485 B
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White and green
X1.5
X2.5
Green
X1.6
X2.6
White and brown
RS485 A
Twisted pair
+24 V
Brown
8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable

A GPS clock signal cable transmits GPS clock signals from the GPS antenna system to the BBU.
The cable is used when GPS clock signals serve as the clock reference of the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a GPS clock signal cable.
Figure 8-71 Exterior of a GPS clock signal cable
(1) SMA male connector
(2) Type N female connector
8.4.12 GPS Jumper

A GPS jumper connects the GPS surge protector to the GPS antenna. The maximum length of
a GPS jumper is 100 m (328.08 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a GPS jumper.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

675

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-72 Exterior of a GPS jumper
(1) N50 straight male connector
8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables

A BBU interconnection signal cable connects BBU 0 and BBU 1 to forward information between
the BBUs.
Cable Type
BBU interconnection signal cables are classified into two types based on their functions, as listed
in following table.
Table 8-60 Cable type
Cable
Function
BBU interconnection signal

cable
Forwards control and

synchronization information
from one BBU to another
Interconnects the UMPT to

the UCIU, or two UMPTs
Forwards baseband
information and transmission
data from one BBU to
another
Interconnects two WBBPf

boards
Exterior
BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU
l
When two BBUs are installed in one cabinet, a 2 m (6.56 ft) long BBU interconnection
signal cable is used, as shown in the following figure.
When two BBUs are installed in different cabinets, a 10 m (32.81 ft) long BBU
interconnection signal cable is used, as shown in the following figure.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

676

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-73 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU
(1)
(1) DLC connector
(2) Breakout cable
Figure 8-74 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU
(2)
(1) DLC connector
(2) Armored optical cable
(3) Breakout cable
BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two UMPTs

The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two
UMPTs.
l
signal cable is used.
interconnection signal cable is used.
Figure 8-75 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two UMPTs
(1) SFP+ connector
BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two WBBPfs

The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two
WBBPfs.
l
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
signal cable is used.
677

Cables
8 Signal Cables
interconnection signal cable is used.
Figure 8-76 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two WBBPfs
(1) QSFP connector
8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations

When a 3012 series base station and a 3900 series base station are installed side by side, the
cable between two combined base stations is used to connect the UCIU in the 3900 series base
station and the DCTB or DGLUb in the 3012 series base station.
Exterior
There are two types of cables used for connecting two combined base stations. The following
figure shows the cable connected to the DCTB in the 3012 series base station.
Figure 8-77 Exterior of a cable between two combined base stations (1)
(1) MD36 male connector
The following figure shows the cable connected to the DGLUb in the 3012 series base station.
Figure 8-78 Exterior of a cable between two combined base stations (2)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

678

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Description
As shown in Figure 1, the cable has a DB15 male connector at one end and an MD36 male
connector at the other end. The following table describes the cable.
Table 8-61 Cable between two combined base stations (1)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.6
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.7
Blue
X1.3
X2.11
White
X1.4
X2.12
Orange
X1.5
X2.2
White
X1.10
X2.3
Green
X1.6
X2.15
White
X1.11
X2.16
Brown
X1.12
X2.10
White
X1.15
X2.28
Gray
X1.shell
X2.shell
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Shield
As shown in Figure 2, the cable has a DB15 male connector at each end. The following table
describes the cable.
Table 8-62 Cable between two combined base stations (2)
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Blue
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Orange
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.10
X2.10
Green
X1.6
X2.6
White
X1.11
X2.11
Brown
X1.12
X2.12
White

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
679

Cables
8 Signal Cables
X1 End
X2 End
Color
X1.15
X2.15
Gray
X1.shell
X2.shell
Wire Type
Shield
8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance

An adapter used for local maintenance connects the USB(1) port on the UMPT to a
commissioning Ethernet port during local maintenance.
NOTE
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an adapter used for local maintenance.
Figure 8-79 Exterior of an adapter used for local maintenance
(1) USB connector
(2) Ethernet connector
Description
The following table describes an adapter used for local maintenance.
Table 8-63 Adapter used for local maintenance
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Pin of the USB

Connector
Pin of the Ethernet

Connector
Color
Wire Type
X1.9
X2.1
Blue
Twisted pair
X1.8
X2.2
White
X1.6
X2.3
Orange
X1.5
X2.6
White

Twisted pair
680

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Pin of the USB

Connector
Pin of the Ethernet

Connector
Color
Wire Type
X1.Shell
X2.Shell
Shield
8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A GATM monitoring signal cable transmits control signals from the BBU to the GATM. It also
transmits monitoring signals from the GATM to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a GATM monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-80 Exterior of a GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-64 GATM monitoring signal cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown

Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
681

Cables
8 Signal Cables
8.4.17 CMUA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by
the CMUA to the GATM.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-81 Exterior of a CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-65 CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.4.18 CMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the
CMUE to the GATM.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

682

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-82 Exterior of a CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-66 CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.4.19 CMUEA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the CMUEA in FAN 03C.
It transmits monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the GATM.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

683

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-83 Exterior of a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-67 CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable is used to connect the CMUH in a FAN 01D to a
GATM and transmit monitoring signals collected by the CMUH to the GATM.
Exterior
CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of
a CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

684

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-84 Exterior of a CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-68 CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.4
X2.4
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.6
X2.6
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.4.21 FMUC-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the FMUC in FAN. It
transmits monitoring signals collected by the FMUC to the GATM.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

685

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-85 Exterior of a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-69 FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.4.22 FMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the FMUE in FAN 03B. It
transmits monitoring signals collected by the FMUE to the GATM.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

686

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-86 Exterior of a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-70 FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1 End
X2 End
Color
Wire Type
X1.1
X2.1
White
Twisted pair
X1.2
X2.2
Orange
X1.3
X2.3
White
X1.6
X2.6
Green
X1.5
X2.5
White
X1.4
X2.4
Blue
X1.7
X2.7
White
X1.8
X2.8
Brown
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
Twisted pair
8.4.23 RET Control Signal Cable

The RET control signal cable is used to connect the GATM and the Bias-Tee, enabling the
GATM to supply power to the TMA and to control the RET antenna.
Exterior
Figure 8-87 shows the exterior of a RET control signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

687

Cables
8 Signal Cables
Figure 8-87 Exterior of a RET control signal cable
(1) SMA elbow male connector
(2) SMA straight male connector
8.4.24 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable

An ODM06D surge protection alarm cable transmits information about the surge protector in
an ODM06D to a central monitoring unit type EA (CMUEA).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ODM06D surge protection alarm cable.
Figure 8-88 Exterior of an ODM06D surge protection alarm cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

688

Cables
9 CPRI Cables
CPRI Cables
About This Chapter

This section describes CPRI cables, including CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.
9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable
CPRI electrical cables are high-speed cables, which fall into two categories: SFP high-speed
cables and SFP+ high-speed cables. They transmit signals between the BBU and RFUs or
between RFUs.
9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable
CPRI fiber optic cables are classified into multimode fiber optic cables and single-mode fiber
optic cables. They transfer CPRI signals.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

689

Cables
9 CPRI Cables
9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable

CPRI electrical cables are high-speed cables, which fall into two categories: SFP high-speed
cables and SFP+ high-speed cables. They transmit signals between the BBU and RFUs or
between RFUs.
Selection Principle
The following table describes the principles for selecting CPRI electrical cables.
Table 9-1 Principles for selecting CPRI electrical cables
RFU CPRI Data Rate(Gbit/s)
CPRI electrical cable type
1.25 or 2.5
SFP high-speed cables
4.9
SFP+ high-speed cables
Exterior
The SFP high-speed cable has the same exteriors as the SFP+ high-speed cable. The following
figure shows the exterior of a CPRI electrical cable.
Figure 9-1 Exterior of a CPRI electrical cable
9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable

CPRI fiber optic cables are classified into multimode fiber optic cables and single-mode fiber
optic cables. They transfer CPRI signals.
A multimode fiber optic cable connects a BBU to an RRU or connects two RRUs. The maximum
length of the multimode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU is 150 m (492.12 ft), and
the multimode fiber optic cable between two RRUs has a fixed length of 10 m (32.81 ft).
The single-mode fiber optic cable can be divided into two types: single-mode fiber optic cable
connecting a BBU to an RRU or connecting two RRUs (shortened to directly connected singlemode fiber optic cable) and single-mode fiber optic cable connecting an ODF to a BBU or RRU
(shortened to single-mode pigtail). The maximum length of the single-mode pigtail between an
ODF and a BBU is 20 m (65.62 ft). The maximum length of the single-mode pigtail between an
ODF and an RRU is 70 m (229.66 ft).
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

690

Cables
9 CPRI Cables
NOTE
l The ODF is an outdoor transfer box for fiber optic cables, which interconnects the single-mode pigtail
and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable.
l The ODF and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable are provided by the customer and must comply with
the ITU-T G.652 standard.
l A multimode fiber optic cable is used together with a multimode optical module, and a single-mode
pigtail is used together with a single-mode optical module.
Selection Principle
The following table describes the principles for selecting CPRI fiber optic cables.
Table 9-2 Principles for selecting CPRI fiber optic cables
Remote
Distance
CPRI Data
Rate of the
Optical
Module
(Gbit/s)
Selection Principle
Remarks
100 m
(328.08
ft)
2.5 or 4.9
Multimode fiber optic

cable
Connects a BBU to an RRU.
9.8
Directly connected
single-mode fiber optic
cable
100 m
(328.08
ft) <
Remote
distance
150 m
(492.13
ft)
2.5 or 4.9
Multimode fiber optic

cable
9.8
Directly connected
single-mode fiber optic
cable
Recommended: singlemode fiber optic cable

(single-mode pigtail and
trunk single-mode fiber
optic cable)
> 150 m
(82.02 ft)
Single-mode fiber optic

cable (single-mode
pigtail and trunk singlemode fiber optic cable)
When it connects two RRUs, the

distance between the two RRUs
must be less than or equal to 10 m
(32.81 ft).
Connects a BBU to an RRU.
The single-mode pigtail at the RRU

or BBU side is connected to the
trunk single-mode fiber optic cable
by using an ODF.
Exterior
Multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable: The cable
has a DLC connector at each end, as shown in the following figure.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

691

Cables
9 CPRI Cables
Figure 9-2 Multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable
(1) DLC connector
(2) Breakout cable
(3) Label on the breakout cable
NOTE
l When a BBU and an RRU are connected, the breakout cable on the BBU side is 0.34 m (1.12 ft) long,
and the breakout cable on the RRU side is 0.03 m (0.098 ft) long.
l When two RRUs are connected, the breakout cables on both sides are 0.03 m (0.098 ft) long.
The following figure shows the connection of the multimode fiber optic cable or directly
connected single-mode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU as an example.
Figure 9-3 Connection of the multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode
fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU
(1) Multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an
RRU
OFD06 trunk fiber optic cable: The OFD06 trunk fiber optic cable connects a BBU to an
OFD06 and has 12 LC connectors at each end, as shown in the following figure.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

692

Cables
9 CPRI Cables
Figure 9-4 OFD06 trunk fiber optic cable
(1) LC connector
(2) Breakout cable
(3) Label on the breakout cable
Single-mode pigtail: The single-mode pigtail has a DLC connector at one end and an FC, LC,
or SC connector at the other end, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 9-5 Exterior of a single-mode pigtail
(1) DLC connector (2) Breakout

cable
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
(3) Label on the (4) FC connector (5) LC connector (6) SC connector

breakout cable

693

Cables
9 CPRI Cables
NOTE
l When a single-mode pigtail connects a BBU to an ODF, the breakout cables on the BBU side and ODF
side are 0.34 m (1.12 ft) and 0.8 m (2.62 ft), respectively.
l When a single-mode pigtail connects an RRU to an ODF, the breakout cables on the BBU side and
ODF side are 0.03 m (0.098 ft ft) and 0.8 m (2.62 ft), respectively.
The following figure shows the connection of the single-mode pigtail.

Figure 9-6 Connection of the single-mode pigtail
(1) Single-mode pigtail between a BBU and an ODF (2) Single-mode pigtail between an RRU and an ODF
Pin Assignment
The following table describes the labels on the breakout cables of a CPRI fiber optic cable and
recommended cable connections.
Table 9-3 Labels on the breakout cables of a CPRI fiber optic cable and recommended cable
connections
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
Label on the
Breakout Cable
Connection
Between a BBU
and an RRU or
Between an
OFD06 and an
RRU
Connection
Between RRUs
Connection Between
a BBU or RRU and an
ODF
1A
CPRI RX port on the

RRU
CPRI RX port on
RRU 1
RX port on the BBU or

CPRI RX port on the
RRU
1B
CPRI TX port on the

RRU
CPRI TX port on
RRU 1
TX port on the BBU or

CPRI TX port on the
RRU

694

Cables
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)
9 CPRI Cables
Label on the
Breakout Cable
Connection
Between a BBU
and an RRU or
Between an
OFD06 and an
RRU
Connection
Between RRUs
Connection Between
a BBU or RRU and an
ODF
2A
OFD06 or TX port on
the BBU
CPRI TX port on
RRU 0
ODF
2B
OFD06 or RX port on
the BBU
CPRI RX port on
RRU 0
ODF

695

Cables
10 RF Cables
10
RF Cables
About This Chapter

This chapter describes the RF cables, including RF jumpers and inter-RFU RF signal cables.
10.1 RF Jumpers
RF jumpers are divided into two types: RRU RF jumpers connecting RRUs to an antenna system
and RRU RF jumpers connecting RFUs to an antenna system. RF jumpers transmit signals
between a base station and an antenna system. Fixed-length RF jumpers can be 2 m (6.56 ft), 3
m (9.84 ft), 4 m (13.12 ft), 6 m (19.69 ft), and 10 m (32.81 ft) long. Variable-length RF jumpers
can be 6 m (19.69 ft) long at most.
10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable
An inter-RFU RF signal cable connects the RX IN/OUT ports on two RFUs to transfer the
diversity signal.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

696

Cables
10 RF Cables
10.1 RF Jumpers
RF jumpers are divided into two types: RRU RF jumpers connecting RRUs to an antenna system
and RRU RF jumpers connecting RFUs to an antenna system. RF jumpers transmit signals
between a base station and an antenna system. Fixed-length RF jumpers can be 2 m (6.56 ft), 3
m (9.84 ft), 4 m (13.12 ft), 6 m (19.69 ft), and 10 m (32.81 ft) long. Variable-length RF jumpers
can be 6 m (19.69 ft) long at most.
RRU RF Jumper
Figure 10-1 and Figure 10-2 show RRU RF jumpers.
Figure 10-1 Exterior of an RRU RF jumper (1)
(1) DIN straight male connector
Figure 10-2 Exterior of an RRU RF jumper (2)
(1) Type N male connector
RFU RF Jumper
The following figure shows the exterior of an RFU RF jumper.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

697

Cables
10 RF Cables
Figure 10-3 Exterior of an RFU RF jumper
(1) DIN straight male connector
(2) DIN elbow male connector
The following table describes RFU RF jumpers.

Cable Exterior
Cabinet
Application Scenario
Illustration 1
BTS3900 or BTS3900L
BTS3900A or BTS3900AL
The GATM and Bias-Tee are not

configured.
BTS3900A or BTS3900AL
The GATM and Bias-Tee are

configured.
Illustration 2
10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable

An inter-RFU RF signal cable connects the RX IN/OUT ports on two RFUs to transfer the
diversity signal.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an inter-RFU RF signal cable.
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

698

Cables
10 RF Cables
Figure 10-4 Exterior of an inter-RFU RF signal cable
(1) QMA elbow male connector
Issue 04 (2015-08-30)

699

3900 Series Base Station Cables (V100R009C00 - 04) (PDF) - en

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

3900 Series Base Station Cables (V100R009C00 - 04) (PDF) - en

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

3900 Series Base Station

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Huawei Industrial Base

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential